Annual Environment & Social Monitoring Report …Annual Environment & Social Monitoring Report (July 2011 to June 2012) – Part 2 of 2 The Environmental and Social Performance Report

Annual Environment & Social Monitoring Report (July 2011 to June 2012) – Part 2 of 2

The Environmental and Social Performance Report is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “Terms of Use” section of this website.

Environmental and Social Performance Report November 2012

Pakistan: Karachi Electric Supply Company Post Privatization Rehabilitation, Upgrade and Expansion

Prepared by Karachi Electric Supply Company Karachi, Pakistan

ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK QUERIES2013

KESC

KESC RESPONSEAGAINST ANNUAL MONITORING REPORT 2011-12

AUGUST - 2013


KESC


AUGUST - 2013


KESC


AUGUST - 2013

KESC authorized representative to be contacted on the AMR:

Name : Chander PerkashTitle : General Manager (Corporate Compliance)Tel : +9221-32647048Cell : +92300- 2910106Email : [email protected]

ADDRESS:

12th Floor, Technology ParkShahra-e-Faisal,Karachi - Pakistan.Phone: +9221-32647048

PageNo.

SectionNo.

Description/Titleof Section

Comments / Remarks KESC response

20 3.2.2 On publicconsultation

Please provide (i) scheduleof consultations withvarious stakeholders, (ii)summary of issues raised byrespective stakeholdergroups, and (iii) how theseissues were resolved.

Does the "open door" policyfor community consultationrefer to KESC's grievancemechanism? Who or whatunit can an aggrieved partyapproach? Where is thisperson or unit located?Please discuss whatissues/complaints wereraised, and how these issueswere resolved.

As a part of SEIA, area stakeholderare consulted and a general publichearing which is open for all isorganized before each project toensure maximum input from public.

Whistle Blower Policy is in place forboth internal and Externalstakeholders.

AZM Speakup – Whistle BlowerPolicy:

Communication Platforms through adedicated helpline number, emailaddress and text messaging option isestablished. External customers canalso write to us on our very activesocial media platforms of twitterand face book. The messages arereceived by our customer servicesdepartment and passed on, if needbe to the highest managementauthority.

Direct Community relationships arealso established by our stakeholdermanagement teams under thesustainability managementdepartment. They work along withthe operational team to resolveproblems.

A separate helpline and customercare contact is established forindustrial customers.

21 3.2.3(2nd

paragraph)

Social andCommunityEngagements

Please provide ADB a copyof the Multi-StakeholderEngagement Strategy.

Attached as Appendix “H”

34 3.2.7 Social Media andAssets Branding

Please discuss the contentof the VSS scheme.

Final VSS (as distinct to VSS offeredon 31st Dec.2010) was offered toNon Core employees on 29th June

Was the VSS schemediscussed with and foundacceptable by the laborunion? During discussions,what were the concernsraised and agreementsreached? What are theremaining issues with theunion, if any?

2011 and remained in force upto10th Feb. 2012.

It provided the following benefits:

1. Ex Gratia payment of oneBasic Pay for every month ofremaining service subject toa maximum of 85,

2. Encashment ofEarn/Privilege LeaveBalance

3. Provident Fund as perCompany Rules

4. Gratuity as per entitlement5. Upfront Payment of post

retirement Medical [email protected] Basic Pay

6. Upfront payment of cashequal to 5 years postretirement. electricitybenefits

7. Salary for illegal absencesduring period of illegalstrikes

8. Total pay out of FVSS to be5-15% higher than that ofVSS offered on 31 December2010.

(The Minimum total FVSS Pay out:::Not less than Rs.721,000/=disregard of length of service)

The following formal Meetings wereheld with Unions:

1. Two meetings were heldwith the then CBA, namelyLabour Union on 23 Mayand 25th May 2011.Subsequently on 3rd June2011 Supreme Courtannounced its Landmarkdecision declaring that NIRChad not any jurisdiction overthe organizations

incorporated and operatingin provinces. As aconsequence all the unionsregistered with NIRCbecame defunct and losttheir status as CBA. Weissued an AdministratorCircular to the effect on 10th

June 2011, which waschallenged by the defunctLabour Union in the HighCourt and still holds, as ithas not been set aside bythe Sindh High Court.

2.. After the loss CBA status by LU,Management invited all the defunctUnions, i.e. KESUTY Union, LabourUnion and Peoples Workers Union,who had come together on theplatform of Mazdoor Etihad.

Two meetings were held with themon 17 June and 23 June to discussthe issue of surplus noncore staffbut due to intransigence of theactivists of defunct LU no agreementcould be reached with the defunctUnions. But these meetingsbrought forth the differences amongthem and KESUTY Union parted itsway from Mazdoor Etihad andpublically criticized former CBA forits intransience and noncompromising attitude.

Consequently the Management hasto unilaterally announce the aboveFVSS on 29 June 2011.

The Union Leaders in their abovemeetings raised the followingpoints.

1. Policy of outsourcing bereversed and all noncorestaff be taken back on their

jobs.2. All those dismissed/

terminated for violentmisconduct, unauthorizedabsence during illegal strikesor dismissed on theftcharges after domesticinquiry be reinstated withback benefits.

3. Those who absented fromwork to participate in illegalstrike be paid salary for theperiod of unauthorizedabsence.

On 26thJuly In Governor HouseGovernment officials held separatemeetings with the Management andleaders of the defunct Unions andthe following agreement wasexecuted;

1. Post FVSS retrenchment deferred.

2. Dispute Resolution Committee ofrepresentatives of Administration,KESC Management, and defunctUnions be formed within one weekto address disputed matters.

No agreement could nottake place on the formationof the Dispute ResolutionCommittee due touncompromising behaviourof defunct Labour Union.

35 3.2.7 In what context did KESCemployees suffer during theprotests? Were theyharassed by the laborunion? But are theymembers of the union?

1. There were numerousincidents of physical assaulton the teams attendingcustomers complaints.Contingents of armed workerrode on motor bikes andresorted to violence againstthe team of workers carryingon repairs and maintenancein the different parts of thecity. Team of workers were

fired at and harassed andthreatened for life.

2. Employees were forced toclose complaintcentres/offices.

3. The officers were encircledand besieged employeeswere released by the Lawenforcement agencies.

4. Dispatch of PMTs and othermaterials from Central Storesto different locations wasforcibly stopped to ensurethat customers were notattended and rectified intime.

There were armed attacks at officesand there were incidents ofencounter with police which hascome to the rescue of besiegedoffices/employees.

40 3.3 Major Challengesand Issues for theCompany

With the reported five (5)fatal accidents, pleasediscuss:

(i) what measureswere put inplace to avoid orminimize theseaccidents?

(ii) what is KESC'shuman resourcepolicy regardingworkers'involved in fatalaccidents? DoesKESC providelife/healthinsurance to itsworkers? Whatassistance orcompensationdid KESCprovide to theworkers (andtheir families)involved in

Measures to prevent reoccurrencesare attached as APPENDIX – “B”

Notable measures include

Development of SOP forLine Isolation

Improvement incompetence level throughtraining and awareness

Increased safety inspections Enhancement of reward for

compliance of SOPs and Strictness of reprimands

against non-adherence ofSOPs.

The legal heirs of those who die infatal accidents are provided thefollowing special benefits;

Insurance: Rs200,000= Special

Compensation/Insurance: Rs300,000/=

these accidents? Funeral expenses:Rs.20,000/=

Post funeral expenses: Rs.50,000/=

Widow’s Grant: Rs. 20,000/= Saleeka Sewing Machine for

widow.

In addition the heirs also arepaid/allowed their following normalbenefits:

Gratuity Provident Balance Encashment of Leave

Balance Besides the children of

deceased get medicalbenefit till the age of 25.

Widow medical for 5 years.

Medical for children upto age of 2540 3.3 The section discusses the

negative media coverage ofthe project totaling to 764news items. Please clarify ifthis monitoring of newsitems includes those of thelabor disputes between theunion and KESC, covered bynational/local newspapers?

It covers the total of news itemsrelating to KESC. The 764 newsitems may include the itemspublished relating to labor disputesbetween unions and KESC.

231 Nos. were related to the loadshedding and power break downissues, 180 were views of the publicoffice holders, political parties,business and industry leaders, 141were letters to the editors focusingKESC’s business operations and 212news items were KESC point ofviews and clarifications.

41 4.0 Compliance withAction Plan

(Revised:October 02,2009)

The table indicates“Compliance with ActionPlan (Revised: October 02,2009). Is there a moreupdated table for thereporting period (July 2011– June 2012).

The status of compliance to ActionPlan is updated for the period June2013. APPENDIX “C”.

44 4.0

(Item

Compliance withAction Plan

Why is the Bin QasimCapacity EnhancementProject indicated as

Initial feasibility was conducted for575 MW, when design commencedand specifications were drawn it

8) (Revised:October 02,2009)

575MW? Shouldn’t this be560MW?

became as 560 MW. At ISOconditions its 572 MW gross.

46 5.1.1 HSEOrganization,Budget andReporting Line

Please provide annual datafrom 2007–2012 of KESC'shuman resources/staff(male:female:total).

Please discuss anysignificant reductions instaff or employment of newstaff.

Please discuss/summarizeKESC's human resourcespolicies in terms of (i)policies that promoteopportunities oradvancement of womenemployees, (ii) policies thatpromote local employment,especially those to theaffected communities,and(iii) policies that complywith the national labor lawsand with the relevantinternational laborstandards.

Year Male FemaleTotalHeadcount

30Jun2007

17494 348 17,842

30Jun2008

17,278 351 17,629

30Jun2009

16,806 381 17,187

30Jun2010

16,548 396 16,944

30Jun2011

15,623 298 15,921

30Jun2012

11,165 212 11,377

Numbers of employees havereduced because few employeeshave taken voluntary separations.Few employees have also retired.

i) There were no concept for womenemployment in KESC but newmanagement promotesemployment opportunity for womenand numbers of female employeeshave been increasing.

ii) We highly promote localemployment opportunities, most ofour employees belong toKarachi/Sindh.

Recruitment is made on merit.Almost all new recruits are residentsof Karachi or its adjoining areas.

We are fully compliant of labour andWelfare Laws and relevantinternational standards and

practices as adopted by theGovernment of Pakistan.

47 5.1.2 Please refer tothe table entitledDetails of S& EAssessmentprepared duringthe reportingyear.

The quoted “Appendix B”which refers to the EPA NOC132 KV Gulistan E JauharGrid,mentions the NOC willbe emailed. Please provideADB a copy of this NOC.

Please clarify if the new 220KV Grid Station to beconstructed at Gulistan-e-johar is under the originalscope of work for ADBfinancing.

If yes, it would be helpful todiscuss results of the S&EAssessments done. Thereport also notes that theEIA considered thecumulative impacts tovulnerable people, henceplease discuss the impactsand the measures designedto avoid or minimize socialimpacts. Please also sharecopies of these new EIA/IEEsto ADB.

NOC for Gulistan-e-Jauhaur Grid isAttached as APPENDIX – “D”

No, it was not a part of ADBfinancing

SEIA of 220 KV Gulistan-e-JauharGrid is attached asAPPENDIX – “E”

48 5.1.5 S&E Performance In the preparation of thefirst Sustainability Report, itis good that activities ofaffected and nearbycommunities as well asother stakeholders will beconsidered. Since KESCplans to maintain thispractice, KESC may considertaking into considerationthe workers and labor unionamong its stakeholders as itis critical to consider theworkers and the unionpartnership in forging amore sustainablerelationship and growth for

Since there is no union in place,communication with employeesspecially the non Management Staffis important. All employees of KESCwent through a vision and valuesystem training program whichinculcated confidence in the overallemployee base. This also gave usopportunity to establish acommunication platform for allemployees.

We value an open dialog on integrityand responsibility in our actions withour employees. A directcommunication bridge has beencreated between the leadership andthe employees through various

the company. communication mediums whichincludes a confidential emailaddress, PO BOX and hotline.Employees can directly reportmisconduct or any unethical practicethrough these mediums. Disclosureof names is not necessary.

Our employees are also encouragedto report their views on processesand practices to their manager orthe Business Ethics Committee.These reporting mechanisms arepart of the complaints procedureand are described in our code ofconduct.

Employees are also encouraged togive suggestions and feedback on aspecific topic or idea. Investigationson a specific compliant are orderedby the highest authority of therelevant department. Weinvestigate all alleged breaches ofour code and apply appropriatemeasures when complaints turn outto be substantiated.

49 5.2.1 InternalGrievanceMechanism andWorkers Issues

Please discuss KESC'sgrievance mechanism interms of structure,composition, and procedurein resolving labor disputes.In the past 2 years (or atleast during the reportingyear), describe how manyworker complaints havebeen received, the nature ofcomplaints, andactions/measures adoptedto resolve these issues.

Moreover, it is noted thatKESC policy allows itsworkers/staff to organize orjoin the labor unions. Please

Grievance Procedure is as such;

1. Every employee is free toraise his grievance with hisimmediate supervisor, orwith Supervisors supervisor.In case he is not satisfiedwith their response, he mayraise it with Head IndustrialRelations/ HR.

2. In case an employee isaggrieved by the decision ofan inquiry Committee, hemay submit a grievancepetition to the ReviewCommittee as provided forin the Law.

provide data on how manyworkers are labor unionmembers. Describerelationship of KESC withthe existing workersorganizations.

All the unions have been rendereddefunct as a corollary the aboveSupreme Court decision. ButManagement’s relations with theactivists of various Unions who arestill in the service of the Companyare cordial.

49 5.2.2 Status of CBA inKESC

In addition to the status ofthe various labor unions orworkers' organizations inthe courts, please alsoprovide additionalinformation on the last CBAnegotiated, and theexpected negotiation ofnext CBA.

Last CBA was determined under aFederal Law on 21st August 2009 fora period of 2 years expiring on 20August 2011. It served a Charter ofDemand and after negotiations aSettlement was signed with them on3rd April 2010.

At present there is legal dispute as aconsequence of the 18th

amendment in the Constitutionwhich transferred the subject ofLabour to the Provinces. Once theSindh High Court decides as to theLaws which will regulate industrialrelations in future. Hence it is notpossible to indicate the date of nextreferendum for determination ofnew CBA.

49 5.2.4 InvoluntaryRetrenchment

It is noted that noretrenchment was donefrom July 2011 to June 2012.However, about 4,000 KESCworkers were retrenched inJan-Feb 2011(http://www.pakworkers.com/kesc/kesc-workers-bite-the-hand-that-gave-them-golden-handshake/). Furtherto this, retrenched workerssubmitted a memorandumto the Supreme Court, andin December 2012, 67disabled workers wereordered reinstated(http://www.accessmylibrary.com/article-1G1-280550158/retrenchment-kesc-workers-submit.html ;)http://dawn.com/2012/12/18/reinstatement-of-67-

As stated in response to 01 aboveFVSS was launched on 29th June2011 for a period of 2 weeks ending15th July but to facilitate theemployees and in deference to thedecision in the Governor House on26th July the FVSS option was keptopen till 1oth Feb,2012.

After the closure of FVSS only about1182 of the 4500 remained on thepay Roll and they were retrenchedin February 2012.

Some disabled employees filed apetition in the Supreme Court andthe Court ordered theirreinstatement. The decision hasbeen pended as Management hasfiled a review petition in the Court.

disabled-employees-in-kesc-ordered/ ).

It is noted that KESC hasprepared and finalized avoluntary separationscheme (VSS) in June 2011.Please share a copy to ADB.

Does KESC have a laborrestructuring plan tomitigate the retrenchments?

In relation to the laborrestructuring plan and/orthe VSS, please discuss: (i)rationale for theretrenchments, (ii)assessment on the expectednumber of workers to beretrenched, (iii) has thisbeen prepared inconsultation with theworkers and the laborunions? (iv) what mitigationmeasures/options werepresented to the workers(e.g. unemploymentinsurance, severancepayments, early retirementpensions, retraining,redeployment,compensation, and otherassistance such ascounseling, job brokerage,etc.) (v) discuss status ofimplementation of the laborrestructuring plan or VSS,including schedule ofretrenchments in past yearsand in the future, number ofworkers compensated /assisted, etc.

Please also providedocumentation ofconsultations with workers.

Copy of the FVSS Scheme is attachedas APPENDIX “F”

1. Noncore functions wereoutsourced to thecompetent serviceproviders.

2. About 4500 employees whowere performing non corefunctions were renderedsurplus and were offeredvoluntary separation with abenevolent separationpackage.

3. Only 1180 employees whodid not opt for voluntaryseparation were retrenchedas provided for in the Law.Those retrenched were alsooffered all the benefitswhich were offered to theOptees of FVSS. In additionthey were also given onemonth’s salary as admissibleto the retrenched under theLaw.

4. The benefits given to theOptees of FVSS/retrenchedwere excessively benevolentand humane. Evenemployees with 1-2 yearsservice were offered aminimum pay out ofRs.721000/= or so.Maximum payout was aboutRs.4.9 Million.

The Management tried hard tonegotiate terms of VSS with theUnions. The copies of the emailsexchanged with unions in May, andJune 2011 are attached atAPPENDIX “G”. Copy of decisionstaken in the Governor House on 26July is attached at APPENDIX “H”The futile correspondence for theformation of Dispute ResolutionCommittee as envisaged in the

meeting in the Governor House on26th July 2011 is attached asAPPENDIX “I”

We do not plan to retrench furtheremployees in immediate future.Both the past voluntary andinvoluntary schemes have beendetailed above.

51 5.2.7 Description ofAccidents

Statement inconsistency: “Atotal Thirty (21) incidents…”

Typing error; total of 21 accidentsoccurred during the reporting period(July 2011 – June 2012) reattachedas APPENDIX- “J”

54 5.3.5 Air EmissionPerformance ofthe Company

Kindly complete theSummary table of airemissions performance ofKESC during the reportingperiod 2009-2010. Itappears incompleteespecially the last 4columns.

Please confirm if there isalso a more updated tablefor the reporting period July2011 to June 2012.

The summary table is for the periodfrom July 2011 to June 2012 which isupdated and reattached asAPPENDIX “K”

55 Please fill out the blanktable on page 55 (columnsfrom Year 2006 to Year2012.)

Attached as APPENDIX “K”

56 5.4.2 General PublicInjuries andFatalities. Pleaserefer to thesummary table bentitledIncidents/Fatalities Associatedwith theCompany’sAssets.

Statement inconsistency: "Atotal of fifty seven (30)fatalities...."

Please discuss theprocedures on how thecompany compensates theaffected persons.

Typing error; a total of 27 publicfatalities occurred during the period2011 – 12. APPENDIX “ N”

56 5.4.3 EmergencyPreparedness,Response Plansand Community

With the number offatalities among the public(community people) in thepast years, we agree with

Work on Emergency Preparednessand response Plans for communitiesare in progress and considering thebusiness area and complexity

Participation KESC that it is critical that anEmergency Preparednessand Response Plans for theCommunities be preparedsoonest.

involved of KESC this exercise istaking its time.

116 Appendix B

EPA NOC 132 KVGulistam-E-Jauhar Grid

Refer to comment for page47. Please provide thescanned copy of the NOC.

Attached as APPENDIX – “D”

203 EHS Audit of T&D Assets(Findings andRecommendations)

Please provide the date theEHS audit was conducted.And who conducted the EHSAudit.

Please indicate whatfindings in the EHS AuditTable have been addressedor corrected already.

EHS Audit of T&D Assests wasconducted by M/S EcoConServEnvironmental Solutions a companybased in Cairo, Egypt during theperiod 08th -15th April, 2010

Compliance status of the auditfindings is attached as APPENDIX“M”

295 EHS Audit of T&D Assets(Findings andRecommendations)

Please clarify if this EHSAudit of T & D Assets(Findings andRecommended Actions) isthe same on page 203.

It is same

ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK QUERIES KESC

APPENDIX “A”


APPENDIX “A”


APPENDIX “A”

SEEDS: Stakeholder Engagement & Enrichment Drives forSustainability

We firmly believe that KESC's own turnaround and sustainability isfundamentally linked to the economic, social and environmental valuesthat we create for a diverse set of stakeholders whom we serve andengage on a daily basis.

SEEDS is a holistic approach that fully recognizes the impact of ourperformance in sustainable development across our stakeholders’ universe. A 360 degree valuecreation model, SEEDS essentially drives four distinct programs– ESG Initiatives, SocialInvestment Programs, Stakeholder Engagement and Thought Leadership.

ESGInitiatives




KESC’sSEEDS

StakeholderEngagement

SocialInvestmentPrograms

ThoughtLeadership

ESGInitiatives




SocialInvestmentPrograms

2

Stakeholder EngagementVarious tools and methods have been employed to create meaningful, multidirectional links with all ourstakeholders.

Brand ManagementTo bring about a lasting change, KESC has had to focus on educating the consumers and shifting theirperception, thereby leading to a shift in behaviours. By employing various awareness based, anti-theftand recovery campaigns, KESC has achieved great success in this respect. These campaigns have usedadvertising as an important tool and, as research has shown, have improved the image of the companydramatically. Our goal is to create business value to continuously build and enhance the brand equity ofKESC with the help of effective and cohesive multi-channel communication. At the same time our effortshave also been geared towards creating awareness, changing behaviors and bringing about a positiveperception shift through tactical communication.

Special Initiatives Taken:

Implemented existing identity with communication guidelines

KESC Centenary Program to highlight our 100th year as a company

3600 campaigns on monsoon specific public safety

Testimonial based IBC campaigns to introduce the state-of-the-art offices providing onewindow solutions and quality service with government requirements via differentmediums

Recovery campaign

Marketing Initiatives:

17 TVCs

Over 450 press ads

KESC Offices Branding: Branded over 37 key KESC locations with our Corporate identityas well as AZM values

Branding of different premises of our SIP Partners under the Empowerment Programat strategic locations

Preparation Annual Report and Sustainability Report

Branding of Various Corporate Events

3

AZM HUSN-E-NAAT COMPETITION

THOUGHT LEADERSHIP FORUMS

AZM MANAGEMENT CONFERENCES

Town Hall Meeting

CONSUMER ENGAGEMENT:

SMS & Email:Over 7.9million E-mails and 8.5 million SMS were sent to external stakeholders during the reportingperiod, informing them of various initiatives, updates and developments at KESC.

Brand Tracker ResultsKESC Brand Equity Index has shown steady increase from last 4 waves and now the Brand Equity Indexhas reached to a respectable 3.2.KESC’s performance has improved on all of the perception indicators.All Service and Billing indicators for KESC have increased as well. All company attributes posted somegains. Despite gains all of these attributes, except one, are much lower than the 60% Top2 boxacceptable scores suggested according to Nielsen’s methodology. For Theft positive indicators havegone down while negative indicators have gone up.

Media ManagementWe have strengthened contacts with media from different tiers. This ensures that KESC’s stance on allissues is portrayed accurately. We maintain an open, accessible and transparent relationship. Over thelast few years we have been playing an active role in educating the media about the real time challenges

and problems faced by the energy sector. We have continued to hold interactive dialogues and sessions.As a result the media’s role in the power sector has evolved into becoming more critical and responsible.

183 news items about Load Shedding & Power Breakdowns including KESC’s pointof view

90 Statements about Political Parties, Industry, Business & Trade Associations115 Letter to Editors/Articles/Editorials containing positive suggestions and critical

analysis145 articles showcasing KESC’s Point of View

Social MediaKESC has increased its presence on social media focusing on Facebook, Twitter & LinkedIn to allow directand real-time interaction with external stakeholders, making us the first utility sector company inPakistan to utilize these mediums for complaint resolution, consumer queries at the same time keepingthe public informed.

4

External Stakeholders

The Movers & Shakers of the Energy sector

KESC’s management and leadership are engaged in a constant dialogue with all key stakeholders in theenergy sector, be it ministries, regulatory bodies, power sector players or key suppliers with focus oncritical policy issues of the overall power sector. We have requested and initiated review of the NEPRAAct, review of the Electricity Act, and have also raised issues of inconsistencies between these two.Electricity theft, electricity conservation, fuel supply constraints, tariff rationalization and circular debtare issues brought forward for the first time by KESC.KESC is the only power sector organisation which ison the Prime Minister’s commission constituted through the Ministry of Water and Power onelimination of subsidy and finding solutions to the power crisis in the country.

Industries & Trade Associations

Our regional heads and CEO secretariat are in direct dialogue with all key trade associations andindustries in order to keep them informed about the real time challenges and problems faced by KESC.They are engaged through various trade association platforms on different power sector issues like fuelshortages, energy efficiency and tariff hikes, etc. Their advice is sought in advance for any issue that willhave an effect on their performance.

Shareholders

Annual and quarterly financial reports are printed regularly for the shareholders and overall stakeholderuniverse. This Sustainability Report is our initiative to report in detail the economic, social andenvironmental initiatives of our organisation. By providing a more detailed perspective of our operationsto our stakeholders, we feel that we are fulfilling our promise of open, transparent communication. AnAnnual General Body Meeting is held to address and clarify developments and conflicts of interest.

Key Stakeholder DatabaseTo encourage the sharing of complete information, an extensive database comprising key stakeholdersacross the spectrum has been developed to inform them of key initiatives taken by the company on atimely basis. It is also used as a method to communicate important developments related to theorganization. Over the last fiscal year, some 16 million emails have been sent.

External NewsletterUmeed, our external electronic newsletter reaches over 300,000 stakeholders on a monthly basis viaemail. It covers major events and updates for the month. The objective is to communicate Energy Sectorand KESC related issues and developments to the citizens of Karachi.

WebsiteOur website, www.kesc.com.pk, showcases our operational, environmental and social investments andprovides updated reported information. It is also a major facilitation tool for customers to downloadtheir bills, get new connection related information and register their complaints.

Internal Stakeholders

Emails are a general mode of communication that the KESC management uses to interact with allemployees. Any general information, development, announcement or issue is communicated through

5

email memos in English and Urdu. The employees can also address the KESC management through thismedium to express their views, air grievances and give feedback.

IntranetThe company’s intranet serves as a communication platform for employees.The purpose of the portal isto keep business units updated with the most recent activities taking place within the organization,along with providing a secure place to share and access data when required.

Internal NewsletterAzm is our monthly internal newsletter in Urdu, which updates and unites the community of our 11,000plus employees to keep them abreast of all recent developments.

6

Different programs and events were held throughout the year to interact with all tiers of employees inmeaningful ways:

AZM – Culture Change DriveDriving productivity through people – AZM is perhaps the largest change management program in the corporatehistory of Pakistan, covering our top leadership, middle management and our non-management staff by holdingsessions to instill uniform and responsible values in all our employees while strengthening management-employeerelationships. In total, almost11,000 employees have been reached with this initiative. In the last fiscal year wecovered our Non-Management Staff and our Middle Management.

AZM Husn-e-Naat KhwaniIn the holy month of Ramzan, a company-wide Naat contest was arranged and conducted, starting with auditionsand short listing. 20 contestants took part in the finale where they were assessed by a panel of expert judges fromQ-Tv and ranked accordingly.

Town Hall Meeting

A town hall meeting was organized with the intention to provide a platform for employees to expresstheir views and be apprised of where the organization stands, and where it is heading. The occasionwas also used to celebrate the careers of some of our longest-serving employees with mementospresented to a number of our most loyal staff.

Disclosure on Stakeholders engagement by type and frequency

Stakeholder group Type of engagement Frequency of Engagement 2009-12

Federal & ProvincialMinistries

Meetings and written communications onvarious issues

Ongoing on day to day basis/ Regularparticiaption in all Energy Conferences heldannually

Regulatory Bodies (NEPRA - SECP)

NEPRA - meetings for tariff/ meeting forcustomer compliant resolution / Annual Report

Bimontly / Monthly meetings / Annualperformance report

Federal & ProvincialGovernments

Meetings and written communications onvarious issues/ SMART Program report

Ongoing on day to day basis/ MontlyEnvironmental SMART report

Stock exchange Financial reports Annual / Half yearly and quarterly Financialreports

EnviromentalEnforcement Bodies

SMART Report Monthly

Media

Press Releases 1050

Press Conferences 85

7

NGOs Meetings on Various issues / Writtencommunications/ Umeed/ Emails/ SMS

Ongoing

Consumer Groups Meetings on Various issues / Writtencommunications/ Umeed/ Emails/ SMS

Ongoing

Social ActionGroups

Meetings on Various issues / Writtencommunications/ Umeed/ Emails/ SMS

Ongoing

Opinion Leaders Umeed ( newsletters ) emails / sms / ThoughtLeadership Forum /

Monthly newsletter/ bi monthly thoughtleadership forum / emails - SMS as per need

EducationalInstitutions

Youth Engagement Interactive forum 350

Educational visits to Plants 39

Sponsorship of various educational events 16

Strategic BusinessPartners

Meetings on various issues / WrittenCommunications

Ongoing on day to day basis

Professional Bodies Meetings on various issues / WrittenCommunications / Newsletters/EMAILERS

Ongoing written/verbal communication/Monthly correspondence throughnewsletters and emailers.

Foreign Missions Meetings with strategic leadership level As per scheduled visits

BOD/Investors BOD meetings / KES Power meetings Quarterly/ Annual

Industry/Commerce/Trade Associations

Corporate Advisory Panels / Wriitencommunications /Meetings

Ongoing written/verbal communication/12 Structured advisory Panels on strategicleadership level

Industrial &CommercialCustomers

Corporate Advisors/ Written communications/Meetings

Ongoing written-verbal communication/Meetings with strtegic leadership level asper need

Key Suppliers &Service Providers



FinancialInstitutions/Partners

Annual Performance Reporting to IFC / ADBand other financial partners

Annual Reports /Ongoing writtencommunication / Meetings

TechnologyPartners



Customers Khuli Katcheri ( Open Forums with thecustomersto resolve customer complains and

18 forums - 4500 customers directly servedby the leadership team

8

queries)

SMS 28 Million

Emails 4.36 Million

Electronic Programs (News Ticker updates ) 3100 Tickers

Electronic Appearance in various programs ./News beepers

200 appearances / 180 beepers

SocialMedia

10,000 tweets / 3,100 followers

Website Daily Updates / Bill payment facility

Print Ads in the newspapers /Radio and TVspots

9897 spots

Community Community Panel Meetings 23 Panel Meetings


APPENDIX “B”


APPENDIX “B”


APPENDIX “B”

S. # Date Name Root Cause Recommendations

1 9-Jul-2011 M. Ishaque

* Act of Sabotage – Meant to disrupt operations* Supervisory Error – Short & ground not ensured, whichwould have tripped the feeder incase of supply restoration

• No HT/LT rectification work be permitted by concernedGMs/DGMs/AEs, unless complete line isolation and wearing of PPEs isensured• Effective communication be ensured through frequent coordination& free flow of information.

2 3-Aug-2011 M.Arif* Improper Isolation - Short and ground not carried out* Human Factor - Due to vast experience on the job thedeceased attempted to rectify the fault without takingnecessary Safety precautions.

* 5 safety marks (50%) to be deducted in PMS of ManagerMaintenance (corrective) IBC - KIMZ.* Designated supervisor to be deputed at dispatch centres* No HT/LT rectification work be permitted by concernedGMs/DGMs/AEs, unless complete line isolation and wearing of PPEs isensured

Fatal Accidents 2011-12 - Actions - IFC

2 3-Aug-2011 M.Arif* Improper Isolation - Short and ground not carried out* Human Factor - Due to vast experience on the job thedeceased attempted to rectify the fault without takingnecessary Safety precautions.

* 5 safety marks (50%) to be deducted in PMS of ManagerMaintenance (corrective) IBC - KIMZ.* Designated supervisor to be deputed at dispatch centres* No HT/LT rectification work be permitted by concernedGMs/DGMs/AEs, unless complete line isolation and wearing of PPEs isensured

3 15-Aug-2011 M. Shafique

* Supervisory Error - The site supervisor was not presentwith gang at time of rectification* Procedure Violation - 1. Negligence on the part ofdeceased to follow procedures and adherence to safepractices.

* Strict disciplinary action to be taken against Site supervisor anddispatch supervisors morning & evening shifts* GM, DGM & Manager to be warned for staying totally aloof andunaware of happenings within their area of responsibility* Job responsibilities of GM down below to be revisited and revised toinclude safety parameters

4 4-Jan-2012 M.Nazir

Human factor – Incorrect Decision making based on wrongassumption

• Team composition to be reviewed, especially in far flung areas,where network and operation teams are considered as one,irrespective of nature of work.• Behavior Based training to be conducted by Corporate HSEQ Dept.especially for employees with more than 5 yrs service in the samedepartment

4 4-Jan-2012 M.Nazir

Human factor – Incorrect Decision making based on wrongassumption

• Team composition to be reviewed, especially in far flung areas,where network and operation teams are considered as one,irrespective of nature of work.• Behavior Based training to be conducted by Corporate HSEQ Dept.especially for employees with more than 5 yrs service in the samedepartment

5 4-Apr-2012 Ghulam Murtaza

• Wrong isolation - In that OPN supervisor( deceased )disconnected the wrongly marked HT cable.• Non usage of PPE's and SPE's - Use of 11 KV live linetester , could have prevented the accident during work

• Strict disciplinary action to be taken against the EMO Ghulam QadirNiazi of Opn Moosa lane• Disciplinary action to be taken against the shift EngineersMuhammad Amaduddin & Naveed Mahmood of Opn control R- 1• 10 safety marks of GM,DGM & Manager – HT (OPN) R-I to bededucted in APA - 2012, for not ensuring system safety• Cable marking especially old cables which have been fault free forsome time need to be identified• Role of shift engineer to be enhanced for operation

5 4-Apr-2012 Ghulam Murtaza

• Wrong isolation - In that OPN supervisor( deceased )disconnected the wrongly marked HT cable.• Non usage of PPE's and SPE's - Use of 11 KV live linetester , could have prevented the accident during work

• Strict disciplinary action to be taken against the EMO Ghulam QadirNiazi of Opn Moosa lane• Disciplinary action to be taken against the shift EngineersMuhammad Amaduddin & Naveed Mahmood of Opn control R- 1• 10 safety marks of GM,DGM & Manager – HT (OPN) R-I to bededucted in APA - 2012, for not ensuring system safety• Cable marking especially old cables which have been fault free forsome time need to be identified• Role of shift engineer to be enhanced for operation

Actions* Line Isolation SOP devised and being im[plementedeffectively* For effective communication multiple sources being usedlike wireless, e-mail, Black Berry & mobile phones andcontinuous coordination between concerned departmentsbeing ensured* 05 safety marks of manager CM Mr. Atique has beendeducted* Designated supervisors has beed designated at all operationcenters* Line isolation SOP devised and beining implementedthrough out company

Fatal Accidents 2011-12 - Actions - IFC

* 05 safety marks of manager CM Mr. Atique has beendeducted* Designated supervisors has beed designated at all operationcenters* Line isolation SOP devised and beining implementedthrough out company* Site supervisor (3rd party) dismissed and black listed anddispatch supervisors shahid and Jameel dismissed fromservice* GM, DGM & Manager HT operation R-III issued recordablewarnings* JDs of GM down below revised and safety parametersincluded* Team composition changed and separate operation teamplaced at Hub Choki operation center* Behavior based Safety training arranged through outcompany in April - June 2012 by CHSEQ

* Team composition changed and separate operation teamplaced at Hub Choki operation center* Behavior based Safety training arranged through outcompany in April - June 2012 by CHSEQ

* Site supervisor Ghulam Qadir dismissed from service* Anniual increment and promotion of Shift EngineersAmaduddin & Naveed with held*10 safety marks of GM, DGM & manager Operationdeducted from APA 2012Cable marking of all cables being checked and verified oncontinuous basis* Shif Engineer role in operations has been enhanced and nooperation center can perform any operation withoutpermisiion of shift engineer

* Site supervisor Ghulam Qadir dismissed from service* Anniual increment and promotion of Shift EngineersAmaduddin & Naveed with held*10 safety marks of GM, DGM & manager Operationdeducted from APA 2012Cable marking of all cables being checked and verified oncontinuous basis* Shif Engineer role in operations has been enhanced and nooperation center can perform any operation withoutpermisiion of shift engineer


APPENDIX “C”


APPENDIX “C”


APPENDIX “C”

1

ACTION PLAN – COMPLIANCE STATUS (April – June 2013)

January 30, 2007Revised October 2, 2009

Action Plan by Karachi Electric Supply Corporation Ltd. (KESC)- Environmental and Social Aspects –

No. Action ImplementationSchedule

Verified by: Compliance Status

1 Follow up on the Social and EnvironmentalImpact Assessment (SEIA), dated January2007 for the Capacity Enhancement Project(Bin Qasim): Present the Environmental

Management Plan and the SocialManagement Plan with concretespecifications

For constructionphase: prior tostart of theconstruction

For operationalphase:prior to start ofcommercialoperation

Copies of theEMP and SMPfor bothconstruction andoperationalphases.

Complied (SeeAnnexure “A” &

“B” )

Complied (SeeAnnexure “L”)

2 Prepare SEIAs and conduct consultationfor new investment projects (e.g.development of new transmission lines,development of new grid stations) whichare subject to Pakistan EIA regulations

In accordancewith thedevelopmentschedule of theprojects

Copies of (i)SEIAs prepared,(ii) minutes ofthe consultationsheld

Complied (LatestEIA Conducted for132 KV OH/UGTransmission Linefrom Baldia tovalika Grid stationand is available atour web site:http://www.kesc.com.pk/en/section/mediacenter/downloads

3 Conduct Environmental, Health and Safety(EHS) Audit for the Transmission andDistribution (T&D) Assets (or “EHS T&DAudit”) to identify areas of concerns andpropose corrective actions on the followingfields:

A. Hazardous waste management(such as PCBs, used oil, etc.)

B. Health and safety management: Minimum clearance

distance fromtransmission lines / highvoltage equipment

Appropriate fencing,appropriate safety signs

Reporting / awarenesspromotion

C. Electromagnetic fieldmanagement (e.g. compliancewith ICNIRP Guidelines foroccupational and general public

Audit to becompleted byDecember 31,2010.

Quarterly reportonimplementationstatus to besubmitted to IFCby:Dec 31, 2009Mar 31, 2010June 30, 2010Sep 30, 2010

Copies of auditreport / quarterlyreports

Complied ( SeeAnnexure “C” )

2

exposure to EMF).D. Transmission lines right-of-way

regulation compliance.4 Implement recommended corrective

actions by the EHS T&D AuditImplementationschedule to bediscussed andagreed betweenKESC and IFCafter completionof the EHS T&DAudit.

-

5 Conduct asbestos audit for existing thermalpower stations (except for KorangiThermal Power Station of which audit wascompleted and the certificate datedDecember 14, 2006 has been obtained byKESC).

Asbestos auditto be completedby March 31,2011

Copies ofasbestos auditreport

Complied ( SeeAnnexure “D”)

6 Implement recommended corrective actions by ECTECH’s Environmental Audit that was conducted forthe generation assets in the area of ambient air quality, wastewater treatment, and noise. Actions include:

A. Conduct regular monitoring ofambient air quality aroundexisting thermal power stations.

2009 andannually

Copy of themonitoringresults to beincluded in theAnnualMonitoringReports

Complied ( SeeAnnexure “E”)

B. Conduct treatment of wastewaterat existing thermal power stationsor send wastewater to a collectivetreatment plant.

Completiondate: March 31,2011.

Copy of theprogress report.

On-going

7 Strengthen the Company’s Environmental, Health and Safety, and Social Management System to ensurethat the Company will conduct business in accordance with IFC’s Performance Standards on Social andEnvironmental Sustainability (April 30, 2006). Actions proposed by KESC include:

A. Establishment of Health, Safetyand Environment (HSE) Policy

Integrated HSEPolicy to beestablished byJune 30, 2010.

Copy of theIntegrated HSEPolicy.

Complied ( SeeAnnexure “G”)

B. Preparation of HSE manuals December 31,2009.

Copy of the listof HSE manuals.

Complied ( SeeAnnexure “F”)

C. Establishment of cultural propertyprotection policy / procedures

December 31,2009.

Copies of thepolicy /procedures.

Complied ( SeeAnnexure “H”)

8 Update and implement the Environmental Management Plan and Social Management Plan described inSection 7 of the Social and Environmental Impact Assessment (SEIAs) for the 220MW Korangi CapacityEnhancement Project and for the 575MW Bin Qasim Capacity Enhancement Project, including:

A. Air Emissions – Bin Qasim: Stackheight has been kept at 45 meters,Dry Low NOx Combustor toachieve 9 ppm (at 15%O2) on gas,and water injection to achieve 42ppm (at 15%O2) on non-gaseousfuels.

Operationalphase EMP to besubmitted priorto commercialoperation of BinQasim CapacityEnhancementProject.

Copies of theoperationalphase EMP andrelevant designspecificationsused forconstruction ofthe plant.

Complied (AirEmissions –Korangi has beencompleted.BQCCPoperational PhaseEMP is attached asAnnexure “K”)

B. Thermal Effluent – Bin Qasim:Design cooling water intake

Operationalphase EMP to be

Copies of theoperational

Complied (ThermalEffluent –

3

structure to minimize entrainmentand impingement of marineorganisms including limiting thethrough slot velocities of thescreen to less than 0.5 feet persecond.

submitted priorto commercialoperation of BinQasim CapacityEnhancementProject.

phase EMP andrelevant designspecificationsused forconstruction ofthe plant.

BQCCPP EMP isAttached asAnnexure “K”)

C. Install wastewater treatment toensure that liquid effluents fromthe expansion projects will meetthe effluent limits provided in theThermal Power: Guidelines fornew Plants, World Bank GroupPollution Prevention andAbatement Handbook 1998including: TSS 50 mg/l, Oil andgrease 10 mg/l, Total residualchlorine 0.2 mg/l, Chromium(total) 0.5 mg/l, Copper 0.5 mg/l,Iron 1.0 mg/l, Zinc 1.0 mg/l, andpH 6-9.

Operationalphase EMP to besubmitted priorto commercialoperation of BinQasim CapacityEnhancementProject.

Copies of theoperationalphase EMP andrelevant designspecificationsused forconstruction ofthe plant.

Complied (Wastewater Treatmentplant is installedand in operation.

9 Make operable the Continuous EmissionMonitoring System (CEMS) installed atBin Qasim Thermal Power Station

March 31, 2011 CEMSmonitoringresults to beincluded inAnnualMonitoringReports

Third PartyMonitoring isbeing conductedregularly andreports areprepared.(Annexure “E”)

10 Prepare and implement KESC’sCommunity Development Plan forcommunities identified in the SEIAs of theKorangi Expansion Project and Bin QasimExpansion Project

Ibrahim HyderiCommunityDevelopmentProject to becompleted byJune 2010.

Bin QasimCommunityDevelopmentProject –developmentinterventions tobe initiated byJanuary 2010.Completion dateto be determined.

Copy of thecompletionreport (IbrahimHyderiCommunityDevelopmentProject).

Copy of theproject designdocument forBin QasimCommunityDevelopmentProject.

Complied ( SeeAnnexure “I”)

On-going ( SeeAnnexure “J”)

CHANDER PERKASHGM (Corporate Compliance)


APPENDIX “D”


APPENDIX “D”


APPENDIX “D”


APPENDIX “E”


APPENDIX “E”


APPENDIX “E”

Submitted By:

m

m

ay

u

Environmental Impact Assessment

Erection & Com missioning of 132 kV Hybrid Grid Station at Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar

Final May

Report 05 , 2011

Submitted by

NEC Consultants Private Limited

K

m

n

m

M

e

a rachi

n e ee

p

n

Environmental

Erection & Com

Impact Assessment

missioning of 132 kV

Hybrid Grid Station at Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar

Final Report May 05, 2011

Submitted to: Mr. Chander Perkash General Manager OHSE

Karachi Electricity Supply Corporation, 8th Floor, State Life Building # 11, Main Abdullah Haroon Road,

Karachi.

Submitted by:

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Limited Principal House, Mezzanine Floor, Plot No. 39C & 41C 22nd Commercial Str et Off: Khayaban‐e‐Ittehad

Phase – II Extension, DHA, Karachi Tel: (92 21) 3589 3341 – 43 Fax: (92 21) 3589 3340

E‐mail: [email protected] [email protected] Website: www.nec.com.pk

For any clarification about this Report, please contact Mr. Ibad ur Rehman, Manager (Environmental Studies Division – Southern Zone) at NEC Karachi office.

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ToC

List of Acronyms vi Executive Summary viii

Chapter – 1: Introduction 1

1.1 Background 11.2 Objectives and Scope 21.3 Methodology 41.3.1 Data Analysis 51.3.2 Reporting 6

1.4

Limitations 6

Chapter – 2: Project Description 7

2.1 Project Introduction 72.2 Project Need and Justification 82.3 Project Brief 92.3.1 Hybrid Integrated System (HIS) Arrangement 92.3.2 Project Specification 102.3.3 Grid Station Description 112.3.4 Transmission Lines 13

2.4

Project Construction 132.5 Erection and Commissioning 132.6 Operation and Maintenance 132.6.1 Maintenance of Transformers 14

2.7

Land Use and Ownership 142.8 Analysis of Alternatives 142.8.1 No Project Alternative 152.8.2 Project Sites Alternatives 152.8.3 Alternative Technologies for Grid Stations 152.8.4 Transmission Line Alternatives 162.8.5 Type of Circuit Breakers 172.8.6 Types of Transformer Oil 17

Chapter – 3: Legislation, Guidelines and Institutional Framework 19

3.1 General 193.2 Background 19

Erection & Commissioning of 132 kV Hybrid Grid Station at Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. ii


3.3 Environmental Legislations 203.3.1 National Regulations 203.3.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 213.3.3 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA

Regulations, 2000

223.3.4 National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) 233.3.5 Pakistan Penal Code 1860 233.3.6 The Forestry Act, 1927 243.3.7 The Antiquities Act, 1975 243.3.8 Factories Act 1934 243.3.9 Electricity Act 1910 24

3.4

NEPRA Licensing (Application & Modification Procedure) Regulations – 1999

243.5 Guidelines 253.5.1 General Guidelines 25

3.6

Institutional Setup for Environmental Management

253.6.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Council (PEPC) and the Pakistan

Environmental Protection Agency (Pak‐EPA)

253.6.2 Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) 26

3.7

Other Relevant Laws

263.7.1 IFC Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Electric Power

Transmission and Distribution

26

Chapter – 4: Environmental Description of Project Area 27

4.1 Physical Environment 274.1.1 Location and Surrounding 274.1.2 Soil and Geology 284.1.3 Water 314.1.4 Drainage System and Wastewater 324.1.5 Noise 324.1.6 Ambient Air Quality 334.1.7 Temperature and Humidity 334.1.8 Climate Wind Condition 34

4.2

Biotic and Natural Environment 364.2.1 Flora 364.2.2 Fauna 364.2.3 Ecosystem Sensitivities 364.2.4 Aesthetics 36

4.3

Status of Socio‐Economic Environment 374.3.1 Study Area 374.3.2 Administrative & Political Units 384.3.3 Population of Study Area 40


NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. iii


4.4 General Profile of the Area 414.4.1 Human Settlements 414.4.2 Type of Houses 424.4.3 Castes, Ethnicity and Social Groups 434.4.4 Family & Household Sizes 444.4.5 Professions & Occupations 444.4.6 Religious Sites 444.4.7 Sites of Archaeological and Cultural Significance 444.4.8 Recreational Sites 454.4.9 Health Status and Facilities 454.4.10 Education 464.4.11 Social Status of Women 474.4.12 Children’s Mobility 474.4.13 Transportation & Road Infrastructure 474.4.14 Utilities Management 48

4.5

Stakeholder Consultation 48

Chapter 5: Identification and Assessment of Environmental Impacts 49

5.1 Potential Environmental Impacts Due to Project Design 505.2 Potential Environmental Impacts due to Project Location 505.3 Potential Environmental Impacts during Construction 505.3.1 Air Quality 505.3.2 Water Quality 505.3.3 Soil Characteristics 515.3.4 Ambient Noise 515.3.5 Flora 525.3.6 Fauna 525.3.7 Socio‐Economic Conditions 525.3.8 Health & Safety 52

5.4

Installation & Commissioning Phase

535.4.1 Environmental & Safety Issues 53

5.5

Potential Environmental Impacts during Operation

535.5.1 Air Emissions 575.5.2 Liquid Discharges 575.5.3 Solid Waste Generation 595.5.4 Ambient Noise 595.5.5 Flora 605.5.6 Fauna 605.5.7 Socio‐economic Conditions 605.5.8 Health & Safety 60


NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. iv


Chapter – 6: Mitigation Measures 65

6.1 Introduction 656.2 Key Environmental Issues 656.3 Mitigation Measures at Different Phases of the Project 666.3.1 Mitigation Measures at Design Phase 666.3.2 Mitigation Measures at Construction Phase 666.3.3 Mitigation Measures at Operation Phase 67

6.4

Occupational Health & Safety

72

Chapter – 7: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 74

7.1 General 747.2 Purpose & Need of the EMP 747.3 Objectives of the EMP 757.4 Scope of the EMP 757.5 Responsibilities 757.6 Commitment to Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) 757.7 Structure of the EMP 767.8 Key Environmental Issues 767.9 Impact Mitigation Plan 767.10 Organizational Structure; Roles & Responsibilities 777.10.1 Roles & Responsibilities 78

7.11

Training Program

797.11.1 Awareness Training 797.11.2 EMP Orientation Training 797.11.3 Job Specific Training 797.11.4 Disaster Management Training 807.11.5 Identification of the Need for New or Additional Training 80

7.12

Environmental Monitoring Plan

807.13 Reporting 817.14 Disaster Management Plan 827.14.1 Preventive Action 827.14.2 Communication System 837.14.3 Emergency Action Committee 837.14.4 Implementation of DMP 83

List of Tables:

Table 2.1: Comparison of AIS & GIS Technologies 16 Table 2.2: Comparison of Overhead & Underground Transmission Routes 17 Table 4.1: Ambient Air Quality at Site 33 Table 4.2: Monthly Amount of Precipitation, Mean Relative Humidity & Temperature

in Karachi 34


NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. v


Table 4.3: Mean Monthly Wind Speed (knots) & Wind Direction (at 1200 UTC) 35 Table 5.1: Potential Environmental Impacts During Operation Phase 54 Table 5.2: ICNIRP Guidelines for EMF Public and Occupational Exposure 62 Table 5.3: Typical Measured Values for Magnetic Field Next to Transformer 62 Table 5.4: Typical Measured Magnetic Field Next to KESC Power Lines 62 Table 5.5: Fire Extinguishing Arrangement 64 Table 6.1: Major Potential Impacts & Mitigation Measures at Operation Phase 68 Table 6.2: Suggested Routine Inspection & Maintenance Schedule 70

List of Figures:

Figure 2.1: Project Site & Surrounding 8 Figure 2.2: Typical HIS 11 Figure 4.1: Location & Surrounding of Project Site 28 Figure 4.2: Active Faults on Eastern Side of Karachi 31 Figure 4.3: Karachi Wind Rose 35 Figure 4.4: Important Landmarks of Study Area 37 Figure 4.5: Map Showing Different Blocks of Gulistan‐e Jauhar 39 Figure 4.6: Figure 4.5: Map Showing Different Blocks of Gulistan‐e Jauhar 40 Figure 5.1: Magnetic Field Produced by Underground & Overhead Cables 61 Figure 7.1: Organizational Structure 77

List of Annexure:

Annexure – 1: Grid Station’s Layout Plan Annexure – 2: Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (PEPA) 1997 Annexure – 3: Schedule I, II & III of PEPA Regulations 2000 Annexure – 4: Revised NEQS, 2000 Annexure – 5: Factories Act, 1934 – Relevant Applicable Laws Annexure – 6: NEPRA Licensing Regulations Annexure – 7: Geological Map of Project Area Annexure – 8: Soil Test Report Annexure – 9: Tectonic Map of Pakistan Annexure – 10: Drainage Map of Karachi Annexure – 11: Ambient Air Quality Test Report Annexure – 12: Socio‐economic Questionnaire Annexure – 13: Mile Stone Schedule Annexure – 14: Typical MSDS for Transformer Oil Annexure – 15: Typical Protection System for 132kV Overhead Transmission Lines Annexure – 16: SF6 Gas Containment Plan

Annexure – 17: Impact Mitigation Plan Annexure – 18: Environmental Monitoring Plan Annexure – 19: Disaster Management Plan

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. vi

LIST OF ACRONYMS

LoA

AIS Air Insulated Substation BU G&T Business Unit Generation & Transmission CDGK City District Government Karachi CEO Chief Executive Officer CO Carbon Monoxide dB Decibel DMP Disaster Management Plan ELF Extremely Low Frequency EMF Electromagnetic Field EMP Environmental Management Plan EPA Environmental Protection Agency EPRCP Environmental Planning and Resource Conservation Project GIS Gas Insulated Substation GSM Grid System Maintenance GSO Grid System Operation GWP Global Warming Potential HIS Hybrid Integrated System HSEQ Health, Safety, Environment & Quality Assurance ICNIRP International Commission on Non‐Ionizing Radiation Protection IEE Initial Environmental Examination IFC International Finance Corporation kV Kilo Volts KESC Karachi Electric Supply Company KWSB Karachi Water and Sewage Board LDC Load Dispatch Centre mg/l Milligrams per Liter MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet MW Megawatt NA National Assembly NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NCS National Conservation Strategy NEP National Environment Policy NEPRA National Electric Power Regulation Authority NEQS National Environmental Quality Standards NGO Non‐Governmental Organization NOC No Objection Certificate NOx Oxides of Nitrogen O&M Operation & Maintenance OHS Occupational Health and Safety

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. vii



PCB Poly‐Chlorinated Biphenyl PEPA Pakistan Environmental Protection Act PEPC Pakistan Environmental Protection Council PEPCO Pakistan Electric Power Company PEPO Pakistan Environmental Protection Ordinance PLDP Platform at dead end Pole PM Particulate Matters PMD Pakistan Metrological Department PPEs Personal Protective Equipments PTCL Pakistan Telecommunication Limited ROW Right Of Way SEPA Sindh Environmental Protection Agency SF6 Sulphur hexafluoride gas SOPs Standard Operating Procedures SOx Oxides of Sulphur SSGC Sui Southern Gas Company T&D Transmission & Distribution TDS Total Dissolved Solids TSS Total Suspended Solids UC Union Council USEPA United States Environmental Protection agency

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. viii

ES EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Introduction: This summary is based on the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) carried out for the 132 kV Hybrid Grid Station along with associated transmission lines by Karachi Electric Supply Corporation at Block‐16 Gulistan‐e‐ Jauhar. The commissioning of this grid will also relieve the overloaded grids of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal and KDA Scheme‐33, thus meeting the partial requirement of future load growth in the adjoining areas.

The aim of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to assist in the decision making process and to ensure that the project is environmentally sound and legally compliant.

Project Proponent:

The Karachi Electric Supply Corporation (KESC) is an integrated electric utility supplying power to the city of Karachi. KESC is engaged in generation, transmission and distribution of electricity in a service area that includes about 6,000 square kilometers and a population between 12‐14 million.

The Company owns 1,756 MW of generation capacity (oil and gas‐fired) of which 1,336 MW is currently operational. KESC transmission network consists of 220kV, 132kV and 66kV circuits with 51 grid stations and its distribution network includes 3,800 km of 11kV underground cable, 2,000 km of 11kV overhead cable, 8,000 distribution transformers and over 10,000 km of 400V distribution lines.

The Company has started its “System Stabilization, Rehabilitation and Loss Reduction Program”, after being privatized in 2005. The program is now being implemented in order to expand generation capacity by adding clean and more energy efficient gas‐fired combined cycle units at existing thermal power stations on a fast track basis and upgrade/ rehabilitate its existing transmission and distribution assets in order to reduce its energy losses. This will include replacement of old grid stations and construction of new 220/132 kV overhead and underground transmission lines.

Need of EIA:

The project falls under the project category of “Transmission lines (11 KV and above) and Grid Stationsa” as per the guidelines issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA 1997). According to these guidelines, projects under this category require an EIA to be conducted.

a Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Review of IEE and EIA) regulations, 2000

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. ix



Project Justification: The electricity demand has been increasing during the past years and this trend is expected to continue as a result of the on‐going economic uplift in the city. The key factors fueling the increasing power demand include increasing population, industrialization and improvement in per capita income. In order to match the exponential increase in the power demand, regular investments in various segments of the power network is vitally important. Otherwise, the gap between supply and demand will keep on increasing.

The objectives of the project are to help increase the efficiency, reliability, and quality of electricity supply in terms of the overall technical and commercial viability, continuous availability and the improved voltage profile of electric supply. The Project shall also facilitate electricity sector reforms, investment planning, financing and technical assistance. The project will cater to the future needs of Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal, Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, Gulshan‐e‐ Jamal, Mujahid Colony, Phelwan Goth, Askari‐IV and adjoining areas.

Project Description:

KESC is constructing an Electric Grid Station at Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, Block‐16. The project comprises of erection, installation and commissioning of 132 kV Hybrid Grid Station along with power transformer, circuit breakers, related equipments and transmission lines with complete civil works.

The following are the highlights of the project;

Parameter Description

Project Capacity 2×40MVA

Area Required 0.92 acres

Cost of Project PKR 474.4 Million (excluding land)

O&M Cost PKR 2 Million

Workforce Requirement

Construction 20 to 150 Persons

Operation 4 to 5 Persons Hybrid Grid Station is a combination of conventional AIS & modern GIS technologies. Here, components of AIS and GIS are typically integrated in the same bay and this combination is applied across the whole Grid Station. The integrated use of technologies leads to effective cost savings while providing a safer alternative in comparison to the conventional grid stations.

The HIS Grid Station is an outdoor station with control and monitoring through state of art automation system. The PASS (Plug and Switch System) modules have been employed for the first time in Pakistan. Here, circuit breaker, disconnecting and earthing switches are GIS based while busbar, current and voltage transformers and serge arresters are air exposed.

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. x



Land use & Ownership: KESC owns a 2 acres plot on a commercial land, close to the residential area of Gulistan‐e‐ Jauhar Block‐16. Approximately 0.92 acres is used for construction of the grid station. At one end of the plot is KESC’s Virtual Integrated Business Center (VIBC), the central portion is kept open for possible future construction of KESC’s hospital. The infrastructure and utility services are already available in the area and have the capacity to serve the anticipated requirements of the project. Land acquisition and resettlement due to construction of grid station is not an issue. Underground cables are provided from the grid station up to the main road. Overhead transmission line route is along the New Service Line Road from the grid station boundary wall up to Samama Junction, close to University Road.

Environmental Description of the Project Area:

Physical Environment: The project area has a maximum elevation of 139 ft (42m) above mean sea level. Ground water table is high due to which pile foundations are being provided. At operational stage, water will be obtained from KWSB line. Drinking water will be purchased and provided through dispensers. Wastewater is discharged into the main municipal drain. Ambient Noise values are found to be in the range of 55‐60 dB. Overall levels of Ambient Air Quality were found within prescribed limits of reference standards except for particulate level that was quite higher at the site due to construction being carried out within the project premises.

Biotic Environment: The study area has patches of grass and shrubs; however it was observed from the field survey that no special floral and faunal species exists close to the project site.

Social Environment: The settlements in the close proximity of the project are mostly large apartment complexes housing middle class families of different ethnic and religious backgrounds. The buildings are quite well‐maintained and general amenities of livelihood are present in the area. The neighborhood in the study area is characterized by people of different ethnic and religious backgrounds living together with a lot of common and shared facilities and space.

Major Potential Impacts & Mitigations Measures:

Water Resources: The construction activities of the project are not expected to have any major impact on the surface or ground water quality of the area. Adequate drainage, drinking water and sanitation facilities in the temporary camp of construction workers are provided by the contractors to avoid the surface water pollution.

Water will not be used for operation and maintenance activities. The quantity of domestic wastewater generated during this phase is assessed to be very low due to small number of operating staff residing at the grid station. The storm water will be directed to the main sewer line outside the project boundary.

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. xi



Air Quality: The major sources of air pollution during construction are emissions from vehicles, generator sets, and heavy construction equipment; and fugitive dust from vehicle movement and soil excavation. Impacts are minimized through established mitigation measures which include suppression of fugitive dust by water spraying, use of low emission vehicles and construction equipment, and good maintenance of engines.

SF6 released into the atmosphere is considered a greenhouse gas with a significantly higher global warming potential (GWP) than CO2

b. Despite the fact that SF6 gas is very stable, it will partly decompose in association with electric discharges and arcs, resulting in gaseous and solid decomposition products. There are established routines for service personnel when opening SF6 filled equipment for maintenance or scrapping. Therefore, SF6 Gas containment plan should be strictly followed.

Soil Characteristics: Soil may be contaminated as a result of fuel/oils/chemicals spillage and leakage, and inappropriate disposal. The waste would be generated from site clearance, excavation, concrete batching, concrete conveyance and construction of substructures and superstructures. Waste oils will be collected in drums and sold to the recycling contractors. The inert recyclable waste from the site (such as card board, drums, broken/used parts, etc.) will be sold to recycling contractors.

The grid station premises will not be used as permanent storage area during operation. The essential spares and other wastes generated including wastes from repair and maintenance activities will be sent to GSM Department. These wastes typically would be put in containers, characterized and labeled, possibly stored briefly, and transported by a licensed hauler to an appropriate permitted off‐site disposal facility as a standard practice. Any soil contaminated by the oil spillage will be removed and disposed off appropriately in accordance with the MSDS of the spilled oil.

Ambient Noise: The major sources of noise during construction activities are excavation, transportation, loading/unloading of materials and operation of construction equipments etc. These are temporary in nature and are mitigated by careful planning of machinery operations and time schedules.

During the operation phase of the project, there will be humming noise generated from the grid station due to transformers operation which will be felt only up to 50 m from the grid station area. Transformer noise level is designed to remain below 65 dB. The grid station area will be surrounded by a wall having sound attenuation effect.

Ecological Setting: The site clearance would not bring about major changes to the existing flora as there are no rare, endangered or endemic terrestrial plants species present in the study area. The underground cables will be laid within the project boundaries and no major land portion containing flora will be disturbed. Since the excavation work is done along the footpaths of service road, natural vegetation is not disturbed; however eleven (11) trees have been removed for overhead transmission line route, stretched over a length of one kilometer.

b EHS Guidelines by IFC


NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. xii


The faunal species in the study area is mainly of those associated with manmade habitat and is not expected to be affected by the grid station’s construction or operation.

Socio‐economic Impact: The socioeconomic impacts of the project on the surrounding area are expected to be on the higher side in terms of their significance. The socioeconomic status of the area would improve to a considerable extent as the price of property would shoot up due to firm and assured uninterrupted power supply from KESC.

The construction of grid station and associated transmission lines will play an important role not only to strengthen and stabilize electricity distribution system in existing areas but will also improve electricity supply to adjoining areas. Main beneficiaries will be the general public including students of the nearby area.

Health and Safety: Various activities during the construction phase of the project could have health & safety impacts on workers and the people living in the nearby vicinity. The contractor should employ every possible precaution.

Accidents may occur due to electrocuting, lightening, fires and explosions during operation phase. The lightening arresters will be provided at strategic locations. Sufficient number of fire extinguishers will also be provided for emergency needs. Safety and emergency procedures manual will be kept at grid station. KESC has measured EMF values for existing 132/11 kV transformers and transmission lines, they are well within the exposure limits as established by ICNIRP Guidelines for general public as well as the maintenance staff.

Transformer Oil Leakage & Seepage: Highly refined, mineral base oil will be used in the transformers and transmission lines for cooling transformers and providing insulation between live components, it is regularly monitored to ensure that the constituents are within permissible limits as recommended by the manufactures. If the oil has degenerated both chemically and physically, it is upgraded / recycled through dehydration and regeneration process.

Tables A & B highlights the major potential impacts and suggested mitigation measures during Construction and Operation phases, respectively.

Table – A

Major Potential Impacts & Mitigations Measures at Construction Phase

S. No.

Aspect Possible Environmental

Impact Recommended Mitigation

Measures

1

Clearing of shrubs

Loss of vegetation

Compensatory plantation around the grid station to improve aesthetics

2

Excavation

Dust Generation Frequent watering, immediate clearance of excavated earth

3

Transportation of materials

Deterioration of Air Quality

• All vehicles & equipments to be regularly tuned & maintained


NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. xiii


S. No.


Impact Recommended Mitigation

Measures

Noise • Construction equipments will

conform to the standards

Impact on Water Quality

• Repair & Maintenance of machinery or equipments will not be allowed at site

• Spillage of fuel or lubricants will be avoided with best construction/handling procedures

Table – B

Major Potential Impacts & Mitigations Measures at Operation Phase

S. No.


Impact Mitigation Measures

1

SF6 Gas Leakage

Greenhouse Effect • SF6 Containment Plan to be

followed

2

Transformer Oil Leakage/seepage

Soil /Ground water Contamination

• Transformers will be built on impervious base

• Collected waste oil will be disposed in accordance with MSDS

4

Transformer Noise

Increased Noise Level

• Surrounding wall with sound attenuation effect

• Proper maintenance of the equipments & machineries inside grid

5

Domestic wastewater generation

Impact on Water Quality

• Septic tank/ soak pit will be constructed

6

EMF Generation

Health Risks to patients & workers

• Health‐based exposure limits be mandated to protect public health.

7

Short Circuiting

Fire Incidents

• SF6 is not combustible

• Appropriate Fire Extinguishing Equipments for transformers

• Emergency Response Plan to be made available at each grid station.

8

Socioeconomic Impacts

Assured Uninterrupted Power Supply & Increased Price of Property

‐‐


NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. xiv


Environmental Monitoring Plan: According to NEQS (self monitoring & reporting by industries) Rule 2001, the project neither falls under Category A nor under Category B of Schedule‐I. The grid station is not expected to emit any priority pollutant as mentioned in the above rules during the operational phase.

Increase in transportation is not expected during the operation and maintenance activity, therefore monitoring for vehicular emissions is not recommended. Similarly, monitoring of effluent discharge is also not recommended as only four to five persons will be residing within the grid building and the domestic wastewater discharged after treatment from septic tank and soak pit in comparison to pollution load of main KWSB sewer line would be negligible.

The solid wastes generation from the grid station should be monitored so as to ensure that no immediate and long‐term environmental and health problems are caused. EMF monitoring is also recommended for the grid station, biannually. The management would ensure compliance of monitoring results with the Pakistan‐EPA standards and ICNIRP limits, respectively. Regular testing of transformer oil is also recommended.

Conclusion:

This EIA study has identified and assessed potential environmental impacts of the project, as per the guidelines issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA 1997). Overall, the EIA study has concluded that the project would be environmentally acceptable, and in compliance with environmental legislation and standards. With the implementation of environmental control measures, there would be minimal or no adverse residual impacts from the Project. This will be checked by a comprehensive environmental monitoring plan.

NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. 1

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER

1

1.1 Background

This report discusses the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of 132 kV Hybrid Integrated System (HIS) Grid Station along with associated transmission lines being set up by Karachi Electric Supply Company (herein after referred to as KESC). The Grid Station is located within an open plot, owned by KESC in Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar Block‐16. The project will ensure load reduction on presently overloaded grid stations and transmission lines of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal and part of KDA Scheme‐33. It will also improve the voltage profile as well as the system reliability.

The project falls under the project category of “Transmission lines (11 KV and above) and Grid Stations1” as per the guidelines issued by Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA 1997). According to these guidelines, projects under this category require an EIA to be conducted.

The Project Proponent:

The Karachi Electric Supply Company (KESC) is an integrated electric utility supplying power to the city of Karachi. KESC is engaged in generation, transmission and distribution of electricity in a service area that includes about 6,000 square kilometers and a population between 12‐14 million.

The Company owns 1,756 MW of generation capacity (oil and gas‐fired) of which 1,336 MW is currently operational. KESC transmission network consists of 220kV, 132kV and 66kV circuits with 51 grid stations and its distribution network includes 3,800 km of 11kV underground cable, 2,000 km of 11kV overhead cable, 8,000 distribution transformers and over 10,000 km of 400V distribution lines.

The Company has started its “System Stabilization, Rehabilitation and Loss Reduction Program”, after being privatized in 2005. The program is now being implemented in order to expand generation capacity by adding clean and more energy efficient gas‐ fired combined cycle units at existing thermal power stations on a fast track basis and upgrade/ rehabilitate its existing transmission and distribution assets in order to reduce its energy losses. This includes replacement of old grid stations and construction of new 220/132 kV overhead and underground transmission lines.

1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Review of IEE And EIA) Regulations, 2000




The Consultants:

KESC management hired NEC Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd. (herein after referred as NEC) for conducting the above mentioned EIA. NEC put together a team of consultants belonging to different subject areas to complete the assignment. The consulting team comprises of the following members:

Mr. Ibad ur Rehman Team Leader & EIA Expert Mr. Abid Sheikh Electrical Engineer Ms. Beena Riaz Environmental Engineer Mr. Abdul Fattah Chemical Engineer Ms. Amna Shariq Environmental Scientist Ms. Aleena Afridi Socio‐Economic Expert

1.2 Objectives and Scope

The overall objective of this study is to elucidate the anticipated aspects of the proposed intervention and their impacts on the surrounding environment in order to propose necessary mitigation measures to prevent/minimize adverse impacts. To achieve this objective, an assessment of the existing environmental status of the project site is a prerequisite and therefore included in this study by collecting and reviewing the baseline data of various environmental attributes.

More specific objectives of this EIA report include:

• To meet the statutory requirements set forth by the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (PEPA) 1997.

• To facilitate decision making by the Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) regarding grant of NOC for the project.

• To establish a baseline of existing environmental status at the project site prior to project initiation by collecting secondary and primary data/information on physical, biological and socio‐economical environment of the project area.

• To help the project proponents to incorporate necessary measures for legally compliant and socially acceptable environmental performance of their project.

• To identify significant environmental impacts (both positive and negative) during all stages of the project and propose mitigation measures for negative impacts.

The scope of the assignment is derived from the PEPA guidelines. As per the scope of work, the EIA report consists of the following sections:

Description of the Project: Complete description of the relevant parts of the project has been provided, using appropriate visual aids (maps, photographs, satellite imageries etc.) where necessary.

Analysis of Project Alternatives: Alternatives of the project are examined including: no‐action option and alternate technology option.




Legislative and Regulatory Considerations: The relevant legislation, regulations and standards, and environmental policies which are applicable to the project are described. The appropriate authority jurisdictions that will specifically apply to the project are also identified.

Description of the Environment: The baseline data on the relevant environmental characteristics of the study area was assembled, evaluated and presented. This section includes the detailed description of the following environmental attributes within the project area. The ‘project area’ is defined as the area within which the impact of the project may be expected.

Physical Environment: Locations and surroundings, site plans and layout, geography, polar coordinates, soils and geology, topography and drainage system, seismic zone, water resources, air and water quality, public water supplies, climate (wind speed and direction, temperature, precipitation, humidity) and ambient noise.

Biotic and Natural Environment: Flora and fauna of the terrestrial ecosystems, rare or endangered species and sensitive habitat.

Socio‐economic Environment: Demographics, employment, land use, community structure, public health, communal facilities or services, sites affected by the project and community perceptions about the project.

Validation of available information was done by characterizing the extent and quality of collected data. This helped in indicating the significant information deficiencies and any uncertainties associated with the prediction of impacts.

Potential Impacts of the Project: Impacts related to the project were identified and distinction for significant impacts was made between positive and negative, direct and indirect, short and long term, during different phases of the project. Impacts that are cumulative, unavoidable or irreversible have also been identified. Special attention was paid to:

• Impacts of the project on ambient noise levels.

• Impacts of the project on the ambient air quality.

• Impacts of the project on water quality.

• Impacts of the project on soil characteristics.

• Impacts of the project on socio‐economic condition.

• Impacts of the project on health and safety.

Mitigation measures of Adverse Impacts: Possible measures to prevent or reduce significant negative impacts to acceptable levels have been identified. Recommendations to adopt feasible mitigation measures were included in the report.

Development of a Monitoring and Management Plan: The critical issues requiring monitoring to ensure compliance to mitigation measures are identified and impact management and monitoring plan for operations has been presented.




1.3 Methodology

The consulting team was mobilized after the acceptance of proposal for EIA of 132 kV HIS Grid Station and allied transmission lines by KESC. The methodology adopted by the consultants for this assignment was agreed with the proponents at the proposal stage. The following methodology was adopted:

Orientation Session: Meetings and discussions were held with relevant key officials of KESC. This activity was aimed at achieving a common ground of understanding on various issues of the EIA study.

Development of Data Acquisition Plan: Following the concept clarification and understanding, a detailed data acquisition plan was developed for the internal use of the consulting team. This plan was revised and updated throughout the EIA process. The plan identified specific requirements of the primary and secondary data and their sources; determined time schedules and responsibilities for their collection; and indicated the logistics and facilitation needs for the execution of the data acquisition plan.

Secondary Data Collection and Review: The secondary data about the physical, technical, and institutional aspects of similar projects available with NEC and KESC were also reviewed. The additional data was collected from the following departments:

• Union Council (UC‐10) of Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal

• Pakistan Meteorological Department

• Botany Department, University of Karachi

• Geological Survey of Pakistan

• Population Census Organization

On the basis of the secondary information and its review, a primary survey plan was developed. Gap analysis was also carried out to identify exhaustively all the data required to conduct an EIA study.

Primary Data Collection: Primary data was collected for the parameters identified in the gap analysis. Socioeconomic surveys were conducted for the human settlements located near the grid station. The survey tools included questionnaires and focused discussions.

In addition, the data for the following parameters was also collected for establishing the existing environmental baseline.

• Noise Levels at site

• Ambient Air Quality at site

• Soil Characteristics




Site Visits: The consulting team made visits to the project site. The visits were made by all team members in order to collect necessary data pertaining to their respective areas of responsibility for the assignment.

The consultants also held meetings with the relevant key professionals of KESC and other organizations to obtain information regarding environmental conditions in connection with the project site.

During these visits, team members took photographs and observed existing environmental conditions. The visits also helped in verifying various pieces of information available in the secondary sources.

1.3.1 Data Analysis

Impact Identification and Screening: Based on the information collected through primary and secondary sources, various actions or activities having potential to cause damage to the environment are listed in chapter 5. The aspects were identified for each phase of the project including designing, construction, installation and operation phase. Methods described in EPA Guidelines were also referred for identification and screening of aspects and their impacts.

Impact Prediction and Evaluation: For evaluation and prediction of various environmental impacts, quantitative and qualitative descriptions of the anticipated project impacts were made. The identified impacts were further evaluated for their significance level.

For detailed analysis of environmental impacts, evaluation matrices were developed. In these matrices each aspect with its significance level in terms of its potential of creating an impact on surrounding environment is listed.

Development of Mitigation Measures: Based on the significance of the impacts, mitigation measures for each significant negative impact were suggested. Approach for suggesting mitigation measure was as follows, in the descending order of preference:

• Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action

i.e. evaluation of project alternatives; • Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its

implementation; • Rectify the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected

environment; • Reduce or eliminate the impact over time by preservation and maintenance

operations during the life of the action; and • Compensate for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or

environments.




A conceptual environmental management plan for smooth and effective implementation of all recommended mitigation measures was developed and included in the EIA report.

1.3.2 Reporting

The EIA report has been prepared under the guidelines issued by the PEPA 1997. It has been finalized after review and comments made by the KESC management. The final report is being submitted to the management of KESC for onwards submission to the SEPA.

The environmental impact assessment report is concise and limited to significant environmental issues. The main text has been focused on findings, conclusions and recommended actions. It is supported by summaries of the data collected and citations for any references used in interpreting those data.

1.4 Limitations

This EIA document has been prepared by drawing inferences from site visits, primary data and secondary sources of information. The study has been conducted by the consultants in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill exercised by members of environmental engineering and consulting profession. The Consultants have tried to cover all important aspects and relevant impacts of the 132 kV HIS grid station and associated transmission lines.

The conclusions in this study are based on primary and secondary data, results derived from earlier studies and a subjective evaluation of the possible environmental aspects during construction and operations of the project. In evaluating the project, the consulting team has relied on information provided by the management of KESC. The consultants assume that the information provided is factual and accurate. Also the consultants accept no responsibility for any deficiency, misstatement or inaccuracies contained in this report as a result of omission or misrepresentation by any person interviewed or contacted. The mitigation measures and other recommendations put forth in this report are of the level of conceptual design and implementation framework.


PROJECT DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER

2

2.1 Project Introduction

The Karachi Electric Supply Company (KESC) is engaged in generation, transmission and distribution of electric power not only to the city of Karachi but also towns of Dhabeji and Gharo and few adjacent areas of Baluchistan. The management of KESC has launched a program titled “System Stabilization, Rehabilitation and Loss Reduction Program” to expand generation capacity by adding energy efficient gas‐ fired combined cycle units at existing thermal power stations on a fast track basis and upgrade / rehabilitate its existing transmission and distribution assets in order to reduce its energy losses. The transmission and distribution rehabilitation will include grid stations and construction of new 220/ 132 kV overhead and underground transmission lines.

In this connection, KESC is going to install a separate Electric Grid Station at Block‐16, Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar. This project comprises of erection and commissioning of 132 kV HIS Grid Station along with power transformer, circuit breakers, related equipments, underground and overhead transmission lines with complete civil works.

This Hybrid Integrated System grid station will substantially improve the distribution network in Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal, Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, Gulshan‐e‐Jamal, Mujahid Colony, Phelwan Goth, Askari‐IV and adjoining areas. Here, two (02) power transformers of 40 MVA each will be established.

The area required for construction of the Grid Station is 0.92 acres (200 ft ×200 ft). Total area of the plot is 2 acres, it has geographic coordinates of 24o 54’ 51”N & 67o 07’ 16.2”E. The capital cost of the grid station is around PKR 474.4 Million excluding the land cost, as the piece of land is owned by KESC. The estimated annual operational and maintenance cost is PKR 2.0 Million. The human resource required during the construction phase ranges from 20‐150 persons depending upon the work load. During installation period, 20‐25 persons would be engaged for about 3‐4 months. It is estimated that the grid station would need a crew of about 4 to 5 personnel responsible for Operation & Maintenance activities for which necessary facilities for communication, accommodation, water supply and sewerage disposal shall be provided.

Since the land is owned by KESC, the land acquisition problem is not there. Tenders for procurement of equipments, erection of sub‐station equipments, testing and commissioning has already being initiated. The project will commence soon after the acquisition of NOC from EPA‐Sindh.




Figure 2.1: Project Site & Surrounding

2.2 Project Need and Justification

The electricity demand has always been increasing and this trend is expected to continue as a result of the on‐going economic uplift in the city. The key factors fueling the increasing power demand include increasing population, industrialization and improvement in per capita income. In order to match the increasing trend in the power demand, regular investments in various segments of the power network – generation, transmission and distribution – is vitally important, otherwise the gap between supply and demand will keep on increasing. With the goal of providing uninterrupted power to Karachi, the new management of KESC has developed short and long term road maps by not only improving the generation capacity but also adding a number of grid stations to the existing network along with new transmission and distribution lines.




Electricity generation stations throughout Karachi are interconnected in a system called power grid station system. This allows electricity generated in one part of the city to be sent to users in another part. It also allows distant power generation stations to provide electricity for areas whose power generators may have failed or been destroyed by some accident or sabotage. The power transmission is directed by several control centers. Experts there can monitor the distribution of power and reroute electricity from areas of low demand to areas of high demand. There are automatic switches that can direct the routing of power to where it is needed. From the high voltage transmission lines, power goes to neighborhood substations. There, the electricity is stepped down from high voltage to low that could be used in homes and offices.

High or unbalanced demands for power that develop suddenly can upset the smooth distribution of electricity in a grid. In some cases, this can cause a blackout in one section of a grid, or even ripple throughout the whole grid, sequentially shutting down one section after another. Once large sections of a grid are shut down, it may be difficult or impossible to restore power from neighboring grids. In periods of high demand, such as summer, often those nearby grids also are under stress and may not have spare power. When power is restored, it can cause a sudden surge in demand that the system may not be able to accommodate.

The objectives of this project are to help increase the efficiency, reliability and quality of electricity supply in terms of the overall technical and commercial loss reduction, continuous availability and the improved voltage profile of electricity. The Project shall also facilitate electricity sector reforms, investment planning, financing and technical assistance.

The grid station will not only allow for the reliable supply of electricity to the areas of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar but will also cater to its future needs. The commissioning of this grid will also relieve the overloaded grids of Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal and KDA Scheme 33, thus meeting the partial requirement of future load growth in the adjoining areas. It will also reduce the operation and maintenance cost of the system by improving its efficiency, reliability and quality of service. It would also increase the transformation capacity for future demand and strengthen the electricity distribution system networks to reduce losses and improve supply.

2.3 Project Brief

2.3.1 Hybrid Integrated System (HIS) Arrangement

The power industry has always been expected to provide a secure, economically efficient and sustainable power supply, but over the past years, power markets have changed significantly. Demand has soared, markets have been liberalized and renewable energy sources have been introduced. The changes have been felt across the world, including Pakistan. Today’s emphasis on energy efficiency, prompted by environmental issues and dwindling natural resources, has led to the development of new technologies for both the generation and the transmission systems.




Electric power is generated, transmitted and distributed in the form of Alternating Current. The electric power is produced at the power station, which are located at favorable places, generally quite away from the consumers. It is delivered to the consumer through a large network of transmission and distribution. At many place in the line of power system, it becomes desirable and necessary to change some characteristic of electric supply including voltage and current flow. The assembly of apparatus used to change these characteristics is termed as grid station.

To maintain a balance between electricity generation and consumption, power grids must become more flexible and responsive, both in their structure and operation. New technologies play a central part in meeting these demands, and many innovative and proven solutions are available. The challenge is to integrate these solutions into the grid renovating established networks to provide modern, flexible and sustainable systems. Hybrid Grid Station is a combination of conventional AIS & modern GIS technologies. Here, components of AIS and GIS are typically integrated in the same bay and this combination is applied across the whole Grid Station.

The HIS Grid Station is an outdoor station with control and monitoring through state of art automation system. The PASS (Plug and Switch System) modules have been employed for the first time in Pakistan. Here, circuit breaker, disconnecting and earthing switches are GIS based while busbar, current and voltage transformers and serge arresters are air exposed. A feed of double circuit from the closest 132 kV circuit is made and several 11 kV circuits/lines are emanated for distribution system. The 132 kV lines are provided underground from the grid station up to PLDP (platform at dead‐end pole) at main road, from there overhead transmission line continues till Samama Junction, near University Road.

2.3.2 Project Specification

The Hybrid Grid station will comprise of:2

• Power Transformer o 2×40 MVA o Voltage ratio 132/11 kV

• Feeder Bays (05)

o Transmission Line Bays (02) o Bus Coupler (01) o Power Transformer Bays (02)

• 22 x 11 kV feeders planned

• Feeder’s average length 2‐4 km

Layout Plan of Grid Station is enclosed as Annexure – 1.

2 Data provided by KESC Management




Figure 2.2: Typical HIS 2.3.3 Grid Station Description

Electric power grid station consists of following essential parts:

• Main (high or extra‐high voltage) circuits, also called primary circuits;

• Auxiliary circuits also called secondary circuits.

Main Circuits: The main circuit of the grid station is composed of busbar systems and connections of power lines, power transformers and switching devices.

Auxiliary Circuits: Auxiliary circuits are electrical circuits containing measurement, signaling, control and protection devices.

Support Facilities: Certain facilities required for operation & maintenance of grid stations as described below shall be provided in the said project;




o Batteries Room: There will be a separate control room building that will have AC/ DC distribution room battery and charger room. Batteries are very important part of the grid. It works as a standby storage device that provides D.C power to the grid’s D.C supply equipment in case of failure of A.C supply. Different protection devices i.e. relays, circuit breakers and other control equipment of relay room, 11kV control room, 132kV control room and yard operates on D.C supply that is normally supplied by a rectifier. In case of failure of A.C power, batteries work as a standby source of D.C supply.

o Computer Control of Grid Station Bay: It is an automatic execution of sequence

of switching operations by a computer system which are necessary for normal activities within a grid station (e.g. connecting a line to busbar, switching over lines from one busbar to another etc).

o Lighting & Communication: Adequate normal and emergency AC & DC lighting

shall be provided in the control room of the substation. The switchyards shall also be provided with adequate lighting. A telephone line shall be provided at the grid station as means of effective communication.

o Protective Relay: It is a device that detects the fault and initiates the operation

of circuit breaker to isolate the defective element from the rest of the system. The relay detects the abnormal condition in the electrical circuit by constantly measuring the electrical quantities. The electrical quantities which may change under fault condition are voltage, current, frequency and phase angle. Having detected the fault, the relay operates to close the trip circuit of circuit breaker.

o Fire Fighting System: Fire suppression systems are used in conjunction with

smoke detectors and fire alarm systems to improve and increase safety conditions.

Insulation Medium: Sulphur Hexafluoride Gas (SF6) is employed as insulation in some parts of the installation including disconnecting and earthing switches and also in the circuit‐breaker for arc‐quenching. SF6 is an electronegative gas; its dielectric strength at atmospheric pressure is approximately three times that of air. It is incombustible, non‐toxic, odorless, chemically inert with arc‐quenching properties 3 to 4 times better than air at the same pressure. The remaining parts such as 132kV busbar, current and voltage transformers and serge arresters, are air exposed.

Power Transformer: A power transformer is a device which is used to step up or step down the voltage without changing the frequency. The operation of step up or step down is normally decided by requirement whether electric power has to be utilized or transmitted. For the HIS grid station, the power transformer will be used to step down 132 kV to 11 kV. Internal part of transformer will be filled with highly purified mineral oil (known as transformer oil) for insulating, reducing corona and arcing purposes. It is also used as cooling medium at high temperatures.




2.3.4 Transmission Lines

Transmission lines are high‐voltage underground/overhead power lines ‐ the lines operated for long‐distance transmission of electricity in order to reduce power losses, while distribution lines are at lower voltages than transmission and are used for distributing electricity round an area. Underground transmission lines are laid from the grid station to PLDP point at the main road. The total length for 132 kV overhead lines is about 1.2 km from this point up to Samama junction near University road. Several 11 kV distribution lines will also emanate from the grid station.

2.4 Project Construction

The land for the grid station has been identified and provided by KESC. The constructed HIS Grid Station would occupy an area of approximately 0.92 acres (3720 sq meters). The major construction activities comprise of the following:

Construction of Sub‐Structure: Piling is done up to a depth of 14‐16m due to high water table and typical soil characteristics. Construction of sub‐structure includes construction of tanks, base slabs, and other earth work. The activities that are executed at site include excavation, leveling and grading, formwork, steel cutting and binding, concrete mixing and placement etc.

Construction of Super‐Structure: This largely includes construction of concrete building structure and tanks along with other ancillary works, formwork, steel cutting, bending and binding, concrete mixing, transport and pouring, plastering, painting and polishing, chemical coating, installation of mechanical and electrical equipments, piping and glazing works etc.

Utility Connections: This would mainly include provision of power for electrical equipments. It would also include cabling work involved in transmitting power to various areas. Basic infrastructure to support the construction of the facilities is available in the area.

2.5 Erection and Commissioning

Gantry cranes and scaffolding will be required. Cranes of 5 Tons capacity are recommended for complete bays, lifting gear of 2 to 4 Tons capacity is sufficient for assembling prefabricated GIS units. Cleanliness on site is very important, in order to avoid dirt on the exposed parts of joints.

2.6 Operation and Maintenance

The grid station will be manned round the clock and all important parameters (voltage, load, power factor, etc.) monitored. Daily log sheets will be filled by recording the key data. Any abnormality will be recorded and concerned departments informed for taking remedial measures. The key activities will include:




• Operation of grid stations

• Scheduled maintenance

• Checking/testing of transformers

• Testing of breakers

• Testing of protection system

• Transmission line patrolling

• Replacement of insulators

• Emergency maintenance

• Locating the fault

• Carrying out repairs or replacements

• Restoring the system to the normal operating conditions

2.6.1 Maintenance of Transformers

The minor repairs for the power transformers will be carried out at the grid station, however for the major repairs, transformers will be transported to KESC’s Grid Station Maintenance Workshop.

2.7 Land Use and Ownership

As mentioned earlier, KESC owns a 2 acres plot in Block‐16, Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar. Approximately 0.92 acres is used for construction of the grid. At one end of the plot is KESC’s Virtual Integrated Business Center (VIBC), the central portion is kept open for possible future construction of KESC’s hospital. The infrastructure and utility services are already available in the area and have the capacity to serve the anticipated requirements of the project. Land acquisition and resettlement due to construction of grid station is not an issue.

Acquisition for Right of Way: The contractors are responsible for acquiring right of way on behalf of the proponent throughout the alignment of transmission lines. The contractors obtain permits‐to‐work way leaves and approval from other departments/ authorities and right of way from private owners, when required. KESC

also assists the contractor in this regard.3 2.8 Analysis of Alternatives

The alternatives to the grid station are discussed below. These include no project alternative, alternate project sites and the alternate technology options.

3 Source; KESC Management




2.8.1 No Project Alternative

The justification of the project has already been discussed in the previous sections. The project seeks not only the up gradation of the secondary transmission and grid network of KESC system but also allows for the reliable supply of electricity to Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal and part of KDA Scheme 33, where demand is expected to grow manifolds in future. The grid station will also ensure uninterrupted power supply to the future hospital of KESC. In case the project is not undertaken, KESC system will not be able to cope with this increasing demand. The existing system will remain over‐loaded, line losses will also remain high and the system reliability will progressively decrease with an increasing pressure on the system. KESC will also forego the opportunity of increasing its consumers as well as revenue associated with the system expansion. In view of the above, the ‘No Project’ alternative is not considered a preferred option.

2.8.2 Project Sites Alternatives

Setting of a grid station is primarily governed by various environmental and social considerations including the following;

• Availability and location of land

• Road accessibility

• Proximity to any settlement

• Presence of any wildlife/natural vegetation of any significance

• Possibility and impact of any air or water contamination caused by the project activities

• Possibility of damage to any public infrastructure

• Other Environmental consideration

The site was selected and approved by the KESC officials after considering all aspects mentioned above. The plot is owned by KESC, is at a reasonable safe distance from the surrounding residential areas and is also easily accessible through a wide road. At one end of the plot, KESC’s Virtual Integrated Business Center (VIBC) is constructed. KESC plans to build a hospital on the remaining portion of the plot.

2.8.3 Alternative Technologies for Grid Stations

Conventional Grid Stations (AIS): The conventional grid stations have open yards for transformers and their accessories while the control panels and feeder panels are placed indoors. These grid stations require a large area (about 4 acres), which is a problem in congested urban areas. The environmental and socioeconomic aspects of this type of grid station include safety hazard for the nearby population, particularly in the congested urban areas.

Gas Insulated Grid Stations (GIS): The gas insulated grid stations (GIS) on the other hand employ a very compact design and most of equipment is fully enclosed and gas insulated. This allows the entire system to be placed indoors in considerably smaller




space compared to the conventional design. However, the cost of these grid stations is higher than the conventional ones.

Hybrid Integrated System Grid Stations (HIS): In view of the fact that the new grid station is being planned within the boundary walls of an open plot, owned by KESC in a fairly limited space within an urban area, a combination of the above two technologies is adopted which is termed as Hybrid Integrated System (HIS). The integrated use of technologies will lead to effective cost savings while providing a safer alternative in comparison to the conventional grid stations.

Table 2.1 presents a comparison of the two technologies, combined in the project;

Table 2.1

Comparison of AIS & GIS Technologies

Aspects

AIS GIS

Space Saving

Large space required Up to 90% space saving in comparison to AIS

Capital Cost Low High Civil Works & Maintenance Cost

High Low

Operational Life 25‐30 years 40‐50 years

Operational Safety Medium High

EMF Effects Reduces Electrical & Magnetic Fields

Removes Electrical & Reduces Magnetic Fields

Flexibility Can be extended or modified easily

Cannot be extended or modified

2.8.4 Transmission Line Alternatives

The most preferable route is the one which avoids settlements and other sensitive areas. During the field visits, it was observed that the selected route was a reasonable option that did not have an unacceptable level of environmental and social impacts. Furthermore, appropriate mitigation measures are incorporated in the design and implementation of the works to reduce the impacts. These alternatives include construction of traditional overhead transmission lines and underground cable system. Table 2.2 presents a comparison of these two alternatives.




Table 2.2 Comparison of Overhead & Underground Transmission Routes

Aspects

Overhead Underground

Technical Comparatively less skilled manpower required

Trained manpower required

Economical

Lower O&M Cost, preferred for longer routes

Higher O&M Cost (about 3 times the overhead option), preferred for shorter routes

Environmental Can threaten endangered bird species

Increase in soil disturbance & chance of soil contamination

Social

No threat to existing utilities

Possible disturbance to the public utilities & traffic during construction phase

Safety

Poles are susceptible to fall during bad weather causing damage to life & property

Relatively safer

Health

Possible EMF exposure Effectively reduces the electric field exposure

Conclusively, under the current technical and socio‐economic conditions, the underground transmission line presents a better option for 132 kV routes up to the boundary wall of the grid station premises keeping in view the margin for future construction of KESC’s Hospital on the plot while overhead lines are a better option for one kilometer transmission line route outside the premises up to Samama Junction near University Road as it involves minimum soil disturbance and would not disturb the existing public utilities.

2.8.5 Type of Circuit Breakers

Traditionally, oil‐filled circuit breakers are installed at the 132 kV and 11 kV levels. However, now SF6 circuit breakers are available for 132 kV and above, and vacuum circuit breakers are available for the 11 kV systems, which have very effective arc‐ quenching characteristics, compared to the old oil‐type breakers. The environmental aspects of the oil‐filled circuit breakers essentially pertain to the soil and water contamination caused by the possible oil leakage. Therefore, modern circuit breakers are the preferred option for the project.

2.8.6 Types of Transformer Oil

Traditionally, transformer oil is meant for providing insulation and cooling of the transformer windings. Previously poly‐chlorinated biphenyl (PCB), a man‐made chemical known for its excellent dielectric properties was used. However, this chemical was found to be highly toxic, and more importantly, chemically very stable that would not decompose or disintegrate naturally. Due to this property, it was included in a group of chemicals collectively known as persistent organic pollutants (POPs).




In view of their extremely harmful effects, use of this oil is not a preferred option for all applications, including the current project. As mentioned earlier, highly‐refined, mineral insulating oils is used to cool transformers and provide electrical insulation between live components.


LEGISLATION, GUIDELINES

AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

CHAPTER

3

3.1 General

This chapter describes the current legal framework which is applicable on the project in context of environment and sustainable development. The institutional arrangement that exists in Pakistan and may influence the environmental management of the project is also discussed in this chapter. In addition to above, this chapter also emphasizes on the procedure required to be followed by the project proponent for the submission of EIA Report to relevant EPA.

3.2 Background

The Government of Pakistan realized the importance of environmental preservation way back in the early 1980’s. A variety of environment‐related acts and ordinances existed, but the Pakistan Environmental Protection Ordinance 1983 (PEPO) was the first effort to deal with environmental concerns systematically. The ordinance created a legal basis for comprehensive environmental policy making, the establishment and enforcement of standards, environmental impact assessments

and the inclusion of environmental considerations in development policies4. In 1984, Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Pak‐EPA) was established as the primary government institution dealing with environmental issues. NEQS for municipal and liquid industrial effluent, industrial gaseous emissions and motor vehicle exhaust and noise, were issued by Pak‐EPA in 1994. The NEQS has been modified and updated a couple of time since. PEPO 1983 was replaced with the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act in 1997 i.e. PEPA 1997.

The UN International Summit on Environment was held in 1992 in Rio de Janeiro. Pakistan also became a signatory of this summit. After which the Government of Pakistan developed a National Conservation Strategy (NCS) which was approved by the Government of Pakistan on March 1992. It was decided that all reports regarding strategies, policies and program for sustainable development will be drawn up on

the basis of the NCS5. Another major environmental policy initiative formulated in 1999 was Environmental Planning and Resource Conservation Project (EPRCP)6.

4 “Industrial policy and the Environment in Pakistan”: United Nations industrial development organization; 11 December, 2000; pg.8.

5 “A model process to develop a National Agenda”: Pakistan National Conservation Strategy; pg1. 6 “Industrial policy and the Environment in Pakistan”: United Nations industrial development organization;

11 December, 2000; pg.9.




To provide the necessary guidelines for the preparation, submission and review of IEE and EIA, Pak‐EPA review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 and Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures were published.

3.3 Environmental Legislations

The key environmental regulations and legislations which are applicable to the project are discussed below.

3.3.1 National Regulations

The environmental policy framework, which will govern the project, is the NCS of Pakistan. The Pakistan NCS is a broad based policy statement aimed at achieving environmentally sustainable social and economic development in Pakistan. The three overriding objectives of the NCS are:

• Conservation of natural resources

• Sustainable development

• Improved efficiency in the use and management of resources

Three operating principles are identified to achieve these objectives. These are:

• Greater public participation in development and environmental management

• A merging of environmental and economic decision making

• Lasting improvements in the quality of life

The NCS specifies the basic guidelines for an integrated effort aimed at protecting the environment and the natural resources of the country. This broad framework provides a comprehensive point of reference for all agencies, departments, private sector companies, financial institutions, and donor agencies for undertaking

systematic efforts to bring about an effective change for sustainable development7.

The grid station is aligned with the above mentioned operating principles. The project aims to attain the NCS objectives at its own level: by improving the national power transmission and distribution capacity; by enhancing load bearing capacity and capability of power system; and by system stabilization in order to cater for the existing and future load needs.

7 Qadar S., and Dogar A. R., Pakistan’s Environmental Laws & Their Compliance, Lahore Law Times Publications, 2002.




3.3.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997

PEPA 1997 is the apex environmental law of the country. Under section 12 of the

Act, it is mandatory for the proponents of the projects8 to execute the IEE and/ or EIA (where warranted), and get the approval from provincial EPA. A copy of PEPA 1997 is attached as Annexure – 2 of this report.

The following rules and regulations have been issued under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997.

Rules:

• National Environmental Quality Standards (Self‐ monitoring and Reporting by Industries) Rules, 2001.

• Provincial Sustainable Development Fund (Procedure) Rules, 2001.

• Pakistan Sustainable Development Fund (Utilization) Rules, 2001.

• Pollution Charge for Industry (Calculation and Collection) Rules, 2001.

• Environmental Tribunal Procedures and Qualifications Rules, 2000.

• Environmental Samples Rules, 2001.

• Hazardous Substance Rules, 2000.

Regulations:

• Review of IEE / EIA Regulations, 2000.

• National Environmental Quality Standards (Certification of Environmental Laboratories) Regulations, 2000.

The PEPA has entrusted the authority of review and to approve environmental assessments to the provincial EPA. The project falls under the jurisdiction of the Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA). This EIA report is being submitted to SEPA for its review and grant of NOC. Under the Act, the EPA will do its utmost to process the application within 90 days of its submission. The project could be deemed to be approved if SEPA does not inform otherwise within 04 months of the submission of EIA report.

8 The Act defines a Project as: “Any activity, plan, scheme, proposal or understanding involving any change in the environment and includes:

− Construction or use of buildings or other works; − Construction or use of roads or other transport systems; − Construction or operation of factories or other installations; − Mineral prospecting, mining, quarrying, stone‐crushing, drilling, and the like; − Any change of land use or water use; and − Alteration, expansion, repair, decommissioning or abandonment of existing buildings or other works,

roads or other transport systems, factories or other installations.”




3.3.3 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000

Two types of environmental assessments can be carried out i.e. IEE and EIA. EIAs are carried out for the projects that have a potentially significant environmental impact, and IEEs are conducted for relatively smaller projects with relatively lesser significant impacts.

The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA regulations, 2000 prepared by Pak‐EPA under the powers conferred upon it by PEPA, categorizes

projects for IEE and EIA, respectively9. As per Schedule‐II of PEPA Regulations (Review of IEE and EIA), the project lies under Category A “Transmission Lines (11kV and above) and Grid Stations” requiring an EIA.

According to the details provided in the regulations regarding preparation, submission, and review of IEE’s and EIA’s, following is a brief description of the approval process.

a. A project is categorized as requiring an IEE or EIA using the two schedules

attached to the regulations i.e. Schedule I and II attached as Annexure – 3 at the end of this report.

b. An EIA or IEE is conducted as required and following the Pak‐EPA guidelines. c. The EIA or IEE is submitted to the concerned EPA: provincial EPAs if the project is

located in the provinces or Pak‐EPA if it is located in the Federal administered area.

d. A non refundable review fee, depending on the cost of the project and the type of the report, is submitted along with the document as per the rates shown in Schedule III (attached as Annexure – 3).

e. The submittal is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of the regulations.

f. The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, (i) confirming completeness, or (ii) asking for additional information, if needed, or (iii) returning the report requiring additional studies, if necessary.

g. The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the IEE and EIA review process within 45 and 90 days, respectively, for the issue of confirmation of completeness.

h. When the EPA accord their approval subject to certain conditions: i. Before commencing construction of the project, the proponent is required to

submit an undertaking accepting the conditions. ii. Before commencing operation of the project, the proponent is required to

obtain from the EPA a written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the IEE or EIA.

i. An environmental management plan (EMP) is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance.

9 PEPA Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000, pg‐2




j. The EPA is required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request and complete documentation.

k. The EIA / IEE approval is valid for three years from the date of accord. The proponents are required to complete the construction and installation within this time period and start operations. In case of any delays, the proponents are required to obtain extension from EPA.

This EIA report has been prepared in compliance of the Pak‐EPA guidelines and it is being submitted to SEPA for their approval by KESC, as the project proponent.

3.3.4 National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS)

With the PEPA 1997, the Pak‐EPA revised the NEQS with full consultation of the private sector: industrialists, trade and business associations and NGOs. The municipal and liquid industrial effluent standards cover 32 parameters and the standards for industrial gaseous emissions specify limits for 16 parameters10 which are given in Annexure – 4.

Regulatory provisions of PEPA‐97 under section 11 prohibit discharge or emission of effluent, waste, air pollutant or noise in excess of the NEQS11.

3.3.5 Pakistan Penal Code 1860

The Pakistan Penal Code deals with the offences where public or private properties and/or human lives are affected due to intentional or accidental misconduct of an individual or body of people. In the context of environment, the most relevant clauses of this law have been summarized in the following:

Section 277. Fouling water of public spring or reservoir: Whoever voluntarily corrupts or fouls the water of any public spring or reservoir, so as to render it less fit for the purpose for which it is ordinarily used, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to [one thousand five hundred rupees], or with both.

Section 278. Making atmosphere noxious to health: Whoever voluntarily vitiates the atmosphere in any place so as to make it noxious to the health of persons in general dwelling or carrying on business in the neighborhood or passing along a public way shall be punished with fine which may extend to [one thousand five hundred rupees].

Section 285. Negligent Conduct with respect to fire or combustible matter: Whoever does, with fire or any combustible matter, any act so harshly or negligently so as to endanger human life, or to be likely to cause hurt or injury to any other person, or knowingly or negligently omits to take such order with any fire, or any

10 “Industrial policy and the Environment in Pakistan”: United Nations industrial development organization;

11 December, 2000; pg.39. 11 “Pakistan’s waters at risk”, Water and health related issues in Pakistan and key recommendations;

Feb 2007, WWF‐Pakistan; pg‐15.




combustible matter in his possession as is sufficient to guard against any probable danger to human life from such fire or combustible matter, shall be punished with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to [three thousand rupees] or both.

3.3.6 The Forestry Act, 1927

As there is no reserved forest that exists in the vicinity of the project, the provisions of this law are not applicable to the project.

3.3.7 The Antiquities Act, 1975

By this Act Government of Pakistan has been given the power to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of archeological significance12. Under the Act, the project proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken within 200 ft of a protected antiquity13, and to report to the department of Archeology, Govt. of Pakistan, any archeological discovery made during the course of the project.

3.3.8 Factories Act 1934

These are not entirely environment related laws, but do incorporate many clauses pertaining to general environmental conditions and occupational health and safety issues. The clauses relevant to the project are those that concern the health, safety and welfare of workers, disposal of solid waste and effluent, and damage to private and public properties. The act also provides regulations for handling and disposing of toxic and hazardous materials.

A summary of the relevant applicable laws is provided in Annexure – 5 of this report.

3.3.9 Electricity Act, 1910

This Act provides a legal base for power distribution. A “licensee” under this Act is enabled to operate for the supply of electricity. This Act obligates licensee to pay compensation for any damages caused during the constructions and maintenance of any power distribution facilities.

3.4 NEPRA Licensing (Application & Modification Procedure) Regulations ‐

1999

The National Electric Power Regulatory Authority (NEPRA) was established in December 1997. NEPRA is responsible for regulating the power sector, developing and implementing the regulatory system according to requirements.

12 “The Antiquities Act, 1975”; Section 29 (1) 13 “The Antiquities Act, 1975”; Section 22




Clause 3(6) of the NEPRA Licensing Regulations and accompanying Schedule III enlists the documents to be submitted along with the application for license. These documents include an Environmental & Social Soundness Assessment Report for new thermal power generation facilities, and emission values and environmental monitoring data for the last five years for existing thermal power generation facilities. NEPRA Licensing Regulations are attached as Annexure – 6.

3.5 Guidelines

The Federal EPA has published a set of environmental guidelines for carrying out environmental assessments and the environmental management of different types of development projects.

3.5.1 General Guidelines

Key environmental guidelines present in Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures were taken into consideration while conducting this environmental study. These include: a. Policy and procedures for filing, review and approval of environmental

assessments. b. Guidelines for the preparation and review of Environmental reports. c. Guidelines for Public Consultation. d. Guidelines for Sensitive and critical areas.

3.6 Institutional Setup for Environmental Management

The structural setup of agencies/departments in the environmental sector is such that the Federal Ministry of Environment governs and regulates environment‐related work at the government level. The PEPA works directly under the control of ministry at the federal level. The provincial environmental protection agencies regulate environmental related work at the provincial level. The institutional framework is such that the Ministry of Environment (MoE) deals with environment and wildlife issues at the Federal level. Within the ministry, the NCS unit, established in 1992, is responsible for overseeing the implementation of the NCS.

3.6.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Council (PEPC) and the Pakistan Environmental

Protection Agency (Pak‐EPA)

These two organizations, PEPC and Pak‐EPA are primarily responsible for administering the provisions of the PEPA 1997. The PEPC oversees the functioning of the Pak‐EPA. Its members include the representatives of the government, industry, non governmental organizations and the private sector. The Pak‐EPA is required to ensure compliance with the NEQS, establish monitoring and evaluation systems, and both identify the need to, as well as initiate legislation whenever necessary. It is thus the primary implementing agency in the hierarchy. The provincial EPAs are the provincial arms of the federal EPA, which is authorized to delegate powers to its provincial counterparts. One of the functions delegated by the Pak‐EPA to the provincial EPA is the review and approval of environmental assessment reports.




3.6.2 Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA)

Each provincial government has its own environmental protection institution responsible for environmental pollution control. The SEPA is responsible for the approval of the EIA and IEE of new developments undertaken in Sindh.

3.7 Other Relevant Laws

3.7.1 IFC Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission

and Distribution

The EHS Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission and Distribution include information relevant to power transmission between a generation facility and a substation located within an electricity grid, in addition to power distribution from a substation to consumers located in residential, commercial, and industrial areas.

These EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are generally considered to be achievable in new facilities by existing technology at reasonable costs. Application of the EHS Guidelines to existing facilities may involve the establishment of site‐specific targets, with an appropriate timetable for achieving them.

The applicability of the EHS Guidelines should be tailored to the hazards and risks established for each project on the basis of the results of an environmental assessment in which site specific variables, such as host country context, assimilative capacity of the environment, and other project factors, are taken into account. The applicability of specific technical recommendations should be based on the professional opinion of qualified and experienced persons.


ENVIRONMENTAL DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT AREA

CHAPTER

4

Spatial project boundary is defined as the specific site area that includes the areas of construction and the zones of influence around the construction site i.e. physical, biological and socioeconomic. It specifically includes the construction area and the land adjacent to it. The adjacent land includes any area that is directly disturbed by the construction and operational activities of the project. The project boundary may vary for different major areas covered under physical, biological and socioeconomic environment depending upon the areas of influence.

4.1 Physical Environment

Details of the physical environment of the area of the project site are described in this section. The emphasis is given on physical environment such as; geology, topography, soil conditions, climate, surface & ground water resources and seismology of the project site. Most of the data presented in the following sections has been collected from the secondary sources. Project team contacted the relevant departments and gathered the required information. Available data has also been reviewed for the verification. In most cases, the secondary data was also verified through site visits.

4.1.1 Location and Surrounding

Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar is one of the busiest and densely populated residential areas of Karachi. It is surrounded by Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal on the North and on the West, Faisal Cantonment on the South, Malir Cantonment on the East and Jinnah International Airport on the South‐East directions. The project site is located in the VIP Block 16‐A of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, within the geographical coordinates of 24°54’53.66”N and 67o07’17.14”E. Location and surroundings of the project are shown in Figure 4.1. The project site is owned by KESC, it is located on the New Service Line Road adjacent to the vacant land owned by PIA. The total constructed area of Grid Station is 200 x 200 square feet.

The project is being constructed on a commercial land, close to the residential area of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar Block‐16. Haroon Royal City Apartments, Naveed Bungalows and Cottages are in close vicinity of the said project towards the South. KESC’s Customer Service, Beacon House School, Karachi Gymnasium and a few residential blocks are located behind the project site in north‐western direction. Other neighboring entities include PIA Cricket Training Academy and Imam Khomaini University on the western side while VIBC (Virtual Integrated Business Center) is on the East. Overhead transmission line route is along the New Service Line Road from the grid station boundary wall up to Samama Junction, close to University Road.




Fig 4.1: Location & Surrounding of Project Site 4.1.2 Soil and Geology

Karachi has plains, hills, rivers, valleys and coasts as physical features. Rocks ranging image from Eocene to Recent, deposited under shallow marine to deltaic conditions are exposed. The city is a part of a major Synclinorium stretching from Ranpathani River in the east to Cape Monze in the west and Mehar and Mol Jabals (mountains) in the north.

Within the synclinorium, a number of structures such as Pipri, Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, Pir Mangho and Cape Monze are exposed. The presence of concealed structures under the Malir River Valley, Gadap and Maripur plains can fairly be deduced. Rock aggregates, sand, glass sand, limestone and clay are some of the potentials for gainful utilization. Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar member of Gaj Formation offer groundwater

potential for limited use14.

14 Geological Map of Karachi Pakistan 2001




Soil in Karachi is not uniform everywhere and varies from place to place. For instance, the soil in the old flood plain of two rivers namely Lyari and Malir and in their tributaries comprised of admixture of generally coarse to medium sand with gravels and silt and clay layers. While in the coastal areas it is generally fine to medium sand with clay and silt. As such the soils in Karachi Division are varied in

nature and admixture of sand, silt, gravel and layers of clay.15

a. Stratification

The stratification sequence of formations in Karachi is as under;16

Formation Age Lithology

Mancher

Pliocene Mainly comprises of sandstone and shales with subordinate conglomerate in gritty, friable and bedded

Gaj

Miocene It comprises of calcareous sandstone and limestone and has a gradation contact

Nari

Early Miocene to Pliocene

It consists of mainly sandstone and shale with subordinating limestone and conglomerate. Limestone exists at base but is not present everywhere

b. Lithology

A member of Gaj formation of Miocene age namely Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar is found at the project area and its surroundings. The Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar member is newly proposed for an assemblage of rocks that are exposed in Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar and continues obliquely south‐eastwards to the Defence Housing Society. The member has yellow to light brown siltstone and sandstone, grey clays and yellow

limestone.17

The geological map depicting the stratification and lithology of the project area and its surroundings is shown in Annexure – 7.

c. Topography

Karachi may be broadly divided into two parts; the hilly areas in the north and west and an undulating plain and coastal area in the south‐east. The hills in Karachi are the off‐shoots of the Kirthar Range. The highest point of these hills in Karachi is about 528m in the extreme north. All these hills are devoid of vegetation and have wide intervening plains, dry river beds and water channels. Karachi has a long coastline in the south. Away from the shoreline are small

islands.18 The project area has a maximum elevation of 139 ft (42m) above mean

sea level19.

15 Greater Karachi Sewerage Plan S III 2007 16 Geological Map of Karachi Pakistan 2001

17 Geological Map of Karachi, Sindh Pakistan 2001

18 The case of Karachi by Arif Habib 19 Google Earth Map




d. Soil Conditions of the Project Area

Soil testing of the project site was done on 14th January 2010. According to soil

investigation report20 of project area, the top layer of 0.4m consists of fill material and brown, loose, silty fine sand. Subsurface information of project area reveals that up to 7m depth the stratification is of grey, medium dense, silty fine sand. Furthermore there is grayish brown, very dense, silty fine sand with traces of fine gravel from 7m to 12m. Beneath it are 4m deep layers, each of grey and brown, very weak to weak rudaceous, conglomerate material. The test results are attached as Annexure – 8 of this report. Due to these soil characteristics, deep pile foundations are constructed which transfer load to greater depths that have stronger strata.

e. Seismology and Tectonic Activity

The prediction of the potential earthquake is mainly attributed to the presence of active faults in the area. There are four active faults near Karachi and its vicinity: Karachi Jati Allah Bund Fault (also known as Runn of Kutch Fault), Surjan Fault, Jhimpir Fault and Pab Fault. Surjan Fault, Jhimpir Fault and Pab Fault are

the segments of Runn of Kutch Fault21. These faults are shown in Figure 4.2. Tectonic Map of Pakistan is attached as Annexure – 9.

Hence, seismo‐tectonic settings surrounding Karachi can be divided into three regions;

• On the southeast of Karachi, Rann of kutch has exhibited a recurring history of earthquake for the last two decades.

• On the North of Karachi exists the Kirthar Fault zone.

• On the western Balochistan province, it is endangered by complex faults, including subduction boundary of Indian and Eurasian plates.

The project site falls in the eastern side of Karachi. Following are the Active and Probable Active Faults on the south‐east of Karachi;

• Allah Bund Fault: East‐west trending fault with a length of 90 km runs parallel to the Nagar Parker Fault.

• Nagar Parker fault: Fault trending East‐west and 200 km long exists in kutch seismic zone.

• Kutch main land fault: Fault of an approximate length of 120 km that

produced Bhuj earthquake in 2001.

20 Subsoil investigation report by Soil Testing services 21 Geological Survey of Pakistan, 1984




Although residents of Karachi felt shaking from the 1945 Makran and 2001 Bhuj earthquakes, and occasional shaking from M 4‐5 earthquakes on faults north and northwest of the city, no earthquake has ever produced documented damage in Karachi.

Figure 4.2: Active Faults on Eastern Side of Karachi 4.1.3 Water

Karachi Water and Sewage Board is the regulatory authority for Karachi; KW&SB is responsible for supplying potable water with an estimated average of 1.47m ³/d (323

mgd). Two main sources used in this system include Indus River and Hub dam.22 The water distribution system in Karachi covers 18 towns, 6 cantonments and Defence Housing Authority (DHA) area. These 18 towns are included in 3 administrative water supply zones by KW&SB. Water supplied to Karachi via Bulk water supply system is through water trunk mains from water treatment plants, reservoirs pumping stations or Dumlottee Wells in Karachi. These trunk mains in turn supply the secondary and tertiary distribution systems which distribute water within the demand areas. The trunks main transmission system in Karachi is very extensive with over 500km of large diameter pipelines.

22 Water & Sanitation, Situation Analysis Report, 2007




a. Water Resources

The sources of water supply at the project will be as follows;

• KWSB line water

• Bottled mineral water for drinking

• Water Tankers are being used during construction phase

At operational stage, water will be obtained from KWSB line. Underground water tank will be constructed for storage purpose and will be maintained by GSO & GSM departments of KESC. Drinking water will be purchased and provided through dispensers.

b. Ground Water

The ground water is found at 2.4m23 depth in the project area; however it will not be used during entire construction and operation phases.

4.1.4 Drainage System and Wastewater

Wastewater is discharged into the main municipal drain. The drainage flow in the project area is by natural gravity; it flows through Mehmoodabad Treatment Plant into Malir River24. Karachi drainage pattern showing documented natural nalas and drains is shown as Annexure – 10.

Malir River is joined by Thadoo Nallah north of Super Highway and Sukkhan Nallah near National Highway from east. Flowing through Malir town, Shah Faisal town, and near Korangi town, it discharges to Arabian Sea in Defence Housing Society areas.25 Malir River is basically a seasonal river but becomes perennial within the limits of Karachi due to the continuous flow of untreated sewage and industrial effluents through its basin into the Arabian Sea. The earlier studies have shown that the most downstream parts of the river are grossly polluted due to the inclusion of sewage and industrial wastes. The pollution has not only deteriorated the pristine conditions

of this river but it is also causing pollution in Arabian Sea where river finally falls.26

4.1.5 Noise

Noise monitoring was carried out during the day time at the project site in order to collect the baseline information. The monitoring was done at all corners of the project site along with the centre. The values are found to be in the range of 55‐60 dB.

23 Soil Investigation Report 24 Drainage Map of Karachi, Orangi Pilot Project 25 Greater Karachi Sewerage Plan S III 2007 26 International Journal of Biology & Biotechnology (Jan‐Apr 2009)




4.1.6 Ambient Air Quality

Primary air quality data was gathered on 3rd February 2011 as part of the EIA study near PLDP point during day time. The overall levels of Ambient Air Quality were found within prescribed limits of reference standards except for particulate level that was quite higher at the site due to construction being carried out within the project premises. The results are summarized in Table 4.127. Test Reports are attached as Annexure – 11 of this report.

Table 4.1

Ambient Air Quality at Site

Parameters Values NAAQS

PM10 (ug/m3) 78 150

PM2.5(ug/m3) 104 35

SO2 (ppb)28 16 75

NOx (ppb) 18.1 100 CO (mg/m3) Nil 40

Currently, Pakistan does not have ambient air quality standards. The air monitoring values when compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards29 (NAAQS) set by USEPA are found to be within safe limits.

4.1.7 Temperature and Humidity

The city of Karachi is located on semi arid zone at 64o longitude and 27o latitude on the shores of the Arabian Sea. The climate of Karachi is moderate and sunny with up to 76 % mean relative humidity during summer months. May and June are hottest

months of the year with temperature as high as 43oC while January is the coldest

month with temperature as low as 5oC. In summer the mean air temperature is up to 33°C, while the mean winter air temperature is 18°C. The mean relative humidity decreases during winter to 30%. Rain in Karachi is seasonal, averaging less than 22 cm per year between June and September and rare for the rest of the year. Occasionally, there are dry years too while strong coastal winds and better dew

formation are the characteristics feature of Karachi.30

The Meteorological Observatory at Karachi Airport is the nearest station from the project site and therefore data recorded at this observatory was considered more appropriate and was obtained. Table 4.2 below present monthly amount of precipitation, mean monthly relative humidity and mean monthly temperatures of last three years (2007‐09)31.

27 Soil Testing Report 28 ppb = (ug/m

3) x 24.46/(molecular weight of compound)

29 http://www.epa.gov/air/criteria.html 30 Iqbal & Shafiq 1996 31 Pakistan Meteorological Department




Table 4.2 Monthly Amount of Precipitation, Mean Relative Humidity

& Temperature in Karachi

Precipitation (mm) Relative Humidity at

1200 UTC (%) Temperature (oC)

Year 2007 2008 2009 2007 2008 2009 2007 2008 2009 Jan 0 8.0 3.0 31 28 37 19.9 17.2 20.5

Feb 13.2 0.1 0 44 30 40 23.4 19.0 23.2

Mar 33.4 1.1 0 43 36 46 25.5 27.0 26.9

Apr 0 0 0 47 48 35 30.3 29.2 29.9

May 0 0 0 57 66 55 31.8 30.6 32.2

Jun 110.2 0 2.6 64 62 63 32.5 32.1 32.2

Jul 41 54 159.9 66 63 69 31.3 30.7 31.3

Aug 250.4 37.5 44 72 68 71 30.1 29.4 30.2

Sep 0 0.1 68.9 59 58 67 30.6 30.7 29.6

Oct 0 0 0 35 48 46 28.6 29.7 29.2

Nov 0 0 0 41 31 31 26.2 25.0 25

Dec 17.4 21 1.5 31 47 32 20.0 21.0 21.2

Annual 465.6 121.6 279.9 49.2 48.8 49.3 27.5 26.8 27.6

4.1.8 Climate Wind Condition

Wind blows throughout the year with highest velocities occurring during summer months, when the direction is primarily from southwest to west. During winter, the wind blows from north to northeast, shifting southwest to west during the evening hours. The wind usually carries sand and salts resulting in severe erosion and corrosion. Though occasionally wind speeds have been observed to go as high as 12.6 m/s to fall as low as 3.3 m/s, the predominant wind speeds have been observed to range between 5 ‐ 10 m/s. Table 4.3 below presents mean monthly wind speed

and wind direction of the last three years32 while Figure 4.3 shows the same data graphically.

32 ibid




Table 4.3 Mean Monthly Wind Speed (knots) & Wind Direction (at 1200 UTC)

Year 2007 2008 2009

Month Wind Speed

Wind Direction

Wind Speed

Wind Direction

Wind Speed

Wind Direction

Jan 4.1 S30W 4.3 N45E 7.0 N45E Feb 7.5 S62W 7.6 S47W 7.2 S45W Mar 6.8 S47W 8.2 S54W 7.9 S41W Apr 7.8 S55W 10.5 S51W 9.3 S58W May 10.2 S58W 12.6 S52W 9.8 S46W Jun 10.5 S47W 7.6 S39W 9.7 S42W Jul 8.6 S41W 11.0 S50W 9.5 S56W Aug 9.4 S55W 9.3 S52W 9.3 S49W Sep 8.0 S60W 8.7 S46W 9.1 S56W Oct 5.8 S48W 6.6 S39W 6.1 S42W Nov 6.2 S48W 5.1 S38W 5.0 S39W Dec 3.3 N45E 3.9 ‐‐ 3.9 S45E Annual 7.4 7.9 7.8 Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department (2007‐2009)

Figure 4.3: Karachi Wind Rose




4.2 Biotic and Natural Environment 4.2.1 Flora

The flora of Karachi contains element from different geographical regions. Different elements of flora found in the Karachi region are Irano‐Turanian Flora and Saharo Sindian Flora. Flora of Karachi is dominated by Saharo Sindian Flora, commonly known as Xerophytics.

The study area where the project site lies is a residential land. No rare, endangered or endemic terrestrial plant species were observed during the site visit, neither has it ever been reported from the site or its surroundings. There was nothing untowardly particular about the vegetation on the project site from either an ecological or commercial point of view. The plant specimens collected from the project site are Azadirachta indica (Meliaceae or commonly known as Neem), Jasaminum grandiflorum, Salvia santolinifolia, Datura metal, Araucaria, Aclyfoka, Bougainvillea glabra (Nyctagynaceae), Gnacum officinale, Paspalidium punctatum (Poaceae), Saocharum munja, Cassia fistula, Calotropis procera (Asclepiadaceae), Achyranthes wofera, and Phoenix dactylifera (Palmae).

4.2.2 Fauna

As for fauna, there are no endangered/rare faunal species near the project area. Terrestrial fauna of the area includes cats, dogs, goats, chickens etc. The bird community found in the area includes a variety of residential birds such as House sparrows, House crows, Blue rock pigeons etc. Small House rats, House shrew, mice, some insects, stripped palm squirrel and a number of chameleons are also seen in the area. A mongoose was also sighted, indicating the possible presence of snakes in the area.

4.2.3 Ecosystem Sensitivities

The study area is under extensive institutional, residential and commercial use, and it does not contain any sensitive area such as national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, biosphere reserves, historical and cultural sites, defense installations or places of historical, religious and cultural importance.

4.2.4 Aesthetics

The project is located within the boundary walls of a commercial land, close to a residential area; hence it does have the potential as a separate recreational spot. The project does not alter the view of any residence, roadway, business, etc. Therefore, there is no negative visual impact of the project on its surroundings.




4.3 Status of Socio‐Economic Environment

For establishing the baseline of socio‐economic environment in the area, and to assess the possibility of positive or negative impacts of the project, a socio‐economic profile of the surrounding area has been developed. The data for this profile was obtained during a number of field surveys, primarily using different structured questionnaires. Sample of the questionnaires used during the field surveys is given as Annexure – 12.

4.3.1 Study Area

Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, where the project is located, is one of the major neighborhoods of Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal Town of Karachi, Pakistan. It is named after a popular and dynamic Muslim political leader Maulana Mohammed Ali Jauhar. The project site neighbors a fully populated residential area of Block 16, and 17 of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar that comes under the jurisdiction of Faisal Cantonment. The Socio‐economic study has been conducted in the nearest residential areas surrounding the project site. The important landmarks of study area are clearly marked in Figure 4.4. The following sections describe the socio‐economic conditions prevailing in the area.

Figure 4.4: Important Landmarks of Study Area




4.3.2 Administrative & Political Units

Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar is one of the major neighborhoods of Gulshan Town in Karachi; it comes under the jurisdiction of UC‐10 Pehlwan Goth and Faisal Cantonment.

Different blocks of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar are marked in Figure 4.533. The study area lies in the Cantonment Board of Faisal, one of Karachi’s six (6) military cantonments

administered by the Pakistan Army34. The study area is a recent construct having been altered in 1995 by the Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Defense, with its municipal extension towards Civil Aviation, KDA Officer Co‐operative Housing

Society, Town ship and Malir Halt areas35.

The cantonments do not fall under the jurisdiction of the Karachi City District

Government. According to the official CBF website,36 the current President of the Cantonment Board Faisal is Mr. Akmal Hussain, who is the Base Commander of PAF Faisal Base and Mrs. Zeenat Ahmed is the current Secretary, who is the Cantonment Executive Officer. The study area falls in Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, Block 16, under the former administrative control of the Government of Pakistan, Military of Defense. CBF shares its boundaries with Shah Faisal Town, Jamshed Town, Gulshan‐e‐Iqbal Town and Malir Cantonment. Map of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar showing different blocks surrounding the project area is shown in Figure 4.5, while the land and area distribution of Cantonment Board Faisal and the adjoining areas is shown in

Figure 4.6.37

In terms of parliamentary representation, the study area falls within the jurisdiction of National Assembly constituency NA‐256 and Provincial Assembly constituency PS‐ 119. The Member National Assembly from the area is Mr. Iqbal Mohammed Ali Khan; he belongs to the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM). The Member Provincial Assembly is Mr. Dr. Nadeem Maqbool who also belongs to the same political party.

As for the law enforcement function, the area falls under the jurisdiction of Drigh Road, Shahrah‐e‐Faisal Police Station.

33 http://221.132.118.186/CDGK/Portals/0/TownMaps/Gulshan_Map_Large.jpg 34 http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/world/pakistan/cantt‐karachi.htm 35 http://cbf.com.pk/ 36 ibid 37 http://cbf.com.pk/cbf_jurisdiction.html




Figure 4.5: Map Showing Different Blocks of Gulistan‐e Jauhar




Fig 4.6: Map Showing Major Localities of Faisal Cantonment

4.3.3 Population of the Study Area

The last census conducted by Government of Pakistan in 1998 recorded the total population of Faisal Cantonment to be around 130,074 people38. According to the secondary sources, the current total population of the study area is estimated to be around 16,000 to 18,000.

38 http://www.cbf.com.pk/




4.4 General Profile of the Area

Established in 1995, Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar is a relatively recent construct and is still in the process of development. The area has around 2,500 residential flats divided into four main categories; A, B, C and D. It is also home to one of the largest apartment projects in

Asia,39 including Haroon Royal City, Rabia City, Rufi Lake Drive, Rufi Green City, Noman Grand City, and Gulshan‐e‐Amin Towers. The most expensive and lavish flats are those of Ahmed Residency, Decent Towers and Javed Hill View and on average, comprising of over 500 apartments each. Economically, it is considered one of the best residential places in Karachi for the middle and lower‐ middle classes.

The shops are located in Commercial Area of Rabia City, and are equally divided into

three phases, i.e., Commercial I, II and III40 with an object to establish planned commercial activities where respective stakeholders and ordinary people could have all the facilities. Having been developed relatively recent, the status of amenities and public services is generally better in this area compared to many other parts of the city.

4.4.1 Human Settlements

The settlements in the close proximity of the project are mostly large apartment complexes including Haroon Royal City, Farhan Heaven Apartments and also Naveed Bungalows & Cottages. Haroon Royal City is situated right in front of the project’s main gate. The land behind the project site is a vacant plot owned by PIA, beyond which are a few residential blocks. Other neighboring residential areas include Long Life Bungalows, KDA Overseas Bungalows, Afnan Arcade and Gulshan‐e‐Amin. There are two illegal settlements along the project site’s boundary near PLDP. All the

39 http://www.bookrags.com/wiki/Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar 40 http://ckarachi.blogspot.com/2010/09/top‐14‐residential‐areas‐of‐karachi.html




apartment buildings are purely residential, housing middle class families of different ethnic and religious backgrounds. The buildings are quite well‐maintained and general amenities of livelihood are present in the area.

4.4.2 Type of Houses

Haroon Royal City, Farhan Heaven Apartments, Naveed Bungalows and Cottages, Long Life Bungalows, KDA Overseas Bungalows, Afnan Arcade and Gulshan‐e‐Amin, all are developed human settlements.

Haroon Royal City is the closest human settlement to the project site which comprises of two phases. Phase I is at the front, which further comprises of fifteen (15) apartment blocks and each apartment block has seven (7) storey, each block consisting of twenty‐four (24) flats with two (2) or three (3) BDD (Bedrooms, Dining and Drawing Room). The front facing portion of Ground Floor is reserved for commercial use and the inner portion for residents’ car parking. Rent of three (3) BDD varies from Rs. 8,000 to 12,000 depending upon the covered area and the rent of two (2) BDD is fixed at Rs. 6,000. Whereas Phase II comprises of one‐hundred and twenty (120) Apartment blocks and each block has four (4) storey or sixteen (16) flats with two (2) and three (3) BDD. The average market price of 2 BDD flat in these apartments is Rs. ± 2 million, for smaller 3 BDD flat is Rs. ± 3 million and for relatively larger 3 BDD flat is Rs. ± 3.5 million.

Naveed Bungalows and Cottages is the second nearest human settlement to the project site. Rent of these Bungalows is Rs. 15,000 and above, depending upon the size of the bungalow. The average market price of these bungalows and cottages is Rs. ± 2.2 million to Rs. ± 3.6 million depending upon the size and location of the bungalow. A few of the residential blocks are also present at the back of the project site. These houses are relatively more expensive than the other settlements of the study area. In other nearby apartment blocks, the cost ranges between Rs. 3 million to 6 million.




4.4.3 Castes, Ethnicity and Social Groups

The neighborhood in the study area is characterized by people of different ethnic and religious backgrounds living together in buildings with a lot of common and shared facilities and space. Elsewhere in Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar localized ethnic fragmentation and polarization is visible whereby various ethnic communities tend to cluster together in their own separate colonies and maintain their separate identities and ways of living. Each ethnic group that settled in the entire area has progressively marked out its own distinctive, quite easily identifiable territory. Besides ethnic diversity, there is substantial diversity in terms of religion as well. Though most of the population living in the study area is Muslim, they belong to various sects of Islam. The major communal groups found in and around the study area are the following:

Mohajirs: The term is used to describe Urdu speaking people who migrated to the country at the time of partition, from those parts of the subcontinent that are now in India.

Sindhis: Sindhis are a Sindhi speaking socio‐ethnic group of people originating from interior of Sindh province. Sindhi culture belongs to a unique group of people with the sense of common history and common traditions, as well as multiplication of common interests.

Punjabis: The Punjabi people originate from the Punjab region. Most of the Punjabis settled around the project area, treat it as their temporary abode, and maintain ancestral farmlands in their native towns in Punjab.

Pakhtoons: Pakhtoons or Pashtuns are an Eastern Iranian ethno‐linguistic group with populations primarily in Afghanistan and western Pakistan. The Pashtuns are typically characterized by their usage of the Pashto language and practice of Pashtunwali.41

Balochis: Very few numbers of Balochis live in the study area. As such, Sindhis and Balochis have quite common cultural and traditional base and therefore live as almost a single community.

Hazaraywals: The Hazara people settled around the project site basically originate from the Hazara Division of the province Khyber Pakhtoon Khwa. They are typically characterized by their usage of Hindko language. They are also settled here temporarily and maintain their ancestral farmlands in their native towns in Hazara Division.

41 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakhtoon




4.4.4 Family & Household Sizes

The average family size, as per the socio‐economic survey, is about 4‐6 persons. Due to mix ethnic groups living in the area, people have different living styles and the number of people living in the same house varies significantly.

Nuclear family system characterizes the social fabric of the area. Most families living in these apartments are nuclear type, and the trend of joint families is not very common. About 90 per cent of the households in the study area are patriarchal.

4.4.5 Professions & Occupations

A large number of people are either running their own private business or are working in private or government sectors. Quite a few people run their own small shops in the same area and a few of them are involved in property dealing business. The livelihood is generally the responsibility of the elder male family members. A businessman is able to generate a monthly income between Rs. 50,000 to Rs. 1 Lac depending upon the nature of his business. Those who work in private sectors are able to generate a monthly income of Rs. 35,000 and above.

4.4.6 Religious Sites

a) Mosques

Every apartment project has its own mosque within its premises and the residents do not have to go far for offering prayers. Madrassa Ibn‐e‐Abbas is another place of worship in the area that is also serving as an educational institute.

b) Churches/Temples

No Church or Temple is built in close proximity of the study area.

c) Graveyards

Nearest graveyard to the study area is Cantonment Graveyard that is located in the Block‐19 of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar.

4.4.7 Sites of Archaeological and Cultural Significance

There is no specific notified site of archaeological or cultural importance present in the project area.




4.4.8 Recreational Sites

Residents of the study area are lucky to have so many well developed recreational sites like Euphorbia Family Park, Cantonment Family Park and Maulana Mohammad Ali Jauhar Ladies Park, within their colonies and surrounding areas. Safari Wildlife Park is one of the largest parks close to the project site and to the residents of the area. Moreover every apartment project has its own park within its premises providing recreational activities to the residents of the flats.

4.4.9 Health Status and Facilities

According to data collected by the Health Ministry, most of the NIBD (National Institute of Blood Diseases) patients are from Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar and Shah Faisal Colony. There have been a total of 21 cases of dengue‐positive patients

reported in the month of August, 2010.42 The population in the study area has also been affected by Dengue Fever that has been prevailing throughout the country in the past few months. Total of four (04) cases of Dengue Fever have been reported so far from the study area with no expiry.

Besides this, the general health condition in the surrounding area was found satisfactory. No epidemic or frequent occurrence of serious diseases in the area has been reported in any secondary data source. The most common complaints as is common with seasonal change were cough, flu, fever, headache, stomach aches, blood pressure and seasonal eye infection. On an average, a typical family spends about Rs. 1,500 to Rs. 2,000 per month on health related expenses. The local doctor's fee in the area is between Rs. 50 to Rs. 100 per visit with the cost of medicine varying according to nature and intensity of disease. There has not been a single registered case of HIV/AIDS in this particular study area.

42 http://tribune.com.pk/story/44204/uptick‐in‐dengue‐cases/




The area is not very well served in terms of general health facilities. Dar‐ul‐Sehat is the only closest Hospital to the study area running in Block 15 of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar. However, Ibn‐e‐Sina Hospital at NIPA Chowrangi, Shan Hospital at Bismillah Taqi Road and Ashfaq Memorial Hospital are all at 15 to 20 minutes drive from the study area. Since public transport and proper road infrastructure are available, patients with serious conditions can be taken to any of these hospitals fairly easily. Furthermore, in terms of general physicians, the study area lacks the required number of clinics in comparison to the number of population. Around 04 to 05 clinics at present are providing first aid facilities to the local residents of surrounding areas of the project site.

4.4.10 Education

Compared with the average overall literacy rate of about 77% in Karachi43, the literacy level is quite good in the study area. An analysis of the survey revealed that people of the study area generally belong to middle or upper middle class and they not only send their children to school at the primary and secondary level but also for further higher studies.

There are a number of government and private schools running in the area namely; Beacon House Schooling System, The Educators, Ghazi Foundation, Imperial College, Citizen, Metropolitan Academy and Imam Khomaini University. Imam Khomaini is basically a university for Shia Sect of Muslims, where higher education is given free of cost. It has separate hostels for girls and boys with in‐built libraries. Classes start right after Fajar Prayers and end by 1 pm. Total number of students in this university is 150, out of which 100 are male. All students are taught by only four teachers, the classes are conducted in shifts.

About 99% parents send their children to schools, out of which 70% parents prefer nearest schools. There are a number of Seminaries too in the study area, like Madrassa Ibn‐e‐Abbas, where children are given the basic religious education. Very few are deprived of the blessing of education in the study area.

43 Literacy‐Population 10 Years and Older (2006) http://www.statpak.gov.pk/depts/fbs/statistics/pslm_prov2006‐07/2.14a.pdf




4.4.11 Social Status of Women

Most of the women in the study area are well educated. Despite being highly qualified, most of them prefer to stay at home, look after their children and take care of daily household chores. They generally go out in the evening with their young ones to the nearest family parks for recreation.

An average of 30% of the total adult female population of the study area is working women. Most of them are beauticians, running their own beauty salons in the area. Some are teachers, primarily teaching at nearby schools and a few are engaged in social activities.

4.4.12 Children’s Mobility

The study area lies within the VIP Zone of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar Block 16‐A and Block 17 where overall hygienic condition is good enough for children to engage in recreational activities. Children were observed playing traditional and outdoor games in the nearest available parks and playgrounds.

4.4.13 Transportation and Roads Infrastructure

Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, despite being a newly constructed area has a high traffic load in comparison to other recent constructs of the city. As a result, traffic congestion problems occur which in turn create problem for the local residents. People of the study area also complained that they have to change two or three different buses while going towards a specific place. The available public transport in the area has bus stops for routes, G‐25, G‐11, G‐27, G‐




19, 11‐A, Gulistan Coach and Safari Coach. Taxis and rickshaws are also easily available. Most of the residents have their own private vehicles, both two and four wheelers. Road infrastructure is also properly maintained throughout the study area.

4.4.14 Utilities Management

As per the primary data collected during interviews and validation surveys, utility services are generally available in the study area.

Water is supplied by Karachi Water and Sewerage Board (KWSB). According to the residents, water supply is sufficient and fulfills their daily requirement; hence they never felt the need for any additional source like boring or tanker water. However, according to few of the residents, the need for tankers does arise infrequently during summers.

Karachi Electric Supply Corporation (KESC) supplies electricity to the area. No illegal connections (Kunda System) of electricity were observed during the visit. Natural gas is supplied by SSGC. The area is served by a network of underground gas pipelines.

Pakistan Telecommunication Limited (PTCL) has installed a network of telephone lines in the area. The nearest PTCL Exchange is in Block 13 of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar. Various cell phone operators are also providing telecommunication services. Moreover, postal service is available and the nearest Post Office is in Block 14 of Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar.

4.5 Stakeholder Consultation

The basic purpose of conducting the stakeholder consultation was to involve the local people into the process of project implementation and to incorporate the appropriate environmental and social concerns into the process. Moreover, PEPA 97 specifies that the stakeholder consultation process shall be an integral part of the EIA and thus makes it mandatory.

The consultations were conducted during the reconnaissance visits in January 2011. Individual and group interviews were conducted in areas close to the project. The objective of the consultation was to disseminate the project information and ascertain stake holders’ views on probable environmental and social impacts that may arise due to the implementation of the project.

Outcome:

Most of the stakeholders were of the opinion that since the project is envisaged to improve the electric supply, there would be a rather positive impact and were also aware of the increased economic benefits due to escalation in property prices. Some expressed their concerns regarding health and safety issues related to overhead transmission lines.


IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

CHAPTER

5

This chapter identifies the significant potential environmental, socio‐economic, health and safety impacts which may occur during the project life. The appropriate mitigation measures are also discussed in this and the subsequent chapters of this report.

A brief qualitative description of each aspect and the affected environment is presented in the following sections.

The term “Environmental Impact” or simply “Impact” covers the negative, adverse or harmful as well as positive, desirable or beneficial impacts of the project on environmental settings. Prediction of impacts of the project activity is based on factual data; however, the significance of these impacts involves a value judgment technique. The nature of the impacts may be categorised in terms of:

Direction ‐ Positive or NegativeDuration ‐ Long or Short TermEffect ‐ Direct or Indirect Extent ‐ Wide or Local

Impact significance depends on both the nature of the impact and on the sensitivity of the receptor. The more sensitive the receptor the greater will be the significance of impact of that change. For this EIA Report, nature of change is combined with the sensitivity of the receptor to evaluate the significance of the impact. The significance of impact is characterized as very low, low, moderate, high and very high. Environmental issues of “moderate”, “high” and “very high” significance would be provided with mitigation measures.

For identification of potential impacts of the project, screening of activities causing impacts had been carried out in different phases of the project life. In the impact assessment exercise, major project activities with their associated environmental issues were identified and then their impacts on the relevant physical, biological, and socio‐economic elements of the area were evaluated. All the activities of the project are divided into following broad categories:

1. Design Phase 2. Construction Phase 3. Installation & Commissioning Phase 4. Operation Phase




Environmental issues and the assessment of their impacts are presented in the following sections.

5.1 Environmental Impacts Due to Project Design

The design phase of the project comprises mainly of feasibility study, appropriate design selection and studies for the project. Most part of this phase does not require an extensive physical interference in the project area. Therefore no significant environmental, socio‐economic and health impacts have been identified from the activities of this phase.

5.2 Environmental impacts Due to Project Location

The project site is located on a commercial land, close to a residential area. However the site does not affect monuments of cultural or historical importance nor does it affect any public utility services like playgrounds or schools and does not affect any sanctuaries, national park or reserve forest areas. The main gate of project site leads to a broad street and hence construction of approach road is avoided. A 132 kV transmission line is constructed underground from the grid station site up to the PLDP point at New Service Road, so that the land remains available for future construction of KESC Hospital. Overhead transmission route stretches 1.2 km up to Samama Junction near University Road. Due to alignment of this route, at least two families from the nearby illegal settlements are expected to be displaced. Moreover, it is observed that eleven trees have been removed from the footpaths in order to erect tubular poles for these transmission lines.

5.3 Environmental Impacts during Construction

The construction phase of the project results in a number of environmental aspects which create temporary hazards of moderate significance to the environmental resources of the project area during the project construction phase. However, if managed properly, these activities do not pose any threat to the environment.

5.3.1 Air Quality

The major sources of air pollution during construction are emissions from vehicles, generator sets, and heavy construction equipment; and fugitive dust from vehicle movement and soil excavation. Impacts are minimized through established mitigation measures which include suppression of fugitive dust by water spraying, use of low emission vehicles and construction equipment, and good maintenance of engines.

5.3.2 Water Quality

Surface Water: The construction of grid station does not have any major impact on the surface or ground water quality of the area. The small amount of wastewater generated during concreting is discharged into municipal sewer line.




Adequate drinking water facilities, sanitary facilities and drainage in the temporary camp of construction workers are provided to avoid the surface water pollution. Provision of adequate washing and toilet facilities with septic tanks and soaking pits and appropriate refuse collection and disposal system are also in place.

Ground Water: Ground water is found at 2.4m depth in the project area44. Although ground water will not be used for any activity related to the project, ground water pollution could take place, if chemical substances and oily waste get leached by precipitation of water and percolate to the ground water table. Avoiding spillage at the construction site will minimize the chances of leaching construction chemicals to the ground water.

5.3.3 Soil Characteristics

Soil Contamination: Soil may be contaminated as a result of fuel/oils/chemicals spillage and leakage, and inappropriate disposal. The waste is generated from site clearance, excavation, concrete batching, concrete conveyance and construction of substructures and superstructures. The generated solid waste is in the form of;

• Excavated soil

• Residual from construction material and equipment cleaning

• Domestic solid waste from labor camp

The solid waste is recycled through the contractor; inert waste is buried in appropriate locations while hazardous waste is sent to GSM, where it is handled according to its nature. Metal wastes are sold as scrap.

The responsibility of the contractor is to ensure that all other waste is cleared from the construction site and is transported off to the designated disposal site as and when generated. After completion of the transmission line construction works, the routes will be completely restored. No debris, surplus construction material or any garbage will be left behind.

Appropriate construction practices and management actions as listed above will greatly minimize the soil contamination. The significance of the residual impacts is therefore expected to be ‘low’.

5.3.4 Ambient Noise

Construction noise is created by vehicles, heavy equipment and some construction activities. The vibrators used for concreting also produce noise. These are temporary in nature and are mitigated by careful planning of machinery operations, use of low noise equipments and scheduling of operations only during the daytime. Construction workers in areas with excessive noise wear ear protection.

44 Soil Investigation Report




5.3.5 Flora

No rare, endangered or endemic terrestrial plant species were observed within the project area during the site visit. The project area host large patches of vegetation which mainly consists of wild shrubs. The project site had to be cleared for construction of grid station and underground cables. Due to erection of poles for overhead transmission lines along 1.2 km length, eleven trees have been removed from the footpaths. Compensatory plantation in and around the grid station area after construction phase is over will improve the ecology and aesthetics of the surroundings. Hence, the significance of the impact on flora from project construction activity is considered moderate.

5.3.6 Fauna

No endangered, threatened, or otherwise sensitive faunal species were found to occur near the project site. The faunal species in the study area is mainly of those associated with manmade habitat. There is no noticeable wild life occurrence around the grid station areas. Similarly, no special status of wildlife and aquatic faunal species are reported from the project site. Therefore the project will not result in any significant loss of habitat or species of special status.

5.3.7 Socio‐Economic Conditions

The project is located close to the residential area of Block‐16 Gulistan‐e‐Jauhar, no site of cultural or historical importance is present in the close vicinity. The Grid Station is being constructed within the premises of a plot, owned by KESC. The project does not involve any loss of land or property and therefore no significant negative impact on socio‐economic setting in this respect is expected. KESC should make sure that the local population is abreast of the project development. Wherever possible and necessary, the local population should also be involved in the project activities.

5.3.8 Health & Safety

Various activities during the construction phase of the project could have health & safety impacts on workers and the people living in the nearby vicinity. The impact on worker safety is direct and of moderate significance.

The use of heavy machinery and vehicle is carried out during the excavation and transportation activities. The safety of workers is of prime concern while dealing with such machineries and vehicles. The probability of such accident at project site is low but the significance might be of moderate nature.

Issues of safety are also important due to the location of residential apartments across the project site. Safety measures such as cautionary signboards, speed limits, speed breakers, and indicators shall be provided at all the critical places.




5.4 Installation & Commissioning Phase

Grid station equipment is transported in containers while power transformers on low bed trailers. During erection of equipment, cranes will be used for placing transformers on foundations since it is a heavy item. Entry of heavy vehicles in the area will be allowed only after midnight. The installation process will be

accomplished within three to four months45. This phase will require about 20 to 25 persons. The project’s Mile Stone Schedule is attached as Annexure – 13.

5.4.1 Environmental & Safety Issues

Grid Station commissioning is a critical part of the overall process of taking it from construction and installation through to the full operation phase. Proper strategic planning is a key to avoid delays, cost overruns and potential safety hazards.

The project team should get involved in assisting the construction contractors with the turn over effort. It should also consult closely with the grid operating team, coaching new employees with on the job training, working as part of the initial grid station operations team, ensuring that final operation meets the proponent’s requirements and ensuring that the integrated systems perform to the proponent’s satisfaction.

The activities related to the commissioning phase of the project are not perceived to bring about any changes in the existing environmental conditions. However, the handling of heavy equipment is always fraught with danger. The safety of workers is of prime concern while dealing with such equipment. This danger could be considerably reduced if one sticks to the safety regulations, not all of which are written in the user’s book or manual. Since the heavy equipment installation period would be restricted to a relatively confined area, adequate measures taken during the said period would ensure safe installation without any significant impact on workers’ safety. Furthermore, project proponent would ensure that the persons handling heavy machinery and equipment, be they from KESC or the contractor, are adequately trained and skilled. The probability of any accident at the grid station is low but the significance might be that of moderate nature.

5.5 Potential Environmental Impacts during Operation

During operational phase, most of the construction phase impacts will get stabilized and the impacts will be restricted only to the Operation and Maintenance of the grid station. Minimal environmental‐disturbing activities are anticipated during this phase. Any environmental, social, health and safety issues which may occur during the operation phase are discussed in the following sections. The matrix for operation phase general impacts is shown in Table 5.1.

45 Source; KESC Management

Table 5.1 Potential Environmental Impacts During Operation Phase

S #

Aspect (Operation Phase) Potentially Significant

Impact

Potentially Significant

Unless Mitigation

Incorporated

Less than

Significant Impact

No Impact

Need to beExplored

1.0 AESTHETICS: Would the Project: 1.1 Have a substantial adverse effect on a scenic vista? 91.2 Substantially damage scenic resources? 9

1.3 Substantially degrade the existing visual character or quality of the site and its surroundings? 9

1.4 Create a source of substantial light or glare, which would adversely

affect day or nighttime views in the area? 9 2.0 AIR QUALITY: Would the Project: 2.1 Conflict with or obstruct implementation of the applicable air quality plan? 9

2.2 Violate any air quality standard or contribute substantially to an existing or projected air quality violation? 9

2.3

Result in a cumulatively considerable net increase of any criteria pollutant for which the project region is non-attainment under an applicable federal or state ambient air quality standard ?

9

2.4 Expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant concentrations? 92.5 Create objectionable odors affecting a substantial number of people? 93.0 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES : Would the Project

3.1

Have a substantial adverse effect, either directly or through habitat modifications, on any species identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special status species in local or regional plans, policies, or regulations?

9

3.2 Have a substantial adverse effect on any riparian habitat or other sensitive natural community identified in local or regional plans, policies, regulations 9

3.3 Have a substantial adverse effect on federally protected wetlands? 9

3.4 Interfere substantially with the movement of any native resident or migratory fish or wildlife species or with established native resident or migratory wildlife corridors, or impede the use of native wildlife nursery sites?

9

3.5 Conflict with any local policies or ordinances protecting biological resources, such as a tree preservation policy or ordinance? 9

3.6

Conflict with the provisions of an adopted Habitat Conservation Plan, Natural Community Conservation Plan, or other approved local, regional, or state habitat conservation plan?

9

4.0 CULTURAL RESOURCES: Would the Project

4.1 Cause a substantial adverse change in the significance of a historical resource? 9

4.2 Cause a substantial adverse change in the significance of an archaeological resource? 9

4.3 Directly or indirectly destroy a unique paleontological resource or site or unique geological feature? 9

5.0 GEOLOGY AND SOILS: Would the Project

5.1 Expose people or structures to potential substantial adverse effects, including the risk of loss, injury, or death involving

a Rupture of a known earthquake fault? 9b Strong seismic ground shaking? 9c Seismic-related ground failure, including liquefaction? 9d Landslides? 9

5.2 Result in substantial soil erosion, or the loss of topsoil? 9

5.3 Be located on a geologic unit or soil that is unstable, or that would become unstable as a result of the project, and potentially result in on- or off-site landslide, lateral spreading, subsidence, liquefaction or collapse

9

5.4

Have soils incapable of adequately supporting the use of septic tanks or alternative waste water disposal system where sewers are not available for the disposal of waste water?

9

S #


Impact


Unless Mitigation

Incorporated

Less than

Significant Impact

No Impact

Need to beExplored

6.0 HAZARDS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Would the Project

6.1 Create a significant hazard to the public or the environment through the routine transport, use or disposal of hazardous materials? 9

6.2

Create a significant hazard to the public or the environment through reasonably foreseeable up-set and accident conditions involving the release of hazardous materials into the environment? (SF6 gas byproducts & Transformer Oil)

9

6.3 Emit hazardous emissions or handle hazardous or acutely hazardous materials,

substances, or waste within one-quarter mile of an existing or proposed school?

9

6.4

For a project located within an airport land use plan or, where such a plan has not been adopted, within two miles of a public airport or public use airport, would the project result in a safety hazard for people residing or working in the project area?

9

6.5 Impair implementation of or physically interfere with an adopted emergency

response plan or emergency evacuation plan? 9

6.6 Expose people or structures to a significant risk of loss, injury or death involving wildland fires, including where wildlands are adjacent to urbanized areas or where residences are intermixed with wildlands?

9

7.0 HYDROLOGY AND WATER QUALITY: Would the project :7.1 Violate any water quality standards or waste discharge requirements? 9

7.2

Substantially deplete groundwater supplies or interfere substantially with groundwater recharge such that there would be a net deficit in aquifer volume or a lowering of the local groundwater table level

9

7.3

Substantially alter the existing drainage pattern of the site or area, including through the alteration of the course of a stream or river, or substantially increase the rate or amount of surface runoff in a manner which would result in substantial erosion or siltation on- or off-site?

9

7.4

Create or contribute runoff water, which would exceed the capacity of existing or planned storm water drainage systems or provide substantial additional sources of polluted runoff?

9

7.5 Otherwise substantially degrade water quality? 9

7.6 Expose people or structures to a significant risk of loss, injury or death involving flooding, including flooding as a result of the failure of a levee or dam?

9

7.7 Inundation by tsunami or mudflow? 9

8.0 LANDUSE & PLANNING: would the Project 8.1 Physically divide an established community? 9

8.2

Conflict with any applicable land use plan, policy, or regulation of an agency with jurisdiction over the project adopted for the purpose of avoiding or mitigating an environmental effect?

9

8.3 Conflict with any applicable habitat conservation plan or natural community conservation plan? 9

9.0 NOISE: Would the Project result in

9.1 Exposure of persons to or generation of noise levels in excess of standards established in the local general plan or noise ordinance, or applicable standards of other agencies?

9

9.2 Exposure of persons to or generation of excessive ground-borne vibration or ground-borne noise levels? 9

9.3 A substantial permanent increase in ambient noise levels in the project vicinity

above levels existing without the project? (Transformer Operation)

9

9.4 A substantial temporary or periodic increase in ambient noise levels in the project vicinity above levels without the project? 9

9.5

For a project located within an airport land use plan within two miles of a public airport or public use airport, would the project expose people residing or working in the project area to excessive noise levels?

9

10.0 POPULATION & HOUSING: Would the Project result in

10.1 Induce substantial population growth in an area, either directly or indirectly? 9

10.2 Displace substantial numbers of existing housing, necessitating the construction of replacement housing elsewhere? 9

10.3 Displace substantial numbers of people, necessitating the construction of replacement housing elsewhere? 9

S #


Impact


Unless Mitigation

Incorporated

Less than

Significant Impact

No Impact

Need to beExplored

11.0 PUBLIC SERVICES: Would the project result in substantial adverse physical impacts to the following: 11.1 Fire protection? 911.2 Police protection? 911.3 Schools? 911.4 Parks? 911.5 Other public facilities? 912.0 RECREATION:

12.1

Would the project increase the use of existing neighborhood and regional parks or other recreational facilities such that substantial physical deterioration of the facility would occur or be accelerated?

9

12.2

Does the project include recreational facilities or require the construction or expansion of recreational facilities, which migh have an adverse physical effect on the environment?

9

13.0 TRANSPORTATION& TRAFFIC: Would the project

13.1 Cause an increase in traffic, which is substantial in relation to the existing traffic load and capacity of the street system 9

13.2 Result in a change in traffic patterns, including either an increase in traffic levels or a change in location that results in substantial safety risks? 9

13.3 Substantially increase hazards due to a design feature (e.g., sharp curves or dangerous intersections)? 9

13.4 Result in inadequate emergency access? 913.5 Result in inadequate parking capacity? 914.0 UTILITIES & SERVICE SYSTEMS: Would the Project

14.1 Exceed wastewater treatment requirements of the applicable Regional Water Quality Standard? 9

14.2 Require or result in the construction of new water or wastewater treatment

facilities, the construction of which could cause significant environmental effects?

9

14.3 Require or result in the construction of new storm water drainage facilities, the construction of which could cause significant environmental effects? 9

Have sufficient water supplies available to serve the project from existing entitlements and resources, or are new or expanded entitlements needed?

9

Be served by a landfill with sufficient permitted capacity to accommodate the project’s solid waste disposal needs? 9

14.4 Comply with federal, state, and local statutes and regulations related to solid waste? 9

15.0 MANDATORY FINDINGS OF SIGNIFICANCE:

15.1

Does the project have the potential to degrade the quality of the environment, substantially reduce the habitat of a fish or wildlife species, cause a fish or wildlife population to drop below self-sustaining levels, threaten to eliminate a plant or animal community, reduce the number or restrict the range of rare or endangered plant or animal or eliminate important examples of the major periods of Karachi ?

9

15.2 Does the project have impacts that are individually limited, but cumulatively considerable (“Cumulatively considerable” means that the incremental effects of a project are considerable when viewed in connection with the effects of past projects, the effects of other current projects, and the effects of probable future projects)?

9

15.3

Does the project have environmental effects, which will cause substantial adverse effects on human beings, either directly or indirectly? (EMF Health Risks)

9




5.5.1 Air Emissions

• SF6 Gas Emission

Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6) will be used as a gas insulator for electrical switching equipment and transmission lines. Commercially available SF6 is not dangerous, and is not specifically subjected to the local environmental regulations. SF6 is a stable gas, heavier than air, not harmful to humans, non combustible, non‐toxic and non‐corrosive. SF6 is used in enclosed systems which are extremely safe and unlikely to leak under normal circumstances. SF6 is collected and recycled if a piece of equipment or a substation needs to be opened.

SF6 released into the atmosphere is considered a greenhouse gas with a significantly higher global warming potential (GWP) than CO2

46. Despite the fact that SF6 gas is very stable, it will partly decompose in association with electric discharges and arcs, for example, in a breaker. Then gaseous and solid decomposition products are produced. Normally the level of gaseous decomposition products is kept low through the use of absorbers built into the switchgear. In large concentrations, the decomposition products are corrosive and poisonous. Therefore, there are established routines for service personnel when opening SF6 filled equipment for maintenance or scrapping.

The solid decomposition products are mainly metal fluorides in the form of a fine grey powder. The powder only appears where arcing has occurred, for instance in used circuit breakers. The powder can be easily taken care of as separate waste. The decomposition products are reactive, which means that they will decompose quickly and disappear without any long‐term effect on the environment.

5.5.2 Liquid Discharges

• Transformer Oil Leakage & Seepage

Today, most transformers use insulating and cooling fluids derived from petroleum crude oil. Utilities have little choice but to develop extensive contingency plans and detailed procedures that require training personnel and purchasing special equipment to handle accidental spills and leaks of transformer fluid, particularly when contaminated by polychlorinated biphenyl materials.

The main causes of transformer oil leakage and seepage are:

• Continuous running of transformers over long period of time renders the seals weak.

• Lack of operation and maintenance (O&M)

• Poor quality sealing

• High temperature due to power overloading

46 EHS Guidelines by IFC




Highly refined, mineral base oil will be used in the transformers and transmission lines for cooling transformers and providing insulation between live components, thereby reducing or eliminating the above mentioned elaborate procedures. This oil is a byproduct of petroleum extracted from the earth and is known to have no adverse impact on humans or environment.

At the hybrid grid station, transformers are built on a gravel base. The leaked oil is not allowed to permeate through the base and reach the earth surface. It is accumulated in the foundation soakage pit and a few liters of additional oil are replenished each time. In case of seepage or leakage, the transformer is repaired in‐situ at the Grid Station or sent to the GSM department for repair respectively.

The transformer oil is regularly monitored to ensure that the constituents are within permissible limits as recommended by the manufactures. If the oil has degenerated both chemically and physically, it is upgraded / recycled through dehydration and regeneration process.

Waste oils and chemicals will be disposed in accordance with their respective Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). Typical MSDS for transformer oil is attached as Annexure – 14. These will be made available at the grid station and maintenance workshops.

• Wastewater Produced due to O&M Activities

Since water will not be used in the O&M activities, there is no discharge of effluent. No water accumulation would be permitted around the constructed grid station, the open area will be gravel based. Mopping will be carried out for cleaning purpose.

The possible threat to the water quality from the facility can be the release of contaminated water. Since no raw material will be used during operation phase, chances of water contamination are not there. Storm water will be directed to the municipal sewer drain.

• Domestic Wastewater

Septic tank and soak pit would be constructed according to design that already exists. These tanks will be regularly cleaned and disinfected to avoid clogging. Wastewater will be disposed off after treatment into KWSB sewer line.47

As the number of permanent employees during operation phase is about 4‐5 persons, the quantity of domestic wastewater generated is also estimated to be very low. The treated wastewater is expected to remain below NEQS limits for discharge into sewage plant as indicated in Annexure – 4. So the significance of this impact is categorized as very low.

47 KESC Management




5.5.3 Solid Waste Generation

• Storage of Waste Materials

The grid station premises will not be used as permanent storage area. The essential spares will be stored at Grid Station’s designated area. All packing boxes, shipping containers which are not the property of contractors, planking covers etc becomes the property of proponents and will be shifted to the respective store yards for utilization or disposal.

• Domestic Waste:

Considering the small number of persons employed during this phase, operation of the grid station will generate a relatively minor volume of solid waste for disposal.

• Maintenance Waste

Metal fluoride in form of grey powder would be generated in very small quantity as a result of SF6 decomposition. Other wastes generated would include wastes from the repair and maintenance activities such as discarded equipment and parts, packing materials, used oils and chemicals, cotton rags and the likes. These wastes typically would be put in containers, characterized and labeled, possibly stored briefly, and transported by a licensed hauler to an appropriate permitted off‐site disposal facility as a standard practice.

• Contaminated Soil

Any soil contaminated by the oil spillage will be removed and disposed off appropriately in accordance with the MSDS of the spilled oil.

5.5.4 Ambient Noise

As discussed earlier, the ambient noise level at the site was measured to be in the range of 55‐60 dB. During the operation phase of the project there will be humming noise generated from the grid station due to transformers operation which will be

felt only up to 50 m. Transformer noise level is designed to remain below 65 dB.48 Since the grid station area would be surrounded by a wall, which will have sound attenuation effect and proper maintenance of the equipments/machineries inside the station, the ambient noise level will remain low at the boundaries of grid‐station. This impact has been characterized as ‘low’.

48 KESC Management




5.5.5 Flora

The operation phase of the project would not bring about further damage to the existing flora other than the impacts anticipated during the construction phase. Therefore the significance of this impact is considered as negligible.

5.5.6 Fauna

The faunal species in the study area is mainly of those associated with manmade habitat. No wild life occurrence is there around the grid station areas. Impact on aquatic ecology is also not anticipated.

5.5.7 Socio‐economic Conditions

The socioeconomic impacts of the project on the surrounding area are expected to be on the higher side in terms of their significance. The socioeconomic status of the area would improve to a considerable extent as the price of property would shoot up due to firm and assured uninterrupted power supply from KESC. The localized economic impact of the project would be of high magnitude.

During the process of public consultations, the main concern raised by the stakeholders was the shortage of electricity supply with frequent load shedding and low voltage problems. The construction of grid station and associated transmission lines will play an important role not only to strengthen and stabilize electricity distribution system in existing areas but will also improve electricity supply to adjoining areas. Main beneficiaries will be the general public including students of the nearby area.

It should be noted that two families from the illegal settlements near PLDP point at the beginning of overhead transmission line route will have to be displaced before the commissioning of grid station. The proponents plan to build a security check point at this place.

The number of project personnel required during the operation and maintenance phase would be few (4‐5). Therefore, socioeconomic impacts related directly to jobs would be quite lower. The impact is assessed as negligible.

5.5.8 Health & Safety

Health and safety impacts will be in terms of risk of accidents and exposure to electromagnetic fields at the grid station. These topics are discussed in more detail as under;

• EMF Risks

Electric and magnetic fields (EMF) are invisible lines of force emitted by and surrounding any electrical device. Electric fields are produced by voltage and the two are directly proportional. Its strength is measured in volts per meter (V/m). Electric fields are shielded or weakened by materials.




Magnetic fields can pass through most materials and are difficult to shield. These are measured in units of gauss (G) or tesla (T), where 1T equals 10,000G. Both electric and magnetic fields decrease rapidly with distance. Since magnetic fields are most likely to penetrate the body, they are the component of EMF that is usually studied in relation to human health. Power frequency EMF typically has a frequency in the range of 50 – 60 Hertz (Hz) and is considered Extremely Low

Frequency (ELF).49

Although there is a public and scientific concern over the potential health effects such as cancer, changes in behavior, memory loss and other diseases associated with exposure to EMF, there is no empirical data demonstrating adverse health effects from exposure to typical EMF levels from power transmissions lines and

equipment.50 Overall, ground‐level magnetic fields from underground cables fall much more rapidly with distance than those from a corresponding overhead line, but can actually be higher at small distances from the cable. The graph in Figure 5.1 shows this illustration for one particular underground cable and the

equivalent overhead line.51

Figure 5.1: Typical Magnetic Field Produced by Underground & Overhead Cables

49 National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (2002) 50 (2001); International Agency for Research on Cancer (2002); U.S. National Institute of Health (2002);

Advisory Group to the Radiation Protection Board of the UK (2001), and U.S. National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (1999).

51http://www.emfs.info/Sources+of+EMFs/Overhead+power+lines/specific/132+kV+underground+magnetic.ht m International Commission on Non‐Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP)




International Commission on Non‐Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) is a non‐ governmental organization formally recognized by the World Health Organization (WHO), which has set guidelines exposure limits for public and occupational exposure to EMF as indicated in the Table 5.2 while the typical measured values for magnetic field taken near KESC’s different transformers and power lines are summarized in Tables 5.3 & 5.4.

Table 5.2

ICNIRP Guidelines for EMF Public and Occupational Exposure

Frequency

Public Exposure Occupational Exposure Electric Field

(V/m) Magnetic Field

(mG) Electric Field

(V/m) Magnetic Field

(mG) 50 Hz 5000 1000 10000 5000

60 Hz 4150 830 8300 4150

Table 5.3

Typical Measured Values for Magnetic Field Next to KESC Transformers (All values are recorded in mG)

Types of Transformers Right beside transformer

Few meters away from transformers

Switchgears at grids

Offices and

Control Room

132/11

Transformer

Max recorded 950 230 155 50 Average during

all measurements

124 21 25

10

Table 5.4

Typical Measured Magnetic Field Next to KESC Power Lines (All values are recorded in mG)

Overhead Line Under 132 kV

Overhead line

Under 11 kV

Under PMT

Right over exposed

underground lines

Right over underground lines buried

1.4m in concrete

Max Recorded

30 20 590 1500

9

Average 12 15 30 52 5

The above tables are evident of the fact that measured EMF values for KESC’s existing 132/11 kV transformers and transmission lines are well within the exposure limits as established by ICNIRP Guidelines for general public as well as the maintenance staff.




• Implantable Medical Devices

Implantable medical devices such as pacemakers are becoming increasingly common. They have been associated with problems arising from interference caused by EMF. This is called electromagnetic interference or EMI. It can cause inappropriate triggering of a device or inhibit the device from responding appropriately. Sources of EMI documented by medical personnel include radio‐ controlled model cars, slot machines, car engines, digital cellular phones, anti‐ theft security systems, radiation therapy, and high voltage electrical systems and devices.

Manufacturers’ recommended threshold for modulated magnetic fields is 1 gauss which is 5 to 10 times greater than the magnetic field likely to be produced

by a high‐voltage transmission line.52 Research shows a wide range of responses for the threshold at which pacemakers responded to an external EMI source. The results for each unit depended on the make and model of the device, the patient height, build, and physical orientation with respect to the electric field.

• Risks related to Transmission Lines

Most accidents involving underground transmission lines occur while digging and excavating in areas near underground cables. On the other hand, most accidents with overhead lines involve ladders, cranes, truck mounted lifting devices, and other machinery that come to close to overhead lines. As a general precaution, no one should be on an object taller than 15‐17 ft under an overhead high voltage electric line as electric contact can occur even if direct physical contact is not made because electricity can arc across an air gap. Downed overhead power lines can pose a potential public hazard, though transmission lines are designed to shut off if they fall.

In the current project, overhead transmission lines are designed to meet the European Electric Safety Code. The code establishes design and operating standards and sets minimum distances between wires, poles, the ground and the buildings. Transmission lines are designed to trip out of service (turn off) if they fall or contact with any object, although they are not likely to fall unless hit by a tornado or high roof truck. Typical protection system for 132kV overhead transmission lines as employed by KESC is attached as Annexure – 1552.

• Lightning Strikes:

Since power poles and other tall objects are more likely to intercept lightning strikes, transmission lines are built with a grounded shield wire at the top of the poles as a protection.

52 Public Service Commission of Wisconsin




• Fire Incidents:

The fire fighting system at the Grid Station is equipped enough to handle fires on small scale. The main causes of fires in Grid Stations are overloading and short circuiting of the systems. The fire can break out in any unit of the integrated complex of the grid station and spread instantaneously engulfing the whole complex including the switchyard and transformers. The fire fighting system for the transformers consists of DCP (dry chemical powder), CO2 and foam (Table 5.5)53. This will enable quick internal repair of the transformer and reduce plant outages.

o In order to contain a fault or resulting fire, switches are provided in the

control room to isolate the whole grid station from its feeding sources.

o Similar switches are also provided in the switchyard for isolation of equipments from the power circuit.

o The grid station will be separated from the nearby built up areas by providing

a buffer zone and high walls around the Grid Station.

Table 5.5

Fire Extinguishing Arrangement

S.N

Locations Fire Extinguishers Type

DCP Trolley 50 (kg)

CO2 (5 kg) DCP (6 Kg)

Foam(10 liter)

1 General Area 01 02

2 Building Ground Floor

02 03 02

3 Building First Floor

03 04

Total 03 06 06 02

53 Data provided by KESC Management


MITIGATION MEASURES

CHAPTER

6

6.1 Introduction

The main purpose of mitigation measures is to carry out various phases of a project in such a way that the negative impacts of the proposal are eliminated or minimized, and the benefits are enhanced59.

The problems occurring during the project are identified and rectified to prevent damage to the environment. The mitigation measures address specific impacts identified in the EIA.

The mitigation measures aim to ensure that:

• They are implemented at each stage of the project

• The project activities are managed so as to avoid or reduce the negative environmental and social impacts and enhance positive impacts

• The surrounding communities are better off after the project is implemented, on social and environmental indicators

• Affected structures, roads and natural features are protected during construction and then rehabilitated

• Accurate records of the progress of the project (including objections) are maintained so that the concerned can be traced out in the event of claims against the client; and

• The mechanisms are in place for reviewing the efficacy of the mitigation measures and any improvements made in the course of the project, so that other similar projects may benefit from the experience gained on the grid station project.

6.2 Key Environmental Issues

The environmental issues associated with the project are discussed in Chapter 5 in detail. However, the key issues are:

• Contamination of air, water and soil

• Impacts of noise

• Emission of SF6 gas

• Leakage of Transformer Oil

• Electromagnetic field and

• Occupational health and safety issues

59 Guidelines for Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports, 1997




6.3 Mitigation Measures at Different Phases of the Project 6.3.1 Mitigation Measures at Design Phase

Most of the significant environmental impacts of the project can be addressed at the design phase, which is mainly the responsibility of the Design Engineers. As discussed in Chapter 2, Hybrid Technology allows the entire grid system to be placed in relatively smaller space as compared to the conventional design. Appropriate cabling with protective shields is used to suppress electron flux in the underground cables. In case of over head transmission lines, minimum clearance between live conductors and other objects is provided as discussed earlier.

6.3.2 Mitigation Measures at Construction Phase

The main responsibilities for mitigation during the construction phase of the project rest with contractors appointed to construct the grid station. The Contractors Site Manager has the responsibility for monitoring the implementation of mitigation plans by the contractors and needs to implement his own system of internal checks to ensure them. The mitigatory actions recommended during this phase are;

Air Quality:

• Provisions will be made for sprinkling of water in the area where earth filling and excavation is being carried out.

• Loose earth will not be allowed to pile up along the approach roads.

• PPEs such as dust masks will be made available to the construction workers at the site to avoid potential health hazards.

Water Quality:

Spillage of fuel/oils and other construction materials will be contained with best handling/construction practices and skilled supervision.

Land Environment:

• No accumulation of solid waste at the site will be allowed.

• It will be ensured that no soil is left unconsolidated after completion of work.

Noise Levels:

• Regular inspection and maintenance of the construction vehicles and equipment will be carried out at the project site.

• High noise emitting equipments if any will be fitted with noise reduction devices such as mufflers and silencers wherever possible.




Ecological Resources:

It was observed from the field survey that no special floral and faunal species exists near the project site. Since the excavation work is done along the footpaths of service road, natural vegetation is not disturbed; however eleven (11) trees have been removed for erection of overhead transmission line over one kilometer distance. Compensatory plantation is recommended in this regard after the construction phase is over.

Safety and Health:

The construction work requires careful planning and precautionary measures, which includes the following.

• Carefully planned usage of heavy machinery

• Proper use of personal protection equipments

• Adequate provision of water supply and sanitation facilities in the labor camps

• Provision of proper signboards for the local residents

6.3.3 Mitigation Measures at Operation Phase

During the operation phase, all mitigatory activities will primarily be the responsibility of the Director HSEQ, KESC and it will mainly be a matter of exercising proper management of the grid station. Most of this activity should be covered by the management manuals planned for operation of the grid.

As described in the previous chapter, no major negative socio‐cultural impacts are likely to result from the project. There are no sites of religious, cultural or historical importance near the site. KESC should make sure that the local population is abreast of the project development.

The significant environmental issues and socioeconomic concerns associated with the O&M activities, which are expected during the operation phase of the project are listed below. The mitigation measures recommended during the operation phase are discussed in the subsequent sections and also shown in Table 6.1.

• SF6 Gas Emission

• Transformer Noise

• Transformer Oil Leakage

• EMF Generation




Table 6.1 Major Potential Impacts & Mitigations Measures at Operation Phase

S. No

Aspect

Possible Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures

1

SF6 Gas Emission

• Greenhouse Effect

• Reactive Decomposition

Products

• SF6 Containment Plan to be followed.

• Regular & Detailed Inspection is suggested.

• Metal fluorides to be disposed through authorized contractor.

2

Transformer Oil

• Degeneration of Oil

• Leakage & Seepage

• Soil Contamination

• Ground water contamination

• Dielectric strength of transformer oil will be monitored periodically as is the current practice at other KESC grid stations

• More comprehensive tests will be carried out after every 5 years.

• Transformers will have impervious gravel based channels and drainage

pits to collect any leaked oil which will be recycled & reused.

• Waste oils will be disposed in accordance with their respective MSDS.

3

Transformer Operation

Increased Noise Level in close vicinity

• Periodic noise measurements will be carried out at the outer fence of the grid stations.

• Surrounding wall with sound attenuation effect will be built.

• Proper maintenance of the equipments & machineries inside grid.

• Liaison with the nearby communities will be maintained.




S. No

Aspect

Possible Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures

4

Domestic wastewater generation

Impact on Water Quality • Regularly maintained septic tank & soak pit with overflow provision.

5

EMF Generation

Health Risks • Regular EMF monitoring to be carried out

6

Fire Incidents

Safety Risks

• CO2gas extinguishers will be kept at appropriate places

• Isolation switches to be provided

• Buffer zone/ High wall to be built around grid station

7

O& M Activities

Possible Environmental losses due to incompetent staff

• Preparation & Training in use of O&M Manuals and Standard Operating Practices

• Adequate Training to all relevant staff




SF6 Gas Emission:

To prevent any increase of SF6 in the atmosphere, its use is confined to closed systems. The gas pressure is monitored in the individually sealed gas compartments and in the circuit‐breaker housing. The low gas losses (below 1 % per year) are taken into account with the first gas filling. Automatic make‐up facilities are not necessary.

Table 6.2

Suggested Routine Inspection & Maintenance Schedule

Frequency Details

Ordinary

2 months

Pressure check Recording number of operations of circuit breakers and light arrester

Regular 3 years Gas Leakage Test

Detailed

6 years Detailed inspection of operating device Internal check of Circuit Breaker

Annexure – 16 shows the SF6 Gas containment plan as per manufacturer’s recommendation.

Transformer Noise:

The power transformers at the grid station produce noise if they are overloaded or the power factor is poor. This can be mitigated by bringing capacitors into the circuit to improve the power factor and consequently lowering the noise produced by them at the time of overloading. Installation of capacitors at the grid station will help to control the noise up to much extent.

• Periodic noise measurements will be carried out at the outer fence of the grid stations, in order to ensure that the noise levels are within acceptable limits. If found beyond these limits at any stage, appropriate measures will be taken, such as replacing the noisy equipment.

• The grievance redressed mechanism will be maintained on continuous basis.

Transformer Oil Leakage:

As already mentioned, pure hydrocarbon mineral oil will be used for all transformers, current transformers, potential transformers and capacitors under the project which will not have any adverse environmental impacts. In a grid station the transformers are regularly monitored to ensure that there is no seepage or leakage of oil from the transformers.

• The dielectric strength of the transformer oil filled in the power transformers is monitored every year at the gird stations. It is recommended to continue this practice. If the dielectric strength of the transformer oil is found to be less than the allowable limits, then the oil will be replaced.




• A more comprehensive test will be carried out for the transformer oil after every five years. Oil samples will be tested for Flash point, Viscosity, Moisture, Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA), Dielectric strength and PCBs.

• Oil filtration/ dehydration will be carried out for removal of moisture or other impurities.

Probable end uses of waste oil leaving workshops include burning in brick kilns, oil recycling facilities, miscellaneous works in small workshops and even as a massaging oil (thought to be useful for joint pains). However, KESC ensures that the transformer oil is recycled and reused. The filtrate is absorbed in the fuel filters, which are later discarded through authorized contractors.

Soil Contamination:

The following mitigation measures will greatly minimize if not prevent the impacts of the project’s O&M activities on the soil of the area:

• Solid waste will not be stored at the grid station

• The grid stations will have their own septic tanks and soak pits.

• MSDS of Transformer oil will be made available at the grid station

• Non‐toxic recyclable waste will be given away for recycling.

• Toxic waste will be temporarily stored separately, sent to GSM and given to authorized contractors for final disposal.

• Grid stations will have channels and drainage pits to collect any leaked oil from the transformers in the grid stations. This oil will be sent back to GSM for recycling.

• Any soil contaminated by the oil spillage will be removed and disposed off appropriately in accordance with the MSDS of the spilled oil.

Reducing EMF Levels:

As discussed in the previous chapter, magnetic fields quickly dissipate with distance from the transmission line. In the current project, double circuit transmission lines with three conductors will be provided. The lines should be brought closer together, this will cause the fields created by each of the three conductors to interfere with each other and produce a reduced total magnetic field.

Reducing EMI Risks:

Transmission lines are only one of a number of external EMI sources. All pacemaker patients are informed of potential problems associated with exposure to EMI and must adjust their behavior accordingly. Moving away from a source is a standard response to the effects of exposure to EMI. Patients can shield themselves from EMI with a car, a building, or the enclosed cab of a truck.




6.4 Occupational Health & Safety

The mitigation measures for occupational health & safety risks identified in this report are presented below:

a. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

It is recommended that management should ensure the proper use of PPEs during all phases of the project. Adequate numbers and appropriate sizes of PPEs should be made available to the workers. PPEs should not be shared among workers as it may transmit diseases at the project site.

b. Competence & Trainings

It is recommended that every worker whose work may have significant risks should be adequately skilled in term of relevant experience or adequately trained for performing his job. Management and Contractor should be responsible for providing adequate trainings to their employees prior to their engagement at site.

c. Standard Operating Procedures

It is recommended that contractor should prepare individual Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for all heavy machineries present at site. Contractor should also be responsible for providing training of workers on these SOPs. The SOPs should be accessible to operator and should be used as a reference when and where required.

d. Periodic Maintenance

It is recommended that all the heavy machineries present at the project site should be tuned frequently by the contractor. It is also recommended that the contractor should ensure the periodic maintenance and lubrication of the machineries in order to minimize the air pollution and noise at the project site.

e. Fire Management

Fire prevention measures can minimize the risk of outbreak of fire by appropriate choice, location and installation of various materials and equipments. The potential sources of fire can be reduced by:

• Early warning system.

• Fire drills on regular basis

• Effective and efficient first aid fire fighting arrangement.




f. Safety Instructions and Practices

Signboards are an effective way of communicating safety messages and instructions. It is recommended to put in place relevant safety instructions as signboards, preferably having graphical messages, so that it could be easily understood by even the illiterate workers.


ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

CHAPTER

7

7.1 General

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is a strategic approach towards the effective implementation of the mitigation measures and environmental protection of the project area and its surrounding. This EMP ensures that the undue or reasonably adverse impact of the construction and operation of a project are prevented and the positive benefits of the project are enhanced. According to this plan, all the activities related to various phases of the project such as construction, commissioning and operation are controlled and monitored.

This EMP encompasses all the facets of the project and may be used as a quick reference by the contractor(s) as well as by the personnel(s) of KESC for effective implementation of the mitigation measures and tracking the overall environmental performance of the project.

This EMP addresses all the significant impacts that are identified during the impacts identification process of the EIA. It should be amended in consultation with the concerned regulatory authority, in this case SEPA if any issue has been overlooked or if any need would arise as the project continues.

7.2 Purpose & Need of the EMP

Primarily, the purpose of this EMP is to serve as a quick reference for the consultants, contractor as well as the personnel(s) of KESC to implement the proposed mitigation measures effectively and to monitor the overall environmental performance of the project. Further more to house the procedure, which the proponent follows to implement and maintain this Environmental Management Plan, the need of the EMP is mentioned as follows:

• Ensure that attention is paid to the actual effects arising from construction & operation;

• Ensure that anticipated impacts are maintained within the levels predicted;

• Ensure that unanticipated impacts are managed or mitigated before they become a problem; and

• Ensure that environmental management brings about real environmental benefits and achieves environmental sustainability, rather than the Environmental Approval Process being a mere paper chase to secure a

development approval60.

60 Guidelines for Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports, 1997




7.3 Objectives of the EMP

The main objectives of the EMP during the construction phase will be to:

• Monitor actual project impacts on the physical, ecological, cultural and socioeconomic receptors. This will indicate adequacy of EIA.

• Recommend mitigation measure for any unexpected impacts of the project during construction period, not mentioned in the EIA study or if the level of impact exceeds the anticipated limit of the EIA study.

• Ensure compliance of the legal and community obligations, including safety on the site; and

• Ensure safe disposal of the construction debris, including excavated soil or vegetation.

Whereas, the objectives of the EMP during the operation phase of the project are as below:

• Evaluate adequacy of the EIA with respect to the project’s predicted long term

impacts on the environment; and

• Evaluate effectiveness of the mitigation measures proposed in the EIA and recommend improvement if any need would arise.

7.4 Scope of the EMP

The scope of the EMP includes the following phases of the project.

• Construction / Installation Phase

• Commissioning/ Operation Phase

All the activities performed during these phases will be controlled and monitored according to this EMP.

7.5 Responsibilities

The Director of HSEQ Department KESC is overall responsible for the effective implementation of the EMP during the construction & operation phase of the project. However, Contractor(s) and Manager EHS BU G&T are responsible for implementing the EMP during construction and operation phases of the project respectively and report the overall environmental performance to the Director. The details of roles & responsibilities are discussed in the Section 7.10.1 Organizational Structure; Roles and Responsibilities of the EMP.

7.6 Commitment to Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS)

KESC, a well known private entity in Pakistan is committed to perform all of its activities in a way which is safe for the environment as well as the health & safety of its employees and the person(s) working on behalf of them i.e. contractors. The




management of KESC owns this EMP and will use it as a reference to control and monitor all the activities that will be performed during the construction and operation phases of the project.

7.7 Structure of the EMP

The structure of the KESC 132 kV HIS Grid Station EMP comprises of the following;

• Key Environmental Issues

• Impact Mitigation Plan.

• Organizational Structure; Roles & Responsibilities.

• Training Program

• Environmental Monitoring Plan

• Reporting

• Risk & Disaster Management Plan

7.8 Key Environmental Issues

The key environmental issues associated with the project are thoroughly discussed in Chapter 5. However, the key environmental issues of the project are specified briefly as follows:

• Contamination of air, water and soil during the construction and operation phases;

• Noise Generation by vehicles, construction machinery and transformers installed at the grid station.

• Occupational Health & Safety Issues of the employees of KESC as well as of contractor and its staff during construction and operation phase of the project and also people living in the close vicinity.

7.9 Impact Mitigation Plan

Impact mitigation plan is one of the main components of the EMP. It will ensure the effective implementation of suggested mitigation measures during construction and operation phase of the project as described in the EIA. The impact mitigation plan based on the EIA is presented in Annexure – 17 of this report.


Environmental Agency

─ EPA Sindh, SEPA

Government Department

─ Local Government

NGO & Pressure Groups



7.10 Organizational Structure; Roles & Responsibilities

The proposed Organizational Structure for the effective implementation of EMP at KESC is depicted in Figure 7.1 below:

CEO

Contractor(s) Director (HSEQ)

Manager EHS BU G&T

LEGEND

Chain of Command

Information Flow BU G & T

LDC GSM GSO Transmission Construction Phase Operation Phase External Communication

Figure 7.1: Organizational Structure



7.10.1 Roles & Responsibilities

Director HSEQ:

The Director HSEQ will have the overall responsibility for ensuring compliance of the EMP during all phases of the project. Accoring to the EMP the responsibilities of director will include;

• Setting up system for environmental management and supervising environmental and social impact assessment.

• Providing or arranging extensive training program on the EMP and other HSE issues identified in section 7.11 for the members of operation team as well as for contractors.

• Providing technical assistance to the contractor(s) for effective implementation of EMP during the construction phase and provide support where required.

• Ensuring compliance of EMP during operation phase of the project.

• Coordinating with the regulatory agencies including EPA, District Local Government, Local NGOs, CBOs that could assist the project in independent review of environmental compliance.

• Reporting environmental monitoring and evaluation of compliance to the EPA and incorpoating EPA’s comments in the EMP on need arise basis.

• Reporting perodic EMP compliance status to the CEO.

• Amending EMP in consultation with the concerened EPA in this case, SEPA if any new environmental legislation will be promulgated or any other requirement will arive in this regard.

Manager EHS BU G&T:

The following responsibilities are identified for the Manager EHS BU G&T.

• Ensuring the compliance of the EMP during the operation phase of the project.

• Reporting periodic compliance status of the EMP during operation phase of the project to the Director.

Contractor(s):

The responsibilities of contractors will include.

• The contractor’s site manager is responsible for effective implementation of the EIA and EMP during the construction phase of the project.

• Ensure compliance of the EMP during construction phase.

• Adhere to the requirement of EMP.

• Report periodic compliance status of the EMP during constuction phase to the Director.



Environmental Agency:

The responisbility of the environmental agency, SEPA will include;

• Monitor compliance of the EMP of project and any additional mitigation measures required by the NOC of the project.

• Provide technical assistance to the project proponent for effective implementation of the EMP.

7.11 Training Program

The corporate HSEQ or BU G&T is responsible for identifying, conducting / arranging and evaluating trainings for the effective implementation of the EMP. The trainings included in the training program are briefly discussed below;

7.11.1 Awareness Training

The members of the operation team and the staff deployed on the construction of the project on behalf of the contractor are needed to be aware of the basic concept, principles and requirements of the EMP. The training also instructs personnel(s) on how to use the EMP and how they can contribute to maintain and improve the EMP. Participation in the awareness training should be recorded. These records should be generated and maintained by the corporate HSEQ and / or BU G&T.

7.11.2 EMP Orientation Training

The orientation training of the EMP should be provided to new inductee(s) in the operation or contractor’s team by the corporate HSEQ. It is responsible for conducting / arranging such training and maintain records accordingly.

7.11.3 Job Specific Training

The personnel(s) whose work can cause a significant environmental impacts are sufficiently competent and skilled in performing their task. However, some workers may require increased level of competence and speciallized skills to be adequately trained to upgrade, reinforce or support their competence and skills. These personnel(s) may be trained in addition and/or provided with written instruction on how to perform the specific job. Trainings may be in the form of on‐the‐job training, classroom instruction and demonstration etc. All competence and skill training should be recorded by the corporate HSEQ.

Personnel(s) who have proven experiences in their field do not need to demonstrate their competence by education or training. Competence acquired through relevant experience may be indentified and recorded by the corporate HSEQ.



7.11.4 Disaster Management Training

Personnel(s) assigned with the specific responsibilities in implementing disaster management procedures are trained in how to carry out their task and activities assigned to them. Corporate HSEQ ensures that all personnel(s) designated for specific disaster response activities are adequtely trained. Training can be in the form of demonstration, drills and classroom instructions etc. All disaster management trainings should be recorded. Corporate HSEQ is responsible for keeping such training records.

7.11.5 Identification of the Need for New or Additional Training

To identify the need for new or additional training, the corporate HSEQ and EHS Manager BU G&T should review the records and consider relevant event, reports and data such as;

• Changes in the EMP, such as revised or any amendment;

• Changes in applicable law requirement or any other requirement;

• Non‐attainment of specified environmental performance, or decreasing performance; inadequate performance of an individual or groups of personnel(s).

7.12 Environmental Monitoring Plan

An Environmental Monitoring Plan has been developed by KESC keeping in view the following objectives:

• Systematically track the environmental performance of the project during construction and operation phases of the project.

• Verify that the activities undertaken during the construction and operation phases are in compliance with the requirement of the EIA and other applicable laws.

• Reporting the observation related to the environmental performance of the project to the corporate HSEQ/BU G&T, so that any remedial measure if required can be made ahead of time.

• Preparing environmental performance report of KESC Grid Station.

• Reporting the overall performance to the regulatory authority, SEPA.

The Environmental Monitoring Plan provided in Annexure – 18 will be used by the KESC and its Contractor(s) as a reference tool for systematic environmental monitoring of the significant impacts identified in the EIA.

The following individuals will be responsible for carrying out the Environmental Monitoring during construction and operation phases of the project:

• Contractor’s Site Manager will be responsible for carrying out the Environmental Monitoring during construction phase.



• Manager EHS BU G&T will be responsible for carrying out the Environmental Monitoring during the operation phase.

However, all the observation of the environmental monitoring will be communicated to the corporate HSEQ. It will then be responsible to report the overall environmental performance of the project to the CEO. This will enable effective decision making by the management. Corporate HSEQ will also inform and update SEPA with the environmental performance of the project.

In addition to the above, the management should be responsible for provision of safe drinking water, enforcement of occupational health and safety equipment, implementation of sanitation condition along with supply of hygienic food and sewerage system for the construction team at the project site.

Environmental Monitoring during Operation:

According to NEQS (self monitoring & reporting by industries) Rule 2001, the project neither falls under Category A nor under Category B of Schedule‐I. The grid station is not expected to emit any priority pollutant as mentioned in the above rules during the operational phase.

Increase in transportation is not expected during the operation and maintenance activity, therefore monitoring for vehicular emissions is not recommended. Similarly, monitoring of effluent discharge is also not recommended as only four to five persons will be residing within the grid building and the domestic waste generated in comparison to pollution load of main KWSB sewer line would be negligible.

The solid wastes generation from the grid station should be monitored so as to ensure that no immediate and long‐term environmental and health problems are caused. EMF monitoring is also recommended for the grid station, biannually. The management would ensure compliance of monitoring results with the Pakistan‐EPA standards and ICNIRP limits, respectively. Regular monitoring of transformer oil is also recommended.

7.13 Reporting

The corporate HSEQ will be responsible for presenting its data and findings in the form of a formal report to the CEO, at a frequency as deemed fit by the management. It is recommended that this frequency of reporting should not be less than once every six months. The purpose of reporting would be essentially to provide necessary information to enable effective decision making by the management. The monitoring report to be presented to the management may be of any format. However, in terms of content, it must include;

• Summary of the environmental and social performance.



• Record of all incidents and their remedial measures to ensure that the emergency situations are responded in accordance with the Emergency Response Plan.

Based on this information, the management would take decisions for performance improvement. In every subsequent monitoring report, the performance and efficacy of measures undertaken by the management in the previous review process would also be evaluated.

The proposed combination of environmental monitoring, reporting and management review would complete the cycle for continual improvement and would ensure better environmental and social performance of the project after every cycle.

7.14 Disaster Management Plan

Disaster is an unexpected event due to sudden failure of the system, external threats, internal disturbances, earthquakes, fire and accidents. Due to the existence of hazards associated with electrical T&D facilities, risk assessment needs to be made in order to evolve a sound Disaster Management Plan to cover the aspects of:

• Conditions potentially leading to major release accidents including releases from cables, electric panels, pipes, flexible connections, valves etc

• Occupational health and well‐being conditions; and

• Occupational safety conditions.

Hazards assessment for the grid station needs to take into account all the potential

hazards that may occur during the construction as well as operation phase of the

project as discussed in Chapter 5. Following subsections describe the measures to be

undertaken by the project proponent to prevent or minimize risk of unexpected

event.

7.14.1 Preventive Action

Once the likelihood of a disaster is suspected, action has to be initiated to prevent a failure. Engineers responsible for preventive action should identify sources of repair equipments, materials, labor and expertise for use during emergency.

The level at which a situation will be termed a disaster, shall be specified. Preventive action plan should cover the following matters:

• Exit points

• Safety areas

• Nearest medical facilities.



7.14.2 Communication System

An efficient communication system is absolutely essential for the success of any disaster management plan. This has to be worked out in consultation with local authorities. More often, the entire communication system gets disrupted when a disaster occurs. The damage areas need to be clearly identified and provided with temporary and foolproof communication system. It is essential to communicate by whom and how a declared emergency will be terminated.

7.14.3 Emergency Action Committee

To ensure coordinated action, an Emergency Action Committee should be constituted. Emergency Action Committee will prepare the evacuation plan and procedures for implementation based on local needs and facilities available. The plan should include:

• Demarcation of the areas to be evacuated with priorities,

• Safe area and shelters,

• Functions and responsibilities of various members, and

• Setting up of joint control action.

All personnel involved in the Emergency Action Plan should be thoroughly familiar with all the elements of the plant area and their responsibilities. The staff at the site should be trained for problem detection, evaluation and emergency remedial measures. Individual responsibility to handle the segments in emergency plan must be allotted.

7.14.4 Implementation of DMP

• The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) will be made available at the grid station. Its salient points will be displayed at all prominent places.

• The O&M staff will be given training on the DMP. The DMP will include procedures to inform the nearby communities in case of fire in the grid station.

• Appropriate signage on safety precautions will be installed at the key locations.

A summary guide for disaster / emergency management for the grid station is attached as Annexure – 19 of this report.

Annexure - 1

Proposed Grid Station Layout Plan

Annexure - 2

Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (PEPA) 1997

Pakistan Environmental Protection Act

(PEPA), 1997 The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 was passed by the National Assembly of

Pakistan on September 3, 1997, and by the Senate of Pakistan on November 7, 1997. The Act

received the assent of the President of Pakistan on December 3, 1997.

The text of the Environmental Protection Act 1997 is as follows:

Act No. XXXIV of 1997 An Act to provide for the protection, conservation, rehabilitation and improvement of the

environment, for the prevention and control of pollution, and promotion of sustainable

development.

Whereas it is expedient to provide for the protection, conservation, rehabilitation and

improvement of the environment, prevention and control of pollution, promotion of sustainable

development and for matters connected therewith and incidental thereto;

It is hereby enacted as follows:

1) Short Title, Extent and Commencement

(1) This Act may be called the Environmental Protection Act 1997.

(2) It extends to the whole of Pakistan.

(3) It shall come into force at once.

2) Definitions

In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:

(i) "adverse environmental effect" means impairment of, or damage to, the environment

and includes:

(a) impairment of, or damage to, human health and safety or to biodiversity or

property;

(b) pollution; and

(c) any adverse environmental effect as may be specified in the regulation.

(ii) "agricultural waste" means waste from farm and agricultural activities including

poultry, cattle farming, animal husbandry, residues from the use of fertilizers, pesticides

and other farm chemicals;

(iii) "air pollutant" means any substance that causes pollution of air and includes soot,

smoke, dust particles, odor, light, electro-magnetic, radiation, heat, fumes, combustion

exhaust, exhaust gases, noxious gases, hazardous substances and radioactive substances;

(iv) "biodiversity" or "biological diversity" means the variability among living

organizations from all sources, including inter alia terrestrial, marine and other aquatic

ecosystems and ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity

within species, between species and of ecosystems;

(v) "council" means the Pakistan Environmental Protection Council established under

section 3;

(vi) "discharge" means spilling, leaking, pumping, depositing, seeping, releasing,

flowing out, pouring, emitting, emptying or dumping;

(vii) "ecosystem" means a dynamic complex of plant, animal and micro-organism

communities and their non-living environment interacting as a functional unit;

(viii) "effluent" means any material in solid, liquid or gaseous form or combination

thereof being discharged from industrial activity or any other source and includes a

slurry, suspension or vapour;

(ix) "emission standards" means the permissible standards established by the Federal

Agency or a Provincial Agency for emission of air pollutants and noise and for discharge

of effluent and waste;

(x) "environment" means-

(a) air, water and land;

(b) all layers of the atmosphere;

(c) all organic and inorganic matter and living organisms;

(d) the ecosystem and ecological relationships;

(e) buildings, structures, roads, facilities and works;

(f) all social and economic conditions affecting community life; and

(g) the inter-relationships between any of the factors in sub-clauses (a) to (f)

(xi) "environmental impact assessment" means an environmental study comprising

collection of data, prediction of qualitative and quantitative impacts, comparison of

alternatives, evaluation of preventive, mitigatory and compensatory measures,

formulation of environmental management and training plans and monitoring

arrangements, and framing of recommendations and such other components as may be

prescribed;

(xii) " Environmental Magistrate" means the Magistrate of the First Class appointed

under section 24;

(xiii) "Environmental Tribunal" means the Environmental Tribunal constituted under

section 20;

(xiv) Exclusive Economic Zone" shall have the same meaning as defined in the

Territorial Waters and Maritime Zones Act, 1976 (LXXXII of 1976);

(xv) "factory" means any premises in which industrial activity is being undertaken;

(xvi) "Federal Agency" means the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency

established under section 5, or any Government Agency, local council or local authority

exercising the powers and functions of the Federal Agency;

(xvii) "Government Agency" includes-

(a) a division, department, attached department, bureau, section, commission, board,

office or unit of the Federal Government or a Provincial Government;

(b) a development or a local authority, company or corporation established or

controlled by the Federal Government or Provincial Government;

(c) a Provincial Environmental Protection Agency; and

(d) any other body defined and listed in the Rules of Business of the Federal

Government or a Provincial Government;

(xviii) "hazardous substance" means-

(a) a substance or mixture of substance, other than a pesticide as defined in the

Agricultural Pesticide Ordinance, 1971 (II of 1971), which, by reason of its chemical

activity is toxic, explosive, flammable, corrosive, radioactive or other characteristics

causes, or is likely to cause, directly or in combination with other matters, an adverse

environmental effect; and

(b) any substance which may be prescribed as a hazardous substance;

(xix) "hazardous waste" means waste which is or which contains a hazardous substance or

which may be prescribed as hazardous waste, and includes hospital waste and nuclear waste;

(xx) "historic waters" means such limits of the waters adjacent to the land territory of

Pakistan as may be specified by notification under section 7 of the Territorial Waters and

Maritime Zones Act, 1976 (LXXXII of 1976);

(xxi) "hospital waste" includes waste medical supplies and materials of all kinds, and waste

blood, tissue, organs and other parts of the human and animal bodies, from hospitals, clinics

and laboratories;

(xxii) "industrial activity" means any operation or process for manufacturing, making,

formulating, synthesizing, altering, repairing, ornamenting, finishing, packing or otherwise

treating any article or substance with a view to its use, sale, transport, delivery or disposal, or

for mining, for oil and gas exploration and development, or for pumping water or sewage, or

for generating, transforming or transmitting power or for any other industrial or commercial

purpose;

(xxiii) "industrial waste" means waste resulting from an industrial activity;

(xxiv) "initial environmental examination" means a preliminary environmental review of

the reasonably foreseeable qualitative and quantitative impacts on the environment of a

proposed project to determine whether it is likely to cause an environmental effect for

requiring preparation of an environmental impact assessment;

(xxv) "local authority" means any agency set-up or designated by the Federal Government

or a Provincial Government by notification in the official Gazette to be a local authority for

the purposes of this Act;

(xxvi) "local council" means a local council constituted or established under a law relating

to local government;

(xxvii) "motor vehicle" means any mechanically propelled vehicle adapted for use upon

land whether its power of propulsion is transmitted thereto from an external or internal

source, and includes a chassis to which a body has not been attached, and a trailer, but does

not include a vehicle running upon fixed rails;

(xxviii) "municipal waste" includes sewage, refuse, garbage, waste from abattoirs, sludge

and human excreta and the like;

(xxix) "National Environmental Quality Standards" means standards established by the

Federal Agency under clause (e) of sub-section (1) of section 6 and approved by the Council

under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 4;

(xxx) "noise" means the intensity, duration and character from all sources, and includes

vibrations;

(xxxi) "nuclear waste" means waste from any nuclear reactor or nuclear or other nuclear

energy system, whether or not such waste is radioactive;

(xxxii) "person" means any natural person or legal entity and includes an individual, firm,

association, partnership, society, group, company, corporation, co-operative society,

Government Agency, non-governmental organization, community-based organization,

village organization, local council or local authority and, in the case of a vessel, the master or

other person having for the time being the charge or control of the vessel;

(xxxiii) "pollution" means the contamination of air, land or water by the discharge or

emission or effluents or wastes or air pollutants or noise or other matter which either directly

or indirectly or in combination with other discharges or substances alters unfavourably the

chemical, physical, biological, radiational, thermal or radiological or aesthetic properties of

the air, land or water or which may, or is likely to make the air, land or water unclean,

noxious or impure or injurious, disagreeable or detrimental to the health, safety, welfare or

property of persons or harmful to biodiversity;

(xxxiv) "prescribed" means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(xxxv) "project" means any activity, plan, scheme, proposal or undertaking involving any

change in the environment and includes;

(a) construction or use of buildings or other works;

(b) construction or use of roads or other transport systems;

(c) construction or operation of factories or other installations;

(d) mineral prospecting, mining, quarrying, stone-crushing, drilling and the like;

(e) any change of land use or water use; and

(f) alteration, expansion, repair, decommissioning or abandonment of existing

buildings or other works, roads or other transport systems; factories or other

installations;

(xxxvi) "proponent" means the person who proposes or intends to undertake a project;

(xxxvii) "Provincial Agency" means a Provincial Environmental Protection Agency

established under section 8;

(xxxviii) "regulations" means regulations made under this Act;

(xxxix) "rules" means rules made under this Act;

(xl) "sewage" means liquid or semi-solid wastes and sludge from sanitary conveniences,

kitchens, laundries, washing and similar activities and from any sewerage system or sewage

disposal works;

(xli) "standards" means qualitative and quantitative standards for discharge of effluents and

wastes and for emission of air pollutants and noise either for general applicability or for a

particular area, or from a particular production process, or for a particular product, and

includes the National Environmental Quality Standards, emission standards and other

standards established under this Act and the rules and regulations made thereunder;

(xlii) "sustainable development" means development that meets the needs of the present

generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs;

(xliii) "territorial waters" shall have the same meaning as defined in the Territorial Waters

and Maritime Zones Act, 1976 (LXXXII of 1976);

(xliv) "vessel" includes anything made for the conveyance by water of human beings or of

goods; and

(xlv) "waste" means any substance or object which has been, is being or is intended to be,

discarded or disposed of, and includes liquid waste, solid waste, waste gases, suspended

waste, industrial waste, agricultural waste, nuclear waste, municipal waste, hospital waste,

used polyethylene bags and residues from the incineration of all types of waste.

3) Establishment of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Council-

(1) The Federal Government shall, by notification in the official Gazette, establish a Council to

be known as the Pakistan Environmental Protection Council consisting of;

(i)Prime Minister or such other person as the Prime Chairperson

Minister may nominate in this behalf.

(ii)Minister Incharge of the Ministry or Division Vice Chairperson

dealing with the subject of environment.

(iii) Chief Ministers of the Provinces. Members

(iv) Ministers Incharge of the subject of environment in the provinces. Members

(v) Such other persons not exceeding thirty-five as the Federal Members

Government may appoint, of which at least twenty shall be non

-official including five representatives of the Chambers of

Commerce and Industry and Industrial Associations and one

or more representatives of the Chambers of Agriculture, the

medical and legal professions, trade unions, and non-governmental

organizations concerned with the environment and development,

and scientists, technical experts and educationists.

vi) Secretary to the Government of Pakistan, in-charge of Member/Secretary

the Ministry or Division dealing with the subject of environment

(2) The Members of the Council, other than ex–officio members, shall be appointed in

accordance with the prescribed procedure and shall hold office for a term of three years.

(3) The Council shall frame its own rules of procedure.

(4) The Council shall hold meetings as and when necessary, but not less than two meetings shall

be held in a year.

(5) The Council may constitute committees of its members and entrust them with such functions

as it may deem fit, and the

recommendations of the committees shall be submitted to the Council for approval.

(6) The Council or any of its committees may invite any technical expert or representative of any

Government Agency or non-governmental organization or other person possessing specialized

knowledge of any subject for assistance in performance of its functions.

4) Function and Powers of the Council

(1) The Council shall-

(a) co-ordinate and supervise enforcement of the provisions of this Act;

(b) approve comprehensive national environmental policies and ensure their implementation

within the framework of a national conservation strategy as may be approved by the Federal

Government from time to time;

(c) approve the National Environmental Quality Standards;

(d) provide guidelines for the protection and conservation of species, habitats, and

biodiversity in general, and for the conservation of renewable and non-renewable resources;

(e) coordinate integration of the principles and concerns of sustainable development into

national development plans and policies; and

(f) consider the National Environment Report and give appropriate directions thereon.

(2) The Council may, either itself or on the request of any person or organization, direct the

Federal Agency or any Government Agency to prepare, submit, promote or implement projects

for the protection, conservation, rehabilitation and improvement of the environment, the

prevention and control of pollution, and the sustainable development of resources, or to

undertake research in any specified aspect of environment.

5) Establishment of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency

(1) The Federal Government shall, by notification in the official Gazette, establish the Pakistan

Environmental Protection Agency, to exercise the powers and perform the functions assigned to

it under the provisions of this Act and

the rules and regulations made thereunder.

(2) The Federal Agency shall be headed by a Director General, who shall be appointed by the

Federal Government on such

terms and conditions as it may determine.

(3) The Federal Agency shall have such administrative, technical and legal staff as the Federal

Government may specify, to be appointed in accordance with such procedure as may be

prescribed.

(4) The powers and function of the Federal Agency shall be exercised and performed by the

Director General.

(5) The Director General may, be general or special order, delegate any of these powers and

functions to staff appointed under

sub-section (3)

(6) For assisting the Federal Agency in the discharge of its functions, the Federal Government

shall establish Advisory Committees for various sectors, and appoint as members thereof

eminent representatives of the relevant sector, educational institutions, research institutes and

non-governmental organizations.

6) Functions of the Federal Agency

(1) The Federal Agency shall-

(a) administer and implement the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations made

thereunder;

(b) prepare, in coordination with the appropriate Government Agency and in consultation

with the concerned sectoral Advisory Committees, national environmental policies for

approval by the Council;

(c) take all necessary measures for the implementation of the national environmental policies

approved by the Council;

(d) prepare and publish an annual National Environment Report on the state of the

environment;

(e) prepare or revise, and establish the National Environment Quality Standards with

approval of the Council; Provided that

before seeking approval of the Council, the Federal Agency shall publish the proposed

National Environmental Quality

Standards for public opinion in accordance with the prescribed procedure;

(f) ensure enforcement of the National Environmental Quality Standards;

(g) establish standards for the quality of the ambient air, water and land, by notification in the

official Gazette, in consultation with the Provincial Agency concerned;

Provided that

(i) different standards for discharge or emission from different sources and for

different areas and conditions may

be specified;

(ii) where standards are less stringent than the National Environmental Quality

Standards, prior approval of the Council shall be obtained;

(iii) certain areas, with the approval of the Council, may exclude from carrying out

specific activities, projects from the application of such standards;

(h) co-ordinate environmental policies and programmes nationally and internationally;

(i) establish systems and procedures for surveys, surveillance, monitoring, measurement,

examination, investigation, research, inspection and audit to prevent and control pollution,

and to estimate the costs of cleaning up pollution and rehabilitating the environment in

various sectors;

(j) take measures to promote research and the development of science and technology which

may contribute to the prevention of pollution, protection of the environment, and sustainable

development;

(k) certify one or more laboratories as approved laboratories for conducing tests and analysis

and one or more research institutes as environmental research institutes for conducting

research and investigation, for the purposes of this Act;

(l) identify the needs for, and initiate legislation in various sectors of the environment;

(m) render advice and assistance in environmental matters, including such information and

data available with it as may be required for carrying out the purposes of this Act;

Provided that the disclosure of such information shall be subject to the restrictions contained

in the proviso to sub-section (3) of section 12;

(n) assist the local councils, local authorities, Government Agencies and other persons to

implement schemes for the proper disposal of wastes so as to ensure compliance with the

standards established by it;

(o) provide information and guidance to the public on environmental matters;

(p) recommend environmental courses, topics, literature and books for incorporation in the

curricula and syllabi of educational institutions;

(q) promote public education and awareness of environmental issues through mass media and

other means, including seminars and workshops;

(r) specify safeguards for the prevention of accidents and disasters which may cause

pollution, collaborate with the concerned person in the preparation of contingency plans for

control of such accidents and disasters, and co-ordinate implementation of such plans;

(s) encourage the formation and working of non-governmental organizations, community

organizations and village organizations to prevent and control pollution and promote

sustainable development;

(t) take or cause to be taken all necessary measures for the protection, conservation,

rehabilitation and improvement of the environment, prevention and control of pollution and

promotion of sustainable development; and

(u) perform any function which the Council may assign to it.

(2) The Federal Agency may-

(a) undertake inquiries or investigation into environmental issues, either of its own accord or

upon complaint from any person or organization;

(b) request any person to furnish any information or data relevant to its functions;

(c) initiate with the approval of the Federal Government, requests for foreign assistance in

support of the purposes of this Act and enter into arrangements with foreign agencies or

organizations for the exchange of material or information and participate in international

seminars or meetings;

(d) recommend to the Federal Government the adoption of financial and fiscal programmes,

schemes or measures for achieving environmental objectives and goals and the purposes of

this Act, including:

(i) incentives, prizes, awards, subsidies, tax exemptions, rebates and depreciation

allowances; and

(ii) taxes, duties, cesses and other levies;

(e) establish and maintain laboratories to help in the performance of its functions under this

Act and to conduct research in various aspects of the environment and provide or arrange

necessary assistance for establishment of similar laboratories in the private sector; and

(f) provide or arrange, in accordance with such procedures as may be prescribed, financial

assistance for projects designed to facilitate the discharge of its functions.

7) Powers of the Federal Agency

Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Federal Agency may-

(a) lease, purchase, acquire, own, hold, improve, use or otherwise deal in and with any

property both movable and immovable;

(b) sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, exchange or otherwise dispose of its property and assets;

(c) fix and realize fees, rates and charges for rendering any service or providing any facility,

information or data under this Act or the rules and regulations made thereunder;

(d) enter into contracts, execute instruments, incur liabilities and do all acts or things

necessary for proper management and conduct of its business;

(e) appoint with the approval of the Federal Government and in accordance with such

procedures as may be prescribed, such advisers, experts and consultants as it considers

necessary for the efficient performance of its functions on such terms and conditions as it

may deem fit;

(f) summon and enforce the attendance of any person and require him to supply any

information or document needed for the conduct of any enquiry or investigation into any

environmental issue;

(g) enter and inspect and under the authority of a search warrant issued by the Environmental

Tribunal or Environmental Magistrate, search at any reasonable time, any land, building,

premises, vehicle or vessel or other place where or in which, there are reasonable grounds to

believe that an offence under this Act has been or is being committed;

(h) take samples of any materials, products, articles or substances or of the effluents, wastes

or air pollutants being discharged or emitted or of air, water or land in the vicinity of the

discharge or emission;

(i) arrange for test and analysis of the samples at a certified laboratory;

(j) confiscate any article used in the commission of the offence where the offender is not

known or cannot be found within a reasonable time:

Provided that the power under clauses (f), (h), (i) and (j) shall be exercised in accordance

with the provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (Act V of 1898), or the rules

made under this Act and under the direction of the Environmental Tribunal or

Environmental Magistrate; and

(k) establish a National Environmental Coordination Committee comprising the Director-

General as its chairman and the Director-Generals of the Provincial Environmental

Protection Agencies and such other persons as the Federal Government may appoint as its

members to exercise such powers and perform such functions as may be delegated or

assigned to it by the Federal Government for carrying out the purposes of this Act and for

ensuring inter–provincial co-ordination in environmental policies;

8) Establishment, Powers and Functions of the Provincial Environmental

Protection Agencies

(1) Every Provincial Government shall, by notification in the official Gazette, establish an

Environmental Protection Agency, to exercise such powers and perform such functions as may

be delegated to it by the Provincial Government under sub-section (2) of section 26.

(2) The Provincial Agency shall be headed by a Director-General who shall be appointed by the

Provincial Government on such terms and conditions as it may determine.

(3) The Provincial Agency shall have such administrative, technical and legal staff as the

Provincial Government may specify, to be appointed in accordance with such procedure as may

be prescribed.

(4) The powers and functions of the Provincial Agency shall be exercised and performed by the

Director-General.

(5) The Director-General may, by general or special order, delegate any of these powers and

functions to staff appointed under sub-section (3).

(6) For assistance of the Provincial Agency in the discharge of its functions, the Provincial

Government shall establish sectoral Advisory Committees for various sectors and appoint

members from amongst eminent representatives of the relevant sector, educational institutions,

research institutes and non-governmental organizations.

9) Establishment of the Provincial Sustainable Development Funds

(1) There shall be established in each Province a Sustainable Development Fund.

(2) The Provincial Sustainable Development Fund shall be derived from the following sources,

namely;

(a) grants made or loans advanced by the Federal Government or the Provincial

Governments;

(b) aid and assistance, grants, advances, donations and other non-obligatory funds received

from foreign governments, national or international agencies, and non-governmental

organizations; and

(c) contributions from private organizations, and other persons.

(3) The Provincial Sustainable Development Fund shall be utilized in accordance with such

procedure as may be prescribed for:

(a) providing financial assistance to the projects designed for the protection, conservation,

rehabilitation and improvement of the environment, the prevention and control of pollution,

the sustainable development of resources and for research in any specified aspect of

environment; and

(b) any other purpose which in the opinion of the Board will help achieve environmental

objectives and the purpose of this Act.

10) Management of the Provincial Sustainable Development Fund

(1) The Provincial Sustainable Development Fund shall be managed by a Board known as the

Provincial Sustainable Development Fund Board consisting of:

i) Chairman, Planning and Development Board/Additional Chairperson

Chief Secretary Planning and Development Department.

(ii) such officers of the Provincial Governments not exceeding Members

six as the Provincial Government may appoint, including

Secretaries in charge of the Finance, Industries and

Environment Departments.

(iii) such non-official persons not exceeding ten as the Provincial Members

Government may appoint including representatives of the Provincial

Chamber of Commerce and Industry, non-governmental organizations,

and major donors.

(iv) Director-General of the Provincial Agency. Member/Secretary

(2) In accordance with such procedure and such criteria as may be prescribed, the Board shall

have the power to:

(a) sanction financial assistance for eligible projects;

(b) invest moneys held in the Provincial Sustainable Development Fund in such profit-

bearing Government bonds, savings schemes and securities as it may deem suitable; and

(c) take such measures and exercise such powers as may be necessary for utilization of the

Provincial Sustainable Development Fund for the purposes specified in sub-section (3) of

section 9.

(3) The Board shall constitute committees of its members to undertake regular monitoring of

project financed from the Provincial Sustainable Development Fund and to submit progress

reports to the Board which shall publish an Annual Report incorporating its annual audited

accounts, and performance evaluation based on the progress reports.

11) Prohibition of Certain Discharges or Emissions

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations made thereunder no person

shall discharge or emit or allow the discharge or emission of any effluent or waste or air

pollutant or noise in an amount, concentration or level which is in excess of the National

Environmental Quality Standards or, where applicable, the standards established under sub-

clause (i) of clause (g) of sub-section (1) of section 6.

(2) The Federal Government levy a pollution charge on any person who contravenes or fails to

comply with the provisions

of sub-section (1), to be calculated at such rate, and collected in accordance with such procedure

as may be prescribed.

(3) Any person who pays the pollution charge levied under sub-section (2) shall not be charged

with an offence with respect to that contravention or failure.

(4) The provisions of sub-section (3) shall not apply to projects which commenced industrial

activity on or after the thirtieth day of June, 1994.

12) Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact

Assessment

(1) No proponent of a project shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with

the Federal Agency an initial environmental examination or, where the project is likely to cause

an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact assessment, and has obtained from the

Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.

(2) The Federal Agency shall;

(a) review the initial environmental examination and accord its approval, or require

submission of an environmental impact assessment by the proponent; or

(b) review the environmental impact assessment and accord its approval subject to such

conditions as it may deem fit to impose, or require that the environmental impact assessment

be re-submitted after such modifications as may be stipulated, or reject the project as being

contrary to environmental objectives.

(3) Every review of an environmental impact assessment shall be carried out with public

participation and no information will be disclosed during the course of such public participation

which relates to:

(i) trade, manufacturing or business activities, processes or techniques of a proprietary

nature, or financial, commercial, scientific or technical matters which the proponent has

requested should remain confidential, unless for reasons to be recorded in writing, the

Director-General of the Federal Agency is of the opinion that the request for confidentiality

is not well-founded or the public interest in the disclosure outweighs the possible prejudice to

the competitive position of the project or it's proponent; or

(ii) international relations, national security or maintenance of law and order, except with the

consent of the Federal Government; or

(iii) matters covered by legal professional privilege.

(4) The Federal Agency shall communicate is approval or otherwise within a period of four

months from the date the initial environmental examination or environmental impact assessment

is filed complete in all respects in accordance with the prescribed procedure, failing which the

initial environmental examination or, as the case may be, the environmental impact

assessment shall be deemed to have been approved, to the extent to which it does not contravene

the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations made thereunder.

(5) Subject to sub-section (4) the Federal Government may in a particular case extend the

aforementioned period of four months if the nature of the project so warrants.

(6) The provisions of sub-section (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) shall apply to such categories of

projects and in such manner as may be prescribed.

(7) The Federal Agency shall maintain separate Registers for initial environmental examination

and environmental impact assessment projects, which shall contain brief particulars of each

project and a summary of decisions taken thereon, and which shall contain brief particulars of

each project and a summary of decisions taken thereon, and which shall be open to inspection by

the public at all reasonable hours and the disclosure of information in such Registers shall be

subject to the restrictions specified in sub-section (3).

13) Prohibition of Import of Hazardous Waste

No person shall import hazardous waste into Pakistan and its territorial waters, Exclusive

Economic Zone and historic waters.

14) Handling of Hazardous Substances

Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall generate, collect, consign, transport, treat,

dispose of, store, handle or import any hazardous substance except;

(a) under a licence issued by the Federal Agency and in such manner as may be prescribed;

or

(b) in accordance with the provisions of any other law for the time being in force, or of any

international treaty, convention, protocol, code, standard, agreement or other instrument to

which Pakistan is a party.

15) Regulation of Motor Vehicles

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations made thereunder, no person

shall operate a motor vehicle from which air pollutants or noise are being emitted in an amount,

concentration or level which is in excess of the National Environmental Quality Standards, or

where applicable the standards established under clause (g) of sub-section (1) of section 6.

(2) For ensuring compliance with the standards mentioned in sub-section (1), the Federal Agency

may direct that any motor vehicle or class of vehicles shall install such pollution control devices

or other equipment or use such fuels or undergo such maintenance or testing as may be

prescribed.

(3) Where a direction has been issued by the Federal Agency under sub-section (2) in respect of

any motor vehicles or class of motor vehicles, no person shall operate any such vehicle till such

direction has been complied with.

16) Environmental Protection Order

(1) Where the Federal Agency or a Provincial Agency is satisfied that the discharge or emission

of any effluent, waste, air pollutant or noise, or the disposal of waste, or the handling of

hazardous substances, or any other act or omission is likely to occur, or is occurring or has

occurred in violation of the provisions of this Act, rules or regulations or of the conditions of a

licence, and is likely to cause, or is causing or has caused an adverse environmental effect, the

Federal Agency or, as the case may be, the Provincial Agency may, after giving the person

responsible for such discharge, emission, disposal, handling, act or omission an opportunity of

being heard, by order direct such person to take such measures that the Federal Agency or

Provincial Agency may consider necessary within such period as may be specified in the order.

(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such measures

may include:

(a) immediate to stoppage, preventing, lessening or controlling the discharge, emission,

disposal, handling, act or omission, or to minimize or remedy the adverse environmental

effect;

(b) installation, replacement or alteration of any equipment or thing to eliminate or control or

abate on a permanent or temporary basis, such discharge, emission, disposal, handling, act or

omission;

(c) action to remove or otherwise dispose of the effluent, waste, air pollutant, noise, or

hazardous substances; and

(d) action to restore the environment to the condition existing prior to such discharge,

disposal, handling, act or omission, or as close to such condition as may be reasonable in the

circumstances, to the satisfaction of the Federal Agency or Provincial Agency.

(3) Where the person, to whom directions under sub-section (1) are given, does not comply

therewith, the Federal Agency or Provincial Agency may, in addition to the proceeding initiated

against him under this Act or the rules and regulations, itself take or cause to be taken such

measures specified in the order as it may deems necessary, and may recover the costs of taking

such measures from such person as arrears of land revenue.

17) Penalties

(1) Whoever contravenes or fails to comply with the provisions of section 11, 12, 13, or section

16 or any order issued thereunder shall be punishable with fine which may extend to one million

rupees, and in the case of a continuing contravention or failure, with an additional fine which

may extend to one hundred thousand rupees for every day during which such contravention or

failure continues and where such contravention or failure continues: Provided that if

contravention of the provisions of section 11 also constitutes contravention of the provisions of

section 15, such contravention shall be punishable under sub-section (2) only.

(2) Whoever contravenes or fails to comply with the provisions of section 14 or 15 or any rule or

regulation or conditions of any licence, any order or direction issued by the Council or by the

Federal Agency or Provincial Agency shall be punishable with fine which may extend to one

hundred thousand rupees, and in case of continuing contravention, or failure with an additional

fine which extend to one thousand rupees for every day during which such contravention

continues.

(3) Where an accused has been convicted of an offence under sub-section (1) and (2), the

Environmental Tribunal and Environmental Magistrate shall, in passing sentence, take into

account the extent and duration of the contravention or failure constituting the offence, and the

attendant circumstances.

(4) Where an accused has been convicted of an offence under sub-section (1) and the

Environmental Tribunal is satisfied that as a result of the commission of the offence monetary

benefits have accrued to the offender, the Environmental Tribunal may order the offender to pay,

in addition to the fines under sub-section (1), further additional fine commensurate with the

amount of the monetary benefits.

(5) Where a person convicted under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), and had been previously

convicted for any contravention under this act, the Environmental Tribunal or, as the case may

be, Environmental Magistrate may, in addition to the punishment awarded thereunder:

(a) endorse a copy of the order of conviction to the concerned trade or industrial association,

if any, or the concerned Provincial Chamber of Commerce and Industry or the Federation of

Pakistan Chambers of Commerce and Industry;

(b) sentence him to imprisonment for a term which may extend upto two years;

(c) order the closure of the factory;

(d) order confiscation of the factory, machinery, and equipment, vehicle, material or

substance, record or document or other object used or involved in contravention of the

provisions of the Act; Provided that for a period of three years from the date of

commencement of this Act the sentence of imprisonment shall be passed only in respect of

persons who have been previously convicted for more than once for any contravention of

sections 11, 13, 14 or 16 involving hazardous waste.

(e) order, such person to restore the environment at his own cost, to the conditions existing

prior to such contravention or as close to such conditions as may be reasonable in the

circumstances to the satisfaction of the Federal Agency or, as the case may be, Provincial

Agency; and

(f) order that such sum be paid to any person as compensation for any loss, bodily injury,

damage to his health or property suffered by such contravention.

(6) The Director-General of the Federal Agency or of a Provincial Agency or an officer generally

or specially authorized by him in this behalf may, on the application of the accused compound an

offence under this Act with the permission of the Environmental Tribunal or Environmental

Magistrate in accordance with such procedure as may be prescribed.

(7) Where the Director-General of the Federal Agency or of a Provincial Agency is of the

opinion that a person has contravened any provision of this Act, he may, subject to the rules, by

notice in writing to that person require him to pay to the Federal Agency or, as the case may be,

Provincial Agency an administrative penalty in the amount set out in the notice for each day the

contravention continues; and a person who pays an administrative penalty for a contravention

shall not be charged under this Act with an offence in respect of such contravention.

(8) The provisions of sub-sections (6) and (7) shall not apply to a person who has been

previously convicted of offence or who has compounded an offence under this Act or who has

paid an administrative penalty for a contravention of any provision of the is Act.

18) Offences by Bodies Corporate

Where any contravention of this Act has been committed by a body corporate, and it is proved

that such offence has been committed with the consent or connivance or, is attributed to any

negligence on the part of, any director, partner, manager, secretary or other officer of the body

corporate, such director, partner, manager, secretary or other officer of the body corporate, shall

be deemed guilty of such contravention along with the body corporate and shall be punished

accordingly:

Provided that in the case of a company as defined under the Companies Ordinance, 1984 (XLVII

of 1984), only the Chief Executive as defined in the said Ordinance shall be liable under this

section.

Explanation:

For the purpose of this section, "body corporate" includes a firm, association of persons and a

society registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 (XXI of 1860), or under the Co-

operative Societies Act, 1925 (VII of 1925).

19) Offences by Government Agencies, Local Authorities or Local Councils

Where any contravention of this Act has been committed by any Government Agency, local

authority or local council, and it is proved that such contravention has been committed with the

consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any negligence on the part of the Head or any other

officer of the Government Agency, local authority or local council, such Head or other officer

shall also be deemed guilty of such contravention alongwith the Government Agency, local

authority or local council and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.

20) Environmental Tribunals

(1) The Federal Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, establish as many

Environmental Tribunals as it considers necessary and, where it establishes more than one

Environmental Tribunal, it shall specify territorial limits within which, or the class of cases in

respect of which, each one of them shall exercise jurisdiction under this Act.

(2) An Environmental Tribunal shall consist of a Chairperson who is, or has been, or is qualified

for appointment as, a Judge of the High Court to be appointed after consultation with the Chief

Justice of the High Court and two members to be appointed by the Federal Government of which

at least one shall be a technical member with suitable professional qualifications and experience

in the environmental field as may be prescribed.

(3) For every sitting of the Environmental Tribunal, the presence of the Chairperson and not less

than one Member shall be necessary.

(4) A decision of an Environmental Tribunal shall be expressed in terms of the opinion of the

majority of its members, including the Chairperson, or if the case has been decided by the

Chairperson and only one of the members and there is a difference of opinion between them, the

decision of the Environmental Tribunal shall be expressed in terms of the opinion of the

chairperson.

(5) An Environmental Tribunal shall not, merely by reason of a change in its composition, or the

absence of any member from any sitting, be bound to recall and rehearany witness who has given

evidence, and may act on the evidence already recorded by, or produced, before it.

(6) An Environmental Tribunal may hold its sittings at such places within its territorial

jurisdiction as the Chairperson may decide.

(7) No act or proceeding of an Environmental Tribunal shall be invalid by reason only of the

existence of a vacancy in, or defect in the constitution of, the Environmental Tribunal.

(8) The terms and conditions of service of the Chairperson and members of the Environmental

Tribunal shall be such as may be prescribed.

21) Jurisdiction and Powers of Environmental Tribunals

(1) An Environmental Tribunal shall exercise such powers and perform such functions as are, or

may be, conferred upon or assigned to it by or under this Act, or the rules and regulations made

thereunder.

(2) All contravention punishable under sub-section (1) of section 17 shall exclusively be triable

by an Environmental Tribunal.

(3) An Environmental Tribunal shall not take cognizance of any offence triable under sub-

section (2) except on a complaint in writing by:

(a) the Federal Agency or any Government Agency or local council; and

(b) any aggrieved person, who has given notice of not less than thirty days to the Federal

Agency or the Provincial Agency concerned of the alleged contravention and of his intention

to make a complaint to the Environmental Tribunal.

(4) In exercise of its criminal jurisdiction, the Environmental Tribunal shall have the same

powers as are vested in the Court of Session under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (Act V

of 1898).

(5) In exercise of the appellate jurisdiction under section 22 the Environmental Tribunal shall

have the same powers and shall follow the same procedure as an appellate court in the Code of

Civil Procedure, 1908 (Act V of 1908).

(6) In all matters with respect to which no procedure has been provided for in this Act, the

Environmental Tribunal shall follow the procedure laid down in the Code of Civil Procedure,

1908 (Act V of 1908).

(7) An Environmental Tribunal may, on application filed by any officer duly authorized in this

behalf by the Director-General of the Federal Agency or Provincial Agency, issue bailable

warrant for the arrest of any person against whom reasonable suspicion exists of his having been

involved in contravention punishable under sub-section (1) of section 17:

Provided that such warrant shall be applied for, issued, and executed in accordance with the

provisions of the Code of Criminal

Procedure, 1898 (Act V of 1898):

Provided further that if the person arrested executes a bond with sufficient sureties in accordance

with the endorsement on the warrant, he shall be released from custody, failing which he shall be

taken or sent without delay to the officer-in-charge of the nearest police station.

(8) All proceedings before the Environmental Tribunal shall be deemed to be judicial

proceedings within the meaning of sections 193 and 228 of the Pakistan Penal Code (Act XLV of

1860), and the Environmental Tribunal shall be deemed to be a court for the purposes of sections

480 and 482 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (Act V of 1898).

(9) No court other than an Environmental Tribunal shall have or exercise any jurisdiction with

respect to any matter to which the jurisdiction of an Environmental Tribunal extends under this

Act or the rules and regulations made thereunder.

(10) Where the Environmental Tribunal is satisfied that a complaint made to it under sub-section

(3) is false and vexatious to the knowledge of the complainant, it may, by an order, direct the

complainant to pay to the person complained against such compensatory costs which may extend

to one hundred thousand rupees.

22) Appeals to the Environmental Tribunal

(1) Any person aggrieved by any order or direction of the Federal Agency or any Provincial

Agency under any provision of this Act and rules or regulations made thereunder may prefer an

appeal with the Environmental Tribunal within thirty days of the date of communication of the

impugned order or direction to such person.

(2) An appeal to the Environmental Tribunal shall be in such form, contain such particulars and

be accompanied by such fees as may be prescribed.

23) Appeals from Orders of the Environmental Tribunal

(1) Any person aggrieved by any final order or by any sentence of the Environmental Tribunal

passed under this Act may, within thirty days of communication of such order or sentence, prefer

an appeal to the High Court.

(2) An appeal under sub-section (1) shall be heard by a Bench of not less than two Judges.

24) Jurisdiction of Environmental Magistrates

(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (Act V of

1898), or any other law for the time being in force, but subject to the provisions of this Act, all

contraventions punishable under sub-section (2) of section 17 shall exclusively be triable by a

judicial Magistrate of the first class as Environmental Magistrate especially empowered in this

behalf by the High Court.

(2) An environmental Magistrate shall be competent to impose any punishment specified in sub-

section (2) and (4) of section 17.

(3) An Environmental Magistrate shall not take cognizance of an offence triable under sub-

section (1) except on a complaint in writing by:

(a) the Federal Agency, Provincial Agency, or Government Agency or local council; and

(b) any aggrieved person.

25) Appeals from Orders of Environmental Magistrates

Any person convicted of any contravention of this Act or the rules or regulations by an

Environmental Magistrate may, within thirty days from the date of his conviction, appeal to the

Court of Sessions, whose decision thereon shall be final.

26) Power to Delegate

(1) The Federal Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, delegate any of its or of

the Federal Agency's powers and functions under this Act and the rules and regulations made

thereunder to any Provincial Government, any Government Agency, local council or local

authority.

(2) The Provincial Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, delegate any of its or

of the Provincial Agency's powers or functions under this Act and the rules and regulations made

thereunder to any Government Agency of such Provincial Government or any local council or

local authority in the Province.

27) Power to give Directions

In the performance of their function under this Act:

(a) the Federal Agency and Provincial Agencies shall be bound by the directions give to them

in writing by the Federal Government; and

(b) a Provincial Agency shall be bound by the directions give to it in writing by the

Provincial Government.

28) Indemnity

No suit, prosecution or other legal proceedings shall lie against the Federal or Provincial

Governments, the Councils, the Federal Agency or Provincial Agencies, the Director-Generals of

the Federal Agency and the Provincial Agency, members, officers, employees, experts, advisors,

committees or consultants of the Federal or Provincial Agencies or the Environmental

Tribunal or Environmental Magistrates or any other person for anything which is in good faith

done or intended to be done under this Act or the rules or regulations made thereunder.

29) Dues Recoverable as Arrears of Land Revenues

Any dues recoverable by the Federal Agency or Provincial Agency under this Act, or the rules or

regulations made thereunder shall be recoverable as arrears of land revenue.

30) Act to Override Other Laws

The provisions of the Act shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith

contained in any other law for the time being in force.

31) Power to Make Rules

The Federal Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, make rules for carrying out

the purposes of this Act including rules for implementing the provisions of the international

environmental agreements, specified in the Schedule to this Act.

32) Power to Amend the Schedule

The Federal Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, amend the Schedule so as

to add any entry thereto or modify or omit any entry therein.

33) Power to Make Regulations

(1) For carrying out the purposes of this Act, the Federal Agency may, by notification in the

official Gazette and with the approval of the Federal Government, make regulations not

inconsistent with the provisions of this Act or the rules made thereunder.

(2) In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such regulations

may provide for:

(a) submission of periodical reports, data or information by any Government agency, local

authority or local council in respect of environmental matters;

(b) preparation of emergency contingency plans for coping with environmental hazards and

pollution caused by accidents, natural disasters and calamities;

(c) appointment of officers, advisors, experts, consultants and employees;

(d) levy of fees, rates and charged in respect of services rendered, actions taken and schemes

implemented;

(e) monitoring and measurement of discharges and emissions;

(f) categorization of projects to which, and the manner in which, section 12 applies;

(g) laying down of guidelines for preparation of initial environmental examination and

environmental impact assessment and Development of procedures for their filing, review and

approval;

(h) providing procedures for handling hazardous substances; and

(i) installation of devices in, use of fuels by, and maintenance and testing of motor vehicles

for control of air and noise pollution.

34) Repeal, Savings and Succession

(1) The Pakistan Environmental Protection Ordinance, 1983 (XXXVII of 1983) is hereby

repealed.

(2) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Ordinance, 1983

(XXVII of 1983), any rules or regulations or appointments made, order passed, notifications

issued, powers delegated, contracts entered into, proceedings commenced, rights acquired,

liabilities incurred, penalties, rates, fees or charges levied, things done or action taken under any

provisions of that Ordinance shall, so far as they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this

Act, be deemed to have been made, passed, issued, delegated, entered into, commenced,

acquired, incurred, levied, done or taken under this Act.

(2) On the establishment of the Federal Agency and Provincial Agencies under this Act, all

properties, assets and liabilities pertaining to the Federal Agency and Provincial Agencies

established under that Ordinance shall vest in and be the properties,

assets and liabilities, as the case may be, of the Federal Agency and Provincial Agency

established under this Act.

SCHEDULE

(See Section 31)

1. International Plant Protection Convention, Rome, 1951.

2. Plant Protection Agreement for the South-East Asia and Pacific Region (as amended), Rome

1956.

3. Agreement for the Establishment of a Commission for Controlling the Desert Locust in the

Eastern Region of its Distribution Area in South-West Asia (as amended), Rome, 1963.

4. Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat,

Ramsar, 1971 and its amending Protocol, Paris, 1982.

5. Convention Concerning the Protection of World Cultural and Natural Heritage (World

Heritage Convention), Paris, 1972.

6. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES),

Washington, 1973.

7. Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, Bonn, 1979.

8. Convention on the Law of the Sea, Montego Bay, 1982.

9. Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, Vienna, 1985.

10. Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, Montreal, 1987 and

amendments thereto.

11. Agreement on the Network of Aquaculture Centres in Asia and the Pacific, Bangkok, 1988.

12. Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Waste and Their

Disposal, Basel, 1989.

13. Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio De Janiero, 1992.

14. United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, Rio De Janiero, 1992

Annexure - 3

Schedule I, II & III of PEPA Regulations, 2000

1

“Major Pakistan Environmental Legislation”

Environmental protection

• The Pakistan Penal Code (1860) • Pakistan Environmental Protection Ordinance, No. XXVII

of 1997

Water quality and resources

• The Pakistan Penal Code (1860) • The Factories Act (1934)

Air quality • The Pakistan Penal Code (1860) • The Factories Act (1934)

Toxic or Hazardous Substances

• The Pakistan Penal Code (1860) • The Factories Act (1934)

Solid wastes and effluents

• The Factories Act (1934) • Pakistan Environmental Protection Ordinance, No. XXVII

of 1997

Forest conservation • The Forests Act (1927)

Cultural environment

• The Antiquities Act (1975)

Public health and safety

• The Pakistan Penal Code (1860)

NEQS

2

SCHEDULE I

List of projects requiring an IEE A. Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries 1. Poultry, livestock, stud and fish farms with total cost more than Rs.10 million 2. Projects involving repacking, formulation or warehousing of agricultural Products

B. Energy 1. Hydroelectric power generation less than 50 MW 2. Thermal power generation less than 200 KW 3. Transmission lines less than 11 KV, and large distribution projects 4. Oil and gas transmission systems 5. Oil and gas extraction projects including exploration, production, gathering systems, separation and storage. 6. Waste-to-energy generation projects

C. Manufacturing and processing 1. Ceramics and glass units with total cost more than Rs.50 million 2. Food processing industries including sugar mills, beverages, milk and dairy products, with total cost less than Rs.100 million 3. Man- made fibers and resin projects with total cost less than Rs.100 million 4. Manufacturing of apparel, including dyeing and printing, with total cost more than Rs.25 million 5. Wood products with total cost more than Rs.25 million

D. Mining and mineral processing 1. Commercial extraction of sand, gravel, limestone, clay, sulphur and other minerals not included in Schedule II with total cost less than Rs.100 million 2. Crushing, grinding and separation processes 3. Smelting plants with total cost less than Rs.50 million

E. Transport 1. Federal or Provincial highways (except maintenance, rebuilding or reconstruction of existing metalled roads) with total cost less than Rs.50 million 2. Ports and harbor development for ships less than 500 gross tons

F. Water management, dams, irrigation and flood protection 1. Dams and reservoirs with storage volume less than 50 million cubic meters of surface area less than 8 square kilometers 2. Irrigation and drainage projects serving less than 15,000 hectares 3. Small-scale irrigation systems with total cost less than Rs.50 million

G. Water supply and treatment Water supply schemes and treatment plants with total cost less than Rs.25 million

3

H. Waste disposal Waste disposal facility for domestic or industrial wastes, with annual capacity less than 10,000 cubic meters

I. Urban development and tourism 1. Housing schemes 2. Public facilities with significant off-site impacts (e.g. hospital wastes) 3. Urban development projects

J. Other projects Any other project for which filing of an IEE is required by the Federal Agency under sub- regulation (2) of Regulation 5

4

SCHEDULE II

List of projects requiring an EIA A. Energy 1. Hydroelectric power generation over 50 MW 2. Thermal power generation over 200 MW 3. Transmission lines (11 KV and above) and grid stations 4. Nuclear power plans 5. Petroleum refineries

B. Manufacturing and processing 1. Cement plants 2. Chemicals projects 3. Fertilizer plants 4. Food processing industries including sugar mills, beverages, milk and dairy products, with total cost of Rs.100 million and above 5. Industrial estates (including export processing zones) 6. Man-made fibers and resin projects with total cost of Rs.100 M and above 7. Pesticides (manufacture or formulation) 8. Petrochemicals complex 9. Synthetic resins, plastics and man-made fibers, paper and paperboard, paper pulping, plastic products, textiles (except apparel),printing and publishing, paints and dyes, oils and fats and vegetable ghee projects, with total cost more than Rs.10 million 10. Tanning and leather finishing projects

C. Mining and mineral processing 1. Mining and processing of coal, gold, copper, sulphur and precious stones 2. Mining and processing of major non- ferrous metals, iron and steel rolling 3. Smelting plants with total cost of Rs.50 million and above

D. Transport 1. Airports 2. Federal or Provincial highways or major roads (except maintenance, rebuilding or reconstruction of existing roads) with total cost of Rs.50 million and above 3. Ports and harbor development for ships of 500 gross tons and above 4. Railway works

E. Water management, dams, irrigation and flood protection 1. Dams and reservoirs with storage volume of 50 million cubic meters and above or surface area of 8 square kilometers and above 2. Irrigation and drainage projects serving 15,000 hectares and above

F. Water supply and treatment Water supply schemes and treatment plants with total cost of Rs.25 million and above

5

G. Waste Disposal 1. Waste disposal and/or storage of hazardous or toxic wastes (including landfill sites, incineration of hospital toxic waste) 2. Waste disposal facilities for domestic or industrial wastes, with annual capacity more than 10,000 cubic meters

H. Urban development and tourism 1. Land use studies and urban plans (large cities) 2. Large-scale tourism development projects with total cost more than Rs.50 million

I. Environmentally Sensitive Areas All projects situated in environmentally sensitive areas

J. Other projects 1. Any other project for which filing of an EIA is required by the Federal Agency under sub-regulation (2) of Regulation 5. 2. Any other project likely to cause an adverse environmental effect

6

SCHEDULE III

Total Project Cost IEE EIA

Up to Rs.5,000,000 NIL NIL

Rs.5,000,001 to 10,000,000 Rs.10,000Rs.15,000

Greater than Rs.10,000,000 Rs.15,000 Rs.30,000

Annexure - 4

Revised NEQS, 2000

REGISTERED No. M-302 L. 7646

The Gazette of Pakistan

EXTRAORDINARY PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY

===============================================================

ISLAMABD, THURSDAY, AUGUST 10, 2000 ===============================================================

PART-II

Statutory Notification (S.R.O)

GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN

MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT, LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT

NOTIFICATION Islamabad,

the 8th August 2000

S.R.O. 549 (I)/2000. In exercise of the powers conferred under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section of 6 of the Pakistan environmental Protection Act. 1997 (XXXIV of 1997), the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, with the prior approval of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Council, is pleased to direct that the following further amendments shall be made in its Notification No. S.R.O. 742(I)/93, dated the 24th August, 1993, namely:

In the aforesaid Notification, in paragraph 2._

(1289)

[4138(2000)/Ex.GAZ]

Price : Rs. 5.00

1290 THE GAZETTE OF PAKISTAN, EXTRA, AUGUST 10, 2000 [PART-II] =============================================================== (1) for Annex, I the following shall be substituted, namely:

Annex-I

“NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS FOR MUNICIPAL AND

LIQUID INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS (mg/I, UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED)

S. No.

Parameter

Existing

Revised Standards

Into

Into

Into Standards Inland

Waters Sewage

Treatment (5) Sea ( )

1

2 3 4 5

6

1.

Temperature or 400C ≤3oC ≤3oC

≤3oC

2. Temperature Increase * pH value (H+) . 6-10 6-9 6-9

6-9

3. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)5 at 200C (1) 80 80 250

80**

4. Chemical Oxygen Demand(COD) (1) .. .. .. 150 150 400

400

5. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) .. .. .. 150 200 400 200

6. Total Dissolved Solids 3500 3500 3500 3500 (TDS)

7. Oil and Grease 10 10 10 108. Phenolic compounds (as

phenol) 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.39. Chloride (as C1– ) 1000 1000 1000 SC***

10.

Fluoride (as F– ) 20 10 10

1011. Cyanide (as CN–) total .. 2 1.0 1.0 1.012.

13.

An-ionic detergents (as MBAS) (2)

Sulphate (SO42–)

20

600

20

600

20

1000

20

SC***14. Sulphide (S2–) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.015. Ammonia (NH3) 40 40 40 4016. Pesticides (3) 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15

PART-II] THE GAZETTE OF PAKISTAN, EXTRA, AUGUST 10, 2000 1291 ===============================================================

1 2 3 4 5 6

17. Cadmium (4) .. .. 0.1 0.1 0.1

0.118. 19.

Chromium (trivalent and hexavalent (4).. .. Cooper (4) .. ..

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.020. Lead (4) .. .. 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.521. Mercury (4) .. .. 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.0122. Selenium (4) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.523. Nickel (4) .. .. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.024. Silver (4) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.025. Total toxic metals .. .. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.026. Zinc .. .. .. 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.027. Arsenic (4) .. .. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.028. Barium (4) .. .. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.529. Iron .. .. .. 2.0 8.0 8.0 8.030. Manganese .. .. 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.531. Boron (4) .. .. 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.032. Chlorine .. .. .. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Explanations:

1. Assuming minimum dilution 1:10 on discharge, lower ratio would attract

progressively stringent standards to be determined by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency. By 1:10 dilution means, for example that for each one cubic meter of treated effluent, the recipient water body should have 10 cubic meter of water for dilution of this effluent.

2. Methylene Blue Active Substances; assuming surfactant as biodegradable.

3. Pesticides include herbicides, fungicides, and insecticides.

4. Subject to total toxic metals discharge should not exceed level given at S. N. 25.

5. Applicable only when and where sewage treatment is operational and BOD5=80mg/I

is achieved by the sewage treatment system.


6. Provided discharge is not at shore and not within 10 miles of mangrove or other

important estuaries.

* The effluent should not result in temperature increase of more than 30C at the edge of the zone where initial mixing and dilution take place in the receiving body. In case zone is not defined, use 100 meters from the point of discharge.

** The value for industry is 200 mg/I

*** Discharge concentration at or below sea concentration (SC).

Note: 1. Dilution of liquid effluents to bring them to the NEQS limiting values is

not permissible through fresh water mixing with the effluent before discharging into the environment.

2. The concentration of pollutants in water being used will be substracted

from the effluent for calculating the NEQS limits” and

(2) for Annex-II the following shall be substituted, namely:

Annex-II

“NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS FOR INDUSTRIAL GASEOUS EMISSION (mg/Nm3, UNLESS

OTHERWISE DEFINED).”

S. No. Parameter Source of Emission Existing Standards

Revised Standards

1 2 3 4 5 1. Smoke Smoke opacity not to

exceed 40% or 2 Ringlemann Scale

40% or 2 Ringlemann Scale or equivalent smoke number

2. Particulate malter (a) Boilers and Furnaces

(1) (i) Oil fired 300 300 (ii) Coal fired 500 500 (iii) Cement Kilns 200 300

(b) Grinding, crushing, Clinker coolers and Related processes, Metallurgical Processes, converter, blast furnaces and cupolas.

500

500

3. Hydrogen

Chloride Any 400 400


1 2 3 4 5

4. Chlorine Any 150 150 5. Hydrogen Fluoride Any 150 150 6. Hydrogen Sulphide Any 10 10 7. Sulphur Oxides (2) (3) Sulfuric

acid/Sulphonic acid plants

Other Plants except power Plants operating on oil and coal

400 1700

8. Carbon Monoxide Any 800 800 9. Lead Any 50 50

10. Mercury Any 10 10 11. Cadmium Any 20 20 12. Arsenic Any 20 20 13. Copper Any 50 50 14. Antimony Any 20 20 15. Zinc Any 200 200 16. Oxides of Nitrogen

(3)

Nitric acid manufacturing

unit.

Other plants except power

plants operating on oil or coal:

Gas fired Oil fired

Coal fired

400 400

- -

3000 400 600

1200 Explanations:-

1. Based on the assumption that the size of the particulate is 10 micron

or more.

2. Based on 1 percent Sulphur content in fuel oil. Higher content of Sulphur will case standards to be pro-rated.

3. In respect of emissions of Sulphur dioxide and Nitrogen oxides, the

power plants operating on oil and coal as fuel shall in addition to National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) specified above, comply with the following standards:-

1294 THE GAZETTE OF PAKISTAN, EXTRA, AUGUST 10, 2000 PART-II] =============================================================== A. Sulphur Dioxide

Sulphur Dioxide Background levels Micro-gram per cubic meter (ug/m3) Standards.

Background Air Quality (SO2

Basis)

Annual Average

Max. 24-hours Interval

Criterion I Max. SO2

Emission (Tons per Day Per Plant)

Criterion II Max. Allowable ground level increment to ambient (ug/m3)

(One year Average)

Unpolluted Moderately Polluted*

<50 <200 500 50

Low 50 200 500 50 High 100 400 100 10 Very Polluted** >100 >400 100 10

* For intermediate values between 50 and 100 ug/m3 linear interpolations should be used.

** No projects with Sulphur dioxide emissions will be recommended.

B. Nitrogen Oxide

Ambient air concentrations of Nitrogen oxides, expressed as NOx should not be exceed

the following:-

Annual Arithmetic Mean 100ug/m3

(0.05 ppm)

Emission level for stationary source discharge before missing with the atmosphere, should be maintained as follows:-

For fuel fired steam generators as Nanogram (100-gram) per joule of heat input:

Liquid fossil fuel .. .. .. 130Solid fossil fuel .. .. .. 300Lignite fossil fuel .. .. .. 260

Note:- Dilution of gaseous emissions to bring them to the NEQS limiting value is not permissible through excess air mixing blowing before emitting into the environment.

[File No. 14(3)/98-TO-PEPC.]

HAFIZ ABDULAH AWAN

DEPUTY SECRETARY (ADMN)

PRINTED BY THE MANAGER, PRINTING CORPORATION OF PAKISTAN, PRESS

ISLAMABAD. PUBLISHED BY THE MANAGER OF PUBLICATIONS, KARACHI.

Annexure - 5

Factories Act, 1934 Relevant Applicable Laws

1

CHAPTER III “HEALTH AND SAFETY”

# SECTION FACTORIES ACT 1934 REQUIREMENT

1 13. Cleanliness Every factory shall be kept clean and free from effluvia arising from drain, privy or other nuisance, and

in particular: (See details in Factories Act 1934)

2

14. Disposal of Wastes and Effluents

Effective arrangements shall be made in every factory for the disposal of wastes and effluents due to the manufacturing process carried on therein. (See details in Factories Act 1934)

3

15. Ventilation and Temperature Effective and suitable provisions shall be made in every factory for securing and maintaining in every work room. (See details in Factories Act 1934)

4

16. Dust and Fume (1) In every factory in which, by reason of the manufacturing process carried on, there is given off any dust or fume or other impurity of such a nature and to such an extent as is likely to be injurious or offensive to the workers employed therein, effective measures shall be taken to prevent its accumulation in any work-room and its inhalation by workers and if any exhaust appliance is necessary for this purpose, it shall be applied as near as possible to the point of origin of the dust, fume or other impurity, and such point shall be enclosed so far as possible.

(2) In any factory no stationary internal combustion engine shall be operated unless the exhaust is

conducted into open air and exhaust pipes are insulated to prevent scalding and radiation heat, and no internal combustion engine shall be operated in any room unless effective measures have been taken to prevent such accumulation of fumes there from as are likely to be injurious to the workers employed in the work-room.

5

19. Lighting In every part of a factory where workers are working or passing, there shall be provided and maintained: a) sufficient and suitable lighting, natural or artificial, or both and b) emergency lighting of special points in work room and passages to function automatically in case of

failure of ordinary electric supply system (See details in Factories Act 1934)

6

20. Drinking Water (1) In every factory effective arrangements shall be made to provide and maintain at suitable points conveniently situated for all workers employed therein a sufficient supply of wholesome drinking water.

2

(2) All such points shall be legibly marked “Drinking Water” in a language understood by majority of workers and no such points shall be situated within twenty feet of any washing place, urinals or latrine.

(3) In every factory wherein more than 250 workers are ordinarily employed, provision shall be made for cooling the drinking water during the hot weather by effective means and for distribution thereof and arrangements shall also be made for: (a) the daily renewal of water if not laid on; and (b) a sufficient number of cups or other drinking vessels, unless the water is being delivered in an upward jet.

(4) The Provincial Government may, in respect of all factories or any class or description of factories, make riles for securing compliance with provisions of this section.

7

21. Latrines and Urinals (1) In every factory:

a) sufficient latrines and urinals of prescribed types shall be provided conveniently situated and accessible to workers at all times while they are in factory;

b) enclosed latrines and urinals shall be provided for male and female workers;

c) such latrines and urinals shall be adequately lighted and ventilated and no latrine and urinal shall, unless specially exempted in writing by the Chief Inspector, communicate with any work-room except through and intervening open space or ventilated passage;

d) all such latrines and urinals shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all times

with suitable detergents or disinfectants or with both;

e) the floors and internal walls of the latrines and urinals and the sanitary block shall, upto a height of 3 feet, be finished to provide a smooth polished impervious surface;

f) washing facilities shall be provided near every sanitary convenience.

(2) The Provincial Government may prescribe the number of latrines and urinals to be provided in any

factory in proportion to the number of male and female workers ordinarily employed therein and such further matters in respect of sanitation in the factories as it may deem fit.

3

8

22. Spittoons (1) In every factory there shall be provided at convenient places, a sufficient number of spittoons which shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.

(2) The provincial government may make the rules prescribing the type and the number of spittoons to be

provided and their location in any factory and such further matters as may be deemed necessary relating to their maintenance in a clean and hygienic condition.

(3) No person shall spit within the premises of a factory except in the spittoon provided for the purpose.

A notice containing this provision and the penalty for its violation shall be prominently displayed at suitable places in the premises.

(4) Whosoever spits in contravention of sub-section (3) shall be punishable with a fine not exceeding

two rupees.

9

23. Precaution against contagious disease

(1) Each worker in a factory be provided with a ‘Hygiene Card’ in which (during the month of January and July every year entries) shall be recorded after examination by appointed factory doctor to the effect that the worker is not suffering from any contagious or infectious disease. The fee of such an examination shall be fixed by the Provincial Government and will be borne by the occupier or manager of the factory.

(2) If a worker Is found to be suffering from any contagious or infectious disease on an examination

under sub section (1), he shall not be appointed on work till he is declared free of such a disease.

10 23(A) Compulsory vaccination and inoculation

Each worker in a factory shall be vaccinated and inoculated against such disease and at such intervals as may be prescribed. The expenses, if any, of such vaccination and inoculation shall be borne by the occupier or manager of the factory.

11

24 Power to make rules for the provision of canteen

(1) The provincial government may rules requiring that in any specified factory wherein more than hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed, an adequate canteen shall be provided for the use of the workers.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the following power, such rules may provide for:

(a) the date by which such canteen shall be provided; (b) the standards in respect of construction, accommodation, furniture and other equipment of the

canteen; (c) the foodstuff to be served therein and the charges which may be made thereof; (d) representative of the workmen in the management of the canteen; (e) enabling, subject to such conditions, if any, as may be specified, the power to make rules under

clause (c) to be exercised also by the Chief Inspector.

4

12

25 Precautions in case of fire (1) Every factory shall be provided with such means of escape in case of fire as may be prescribed. (2) If it appear to the Inspector that any factory is not provided with the means prescribed under sub-

section (1), he may serve on the manager of the factory an order in writing specifying the measure which, in his opinion, should be adopted before a date specified in the order.

(3) In every factory the doors affording exist from any room shall not be locked or fastened so that they

can be easily and immediately opened from inside type while any person is within the room, and all such doors, unless they are of the sliding type, shall be constructed to open outwards or where the doors is between two rooms, in the direction of the nearest exit from the building and such door shall not be locked or obstructed while work is being carried out in the room and shall at all times be kept free from any obstruction.

(4) In every factory every window, door, or other exit affording means of escape in case of fire, other

than means of exit in ordinary use, shall be distinctively marked in a language understood by the majority of the workers and in red letters of adequate size or by some other effective and clearly understood sign.

(5) In every factory there shall be provided effective and clearly audible means of giving warning in case

of fire to every person employed therein. (6) A free passage-way giving access to each means of escape in case of fire shall be maintained for the

use of all workers in every room of the factory. (7) In every factory wherein more than ten workers are ordinarily employed in any place above the

ground floor, or explosive or highly inflammable materials are used or stored, effective measures shall be taken to ensure that all the workers are familiar with the means of escape in case of fire and have been adequately trained in the routine to be followed in such case.

(8) The Provincial Government may make rules prescribing in respect of any factor, or class or

describing of factories, the means of escape to be provided in case of fire and the nature and amount of fire-fighting apparatus to be provided and maintained.

13

26 Fencing of machinery (1) In every factory the following shall be securely fenced by the safeguards of substantial construction which shall be kept in position while the parts of machinery required to be fenced are in motion or in use, namely-

5

(a) every motor part of a prime mover, and every fly wheel connected to a prime mover; (b) The handrace and tailrace of every water wheel and water turbine; (c) any part of a stock-bar which projects beyond the head stock of a lathe; and (d) unless they are in such position or of such construction as to be safe to every person employed

in the factory as they would be if they were securely fenced: (i) every part of an electric generator, a motor or rotary converter; (ii) every part of transmission machinery; and (iii) every dangerous part of any machinery:

Provided that, in the case of dangerous parts of machinery that cannot be securely fenced by reason of the nature of operation, such fencing ay be substituted by other adequate measures, such as:

(i) device automatically preventing the operation from coming into contact with the dangerous

parts; and (ii) automatic stopping devices;

(See details in Factories Act-1934)

14

27 Work on or near machinery in motion

(1) Where in any factory necessary to examine any part of machinery referred to in section 26 while the machinery is in motion, or as a result of such examination, to carry out any mounting or shipping of belts, lubrication or other adjusting operation while the machinery is in motion, such examination or operation shall be made or carried out only by a specially trained adult male worker wearing right fitting clothing whose name has been recoded in the register prescribed in this behalf and while he is so engaged, such workers shall not handle a belt at a moving pulley unless the belt is less than six inches in width and unless the belt joint is either laced or flush with the belt.

(2) No women or child shall be allowed in any factory to clean, lubricate or adjust ant part of machinery

while that part is in motion, or to work between moving parts or between fixed and moving parts of any machinery which is in motion.

(3) The Provincial Government may, by notification in the official Gazette prohibit, in any specified

factory or class or description of factories, the cleaning, lubricating or adjusting by any person, of specified parts of machinery when those parts are in motion.

15

29. Striking gear and devices for cutting off power

(1) In every factory:

(a) suitable striking gear or other efficient mechanical appliance shall be provided and maintained and used to move driving parts of the transmissions machinery, and such gear or appliance shall

6

be so constructed, placed and maintained as to prevent the belt from creping back on the fast pulleys;

(b) driving belts when not in use shall be allowed to rest or ride upon shafting in motion.

(1) In every factory suitable devices for cutting off power in emergency from running machinery shall be

provided and maintained in every work-room.

(Please see details in Factories Act- 1934)

16

31. Casing of new machinery (1) In all machinery driven by power and installed in any factory after the commencement! of the Labour Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 1972-

(a) every set screw, belt or key on any revolving shaft, spindle, wheel or pinion shall be so sunk,

encased or otherwise effectively guarded as to prevent danger; and

(b) all spur, worm and other toothed or friction gearing which does not require frequent adjustment while in motion shall be completely encased unless it is so situated as to be as safe as it would be if it were completely encased.

(2) Whoever sell, or lets on hire or, as agent of a seller or hirer, causes or procures to be sold or let on

hire, for use in a factory any machinery driven by power which does not comply with the provisions of sub-section (1), shall be punishable with imprisonment, for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both.

(3) The Provincial Government may make rules specifying further safeguards to be provided in respect

of any other dangerous part of any particular machine or class or description of machines.

17

33. Cranes and other lifting machinery

(1) The following provisions shall apply in respect of cranes and all other lifting machinery, other than hoists and lifts in any factory :-

(a) every part thereof, including the working gear, whether fixed or moveable ropes and chains and

anchoring and fixing appliances shall be -

(i) of good construction, sound material and adequate strength; (ii) properly maintained; (iii) thoroughly examined by a competent person at least once in every period of twelve months,

and a register shall be kept containing the prescribed particulars of every such examination;

7

(b) no such machinery shall be loaded beyond the safe working load which shall be plainly marked

thereon;

(c) while any person is employed or working on or near the wheel tract of a travelling crane in any place where he would be liable to be struck by the crane, effective measures shall be taken to ensure that the crane does not approach within twenty feet of that place or come into accidental contact with live electrical lines;

(d) limit switches shall be provided to prevent over-running; and

(e) jib cranes, permitting the raising or lowering of the jib shall be provided with an automatic safe

load indicator or have attached to them a table indicating the safe working load at corresponding inclinations of the jib.

(2) The Provincial Government may make rules in respect of any lifting machinery or class or

description of lifting machinery in factories:

(a) prescribing requirements to be complied with in addition to those set out in this section; or

(b) exempting from compliance with all or any of the requirements of this section, where in its opinion such compliance is unnecessary or impracticable.

18

33-A. Hoist and lifts (1) In every factory -

(a) every hoist and lift shall be -

(i) of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength;

(ii) properly maintained, and shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person authorised by the Chief Inspector in this behalf at least once in every period of six months, and a register shall be kept containing the prescribed particulars of every such examination of which a copy shall be forwarded to the Chief Inspector;

(b) every hoistway and liftway shall be sufficiently protected by an enclosure fitted with gates, and

the hoist or lift and every such enclosure Shall be so constructed as to prevent any person or thing from being trapped between any part of the hoist or lift and any fixed structure or moving part;

8

(c) the maximum safe working load shall be plainly marked on every hoist or lift, and no loadgreater than such load shall be carried thereon;

(d) the cage of every hoist or lift used for carrying persons shall be fitted with a gate on each side

from which access is afforded to a landing;

(e) every gate referred to in clause (b) or clause (d) shall be fitted with interlocking or other efficient device to secure that the gate cannot be opened except when the cage is at the landing and that the cage cannot be moved unless the gate is closed.

(2) The following additional requirements shall apply to hoist and lift used for carrying persons and

installed or reconstructed in a factory after the commencement of the Labour Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 1972 namely :-

(a) where the cage is supported by rope or chain there shall be at least two ropes or chains

separately connected with the cage and balance weight, and each rope or chain with its attachments shall be capable of carrying the whole weight of the cage together with its maximum load;

(b) efficient devices shall be provided and maintained capable of supporting the cage together with

its maximum load in the event of breakage of the ropes, chains or attachments;

(c) an efficient automatic device shall be provided and maintained to prevent the cage from over- running.

(3) The Chief Inspector may permit the continued use of a hoist or lift installed in a factory before the

commencement of this Ordinance which does not fully comply with the provisions of sub-section (1) upon such conditions for ensuring safety as he may think fit to impose.

(4) The Provincial Government may, if, in respect of class or description of hoist or lift, it is of opinion

that j requirement of sub-sections (1) and (2) by order direct that such requirements shall not apply to such class or description of hoist or lift.

19

33-C Pressure plant (1) If in any factory any part of the plant or machinery used in a manufacturing process is operated above atmospheric pressure, effective measures pressure of such part is not exceeded.

(Please see details in Factories Act-1934)

9

20

33-D Floors, stairs and means of access

In every factory- (a) all floors, stairs, passages and gangways shall be of sound construction and properly maintained and

where it is necessary to ensure safety, steps, stairs, ladders, passages and gangways shall be provided with substantial handrails;

(b) there shall, so far as is reasonably practicable be provided and maintained safe means of access to

every place at which any person is at any time required to work; (c) all places of work from which a worker may be liable to fall a distance exceeding three feet and six

inches shall be provided with fencing or other suitable safeguards; and (d) adequate provision shall be made for the drainage of floors in wet processes and for the use of

slatted stands and platforms.

21

33-E. Pits, sumps, opening in floors, etc.

(1) In every factory, every fixed vessel, sump, tank pit or opening in the ground or in floor which by reason of its depth, situation, construction or contents, is o may be a source of danger, shall be either securely covered or securely fenced.

(2) The provincial Government may, by order in writing, exempt, subject to such conditions as may be

imposed, any factory or class or description of factories in respect of any vessel, sump, tank pit or opening from compliance with the provisions of this section.

22

33-F. Excessive weights (1) No person shall be employed in any factory to lift carry or move any load so heavy as to be likely to cause him injury.

(2) The Provincial Government may make rules prescribing the maximum weights which ma be lifted,

carried or moved by adult men, adult women, adolescents and children employed in factories or in any class or description of factories or in carrying on any specified process.

23

33-G. Protection of eyes The Provincial Government may, in respect of any manufacturing process carried on in any factory, by rules require that effective screens or suitable goggles shall be provided for the protection of persons employed on, or in the immediate vicinity of, a process which involves

(a) risks of injury to the eyes from particles or fragments thrown off in the course of the process, or

(b) risk to the eyes by reason of exposure to excessive light or heat.

24 33-H. Power to require If it appears to the Inspector that any building or part of a building, or any part of the ways, machinery or

10

specifications of defective parts or tests of stability

plant in a factory, is in such a condition that it may be dangerous to human life or safety, he may serve onthe Manager of the factory an order in writing, requiring him before a specified date -

(a) to furnish such drawings, specifications and other particulars as may be necessary to determine

whether such building ways, machinery or plant can be used with safety, or (b) to carry out such tests as may be necessary to determine the srel1gth or quality of any specified parts

and to inform the Inspector of the results thereof.

25

33-1. Safety of building, machinery and manufacturing process.

(1) If it appears to the Inspector that any building or part of a building or any part of the way, machinery or plant or manufacturing process in a factory is in such a condition that it is dangerous to human health or safety, he may serve on the Manager of the factory an order in writing specifying the measures which, in his opinion

(2) If it appears to the Chief Inspector that the requisitions made under sub-section (1) are not

satisfactorily fulfilled thereby involving exposure of workers to serious hazards, he may serve on the Manager of the factory an order in writing, containing a statement of the grounds of his opinion, prohibiting until the dangers is removed, the employment, in or about the factory or part thereof, of any person whose employment is not in his opinion reasonably necessary for the purpose of removing the danger.

(3) It is appears to the Inspector that the use of building or part of a building or of any part of the ways,

machinery or plant or manufacturing process in a factory involves imminent danger to human health or safety he may serve on the Manager of factory an order in writing prohibiting, until the danger is removed, the employment =, in or about the factory or part thereof, of any person whose employment is not in his opinion reasonably necessary for the purpose of removing the danger.

(4) Nothing in sub-section (2) or (3) shall be deemed to affect the continuance in the employment of the

factory of person whose employment in or about the factory or part thereof is prohibited under that sub-section.

26

33-K. Precautions against dangerous fumes

(1) In any factory no person shall enter or be permitted to any chamber, tan, pit, pipe, flue or other confined space in which dangerous fumes are likely to be present to such an extent as to involve risk of persons being overcome thereby, unless it is provided with a manhole of adequate size or other effective means of ingress.

(2) No portable electric light of voltage exceeding twenty-four volts to be inflammable, a lamp or light

other than of flame proof construction shall not be permitted to be used in such confined space as is

11

referred to in sub-section (1) and where the fumes present are likely to be inflammable a lamp or light other than of flame proof construction shall not be permitted to be used in such confined space.

(3) No person in any factory shall enter or be permitted to enter any confined space such as is referred to

in sub-section (1) until all practicable measures have been taken to remove any fumes which may be present and to prevent ingress of fumes and unless either –

(a) a certificate in writing has been given by a competent person, based on a test carried out by

himself, that the space is free from dangerous fumes and fit for persons to enter, or

(b) the worker is wearing suitable breathing apparatus and a belt securely attached to a rope, the free end of which is held by a person standing outside the confined space.

(4) Suitable breathing apparatus, reviving apparatus and belts and ropes shall in every factory be kept

ready for instant use beside any such confined space as aforesaid which any person has entered, and all such apparatus shall be periodically examined and certified by a competent person to be fit for use; and a sufficient number of persons employed in every factory shall be trained and practiced in the use of all such apparatus and in the method of restoring respiration.

(5) No person shall be permitted to enter in any factory, any boiler furnace, boiler flue, chamber, tank,

vat, pipe or other confined space for the purpose of working or making any examination therein until it has been sufficient cooled by ventilation or otherwise to be safe for persons to enter.

(6) The Provincial Government may make rules prescribing the maximum dimensions of the manholes

referred to in sub-section (1) and may, by order in writing, exempt, subject to such conditions as it may think fit to impose, any factory or class or description of factories from compliance with any of the provisions of this section.

27

33-L. Explosive or inflammable dust, gas, etc.

(1) Where in any factory any manufacturing process produces dust, gas, fume or vapour of such character and to such extent as to be likely to explode an ignition, all practicable measures shall be taken to prevent. any such explosion by -

(a) effective enclosure of the plant or machinery used in the process;

(b) removal or prevention of the accumulation ofsucl1 dust, gas, fume or vapour;

12

(c) exclusion or effective enclosure of all possible sources of ignition

(2) Where in any factory the plant or machinery used in a process such. (1) is not so constructed as to

withstand the an explosion as aforesaid would produce, all practicable measures shall be taken to restrict the spread and effects of the explosion by the provision in the plant or machinery of chokes, baffles, vents or other effective appliances.

(3) Where any part of the plant or machinery in a factory contains any explosive or inflammable gas or

vapour pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, that part shall be opened except in accordance with the following provisions, namely:

(a) before the fastening of any joint of any pipe connected with the part of the fastening of the

cover of any opening into the part is loosened, any flow of the gas or vapour into the part or any such pipe shall be effectively stopped by a stop-valve or other means;

(b) before any such fastening as aforesaid is removed all practicable measures shall be taken to

reduce the pressure of the gas or vapour in the part or pipe to atmospheric pressure;

(c) where any such fastening as aforesaid has been loosened or removed, effective measures shall be taken to prevent any explosive or inflammable gas or vapour from entering the part or pipe until the fastening has been secured, or, as the case may be, securely replaced:

28

33-N Notice of certain accidents Where in any factory an accident occurs which causes death, or which causes any bodily injury whereby any person injured is prevented from resuming his work in the factory during the forty-eight hours after the accident occurred, or which is of any nature which may be prescribed in this behalf, the manager of the factory shall send notice thereof to such authorities, and in such form and within such time, as may b prescribed.

29

33-Q Additional power to make health and safety rules relating to shelters during rest

The Provincial Government may make rules requiring that in any specified factory wherein more than one hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed, an adequate shelter shall be provided for the use of workers during period o rest, and such rules may prescribe the standards of such shelters.

(Please see details in Factories Act-1934)

Annexure - 6

NEPRA Licensing Regulations

EXTRAORDINARY PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY ISLAMABAD, WEDNESDAY,

JULY 9,2008 PART II

Statutory Notifications (S. R. 0.) GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN

NATIONAL ELECTRIC POWER REGULATORY AUTHORITY NOTIFICATION

Islamabad, the 2nd July, 2008

S. R. O. 737(1)/2008:-ln exercise of power conferred by Section 47 of the Regulations of Generation, Transmission and Distribution of Electric Power Act, 1997 (XL of 1997), the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority is please to approve the following additions in NEPRA Licensing (Application & Modification Procedure) Regulations, 1999, notified vide S .R .0. 142(1)/99 dated 1st March, 1999. Other contents of the S. R. O. 142 (1)/99 will remain un-changed.

1. Regulation 2 (1) (k) be added as under:

"Captive Power Plant" means Industrial undertakings or other businesses carrying out the activity of power production for self consumption, who intend to sell the power, surplus to their requirement, to a Distribution Company or bulk power consumer."

2. Regulation 3 (5)-A be added before Regulation 3 (6) as under:

(5)-A thefollowing documents-in-support shall be filed alongwith an application for a licence by a Captive Power Plant:

(i) Certificate of Incorporation of applicant; (ii) Memorandum of Articles of Association of applicant; (iii) Latest financial statement of the applicant; (iv) Location (Location map, site map); (v) Type of Technogy (vi) Number of units (No.)/Size (MW); ( vii) Year Make/Model. Operation date and expected remaining life;

Installed capacity, de-rated capacity, Auxiliary Consumption, Net Capacity;

(ix) Fuel (Oil/Gas): type, imported/indigenous, supplier, logistics, pipeline etc. In case of Gas fuel, a Gas Sale Agreement (GSA) signed between the applicant and Gas Supplier;

(x) Supply voltage (11 KV/132 KV), in case of 132 KV voltage distance and name of nearest grid (Single line diagram);

(xi) Plant characteristics: generation voltage, frequency, power factor, automatic generation control, ramping rate, alternative fuel, time(s) required to synchronize to grid;

(xii) Provision of Metering, Instrumentation, Protection and Control arrangement.

MAHJOOB AHMAD MIRZA,

.' Registrar.

1

NATIONAL ELECTRIC POWER REGULATORY AUTHORITY

Licensing (Application & Modification Procedure) Regulations

EXTRAORDINARY

PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY

ISLAMABAD, FRIDAY, MARCH 5, 1999

PART II

Statutory Notifications (S.R.O.)

GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN

NOTIFICATION

Islamabad, the 1st March, 1999

S.R.O. 142 (I)/99.— ln exercise of the powers conferred by section 47 of the Regulation of Generation, Transmission and Distribution of Electric Power Act, 1997 (XL of 1997), the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority hereby notifies the following regulations, namely:—

1. Title and commencement.—

PART I

(1) These regulations may be called the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority Licensing (Application & Modification Procedure) Regulations, 1999.

(2) They shall come into force at once.

2

2. Definitions.—

(1) In these rules, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, —

(a) "Act" means the Regulation of Generation, Transmission and

Distribution of Electric Power Act, 1997 (XL of 1997);

(b) "application" means an application made by a person in accordance with the provisions of these regulations and shall, where the context so admits, include the documents-in-support, and "applicant" shall be construed accordingly;

(c) "Authority proposed modification" means a modification to a licence

proposed by the Authority;

(d) "documents-in-support" means the documents to be provided with the application for the licence or subsequently, in accordance with regulation 3;

(e) "information" includes documents, accounts, reports, records, data,

returns or estimates of any description;

(f) "licensee proposed modifications" means a modification to the licence proposed by the licensee;

(g) "NEPRA (Fees and Penalties) Rules" means the rules developed

by the Authority in respect of the payment of fees by the licensees and the procedure for imposition and payment of fines and penalties levied by the Authority;

(h) "Ordinance" means the Companies Ordinance, 1984;

(i) "prospectus" means a report prepared by the applicant setting out:

(i) a brief introduction of the applicant;

(ii) the salient features of the facility or the system in respect of which the licence is sought;

(iii) the proposed investment; and

(iv) the social and environmental impact of the proposed facility

or system in a non-technical and commonly understood language; and

(j) "Registrar" means the officer of the Authority appointed to perform

the functions of the Registrar laid down in these regulations.

(2) Words and expressions used but not defined in these regulations shall have the same meaning as in the Act.

3

3. Application for licence.—

PART II

(1) An application for a licence shall be made in the form specified in Schedule I to these regulations.

(2) The applicant shall pay a non-refundable application fee to the

Authority for the consideration and processing of the application, calculated in accordance with Schedule II to these regulations.

(3) The registrar shall not receive the application unless it is accompanied

with the correct amount of application fee.

(4) The application for a licence shall be submitted in triplicate.

(5) The following documents-in-support shall be filed along with the application for a license:

(a) certified copies of:

i) certificate of incorporation;

ii) memorandum and articles of association;

iii) in case of an applicant who has submitted the annual return

required to be submitted to the registrar of companies pursuant to section 156 of the Ordinance, the last filed annual return;

iv) in case of an applicant to whom sub-clause (a)(iii) of

sub-regulation (5) is not applicable, a return comprising all such information, in as close a form and content as possible, laid down in the third schedule to the Ordinance;

(b) a reasonably detailed profile of the experience of the applicant, its

management staff and its members in the electricity industry;

(c) the curriculum vitae of the applicant's senior management, technical and professional staff;

(d) evidence, satisfactory to the Authority, of the availability of

adequate financial and technical resources to the applicant for the purposes of the generation, transmission or distribution business, as the case may be, and such evidence may consist of:

i) cash balances held in reserve along with the

bank certificates;

ii) expressions of interest to provide credit or financing along with sources and details

4

thereof;

iii) latest financial statements of the applicant;

iv) employment records of engineering and technical staff of the applicant proposed to be employed;

v) profile of sub-contractors, if any, along with

expressions of interest of such sub-contractors; and

vi) verifiable references in respect of the

experience of the applicant and its proposed sub-contractors;

(e) in respect of a going concern, details of any charges or

encumbrances attached to the company's assets;

(f) in case of a first application for a licence by a going concern, technical and financial proposals in reasonable detail for the operation, maintenance, planning and development of the generation, transmission or distribution facility or system in respect of which the licence is sought;

(g) in case of:

a) generation licence applications, the type, technology, model,

technical details and design of the facilities proposed to be acquired, constructed, developed or installed;

b) distribution and transmission licence applications,

(i) the type, technology, model, technical details and

design of the facilities proposed to be acquired, constructed, developed or installed;

(ii) a territorial map of the service area proposed to be

covered;

(iii) particulars in respect of the availability, sources, rates and evidence of commitments from the sources of electric power.

(h) in case of a licence for a new facility or system, a feasibility report

in respect of the project, specifying in detail:

(i) the type, technology, model, technical details and design of the facilities proposed to be constructed, developed or installed;

5

(ii) the expected life of the facility or the system;

(iii) the location of the facility or the system, or the territory with outer boundaries within which the facilities or the system is proposed to be installed and operated by the licensee, along with maps and plans; and

(iv) the type and details of the services proposed to be provided;

and

(i) a prospectus.

(6) Schedule III to these regulations sets out, by way of illustration, the technical, financial and other information the documents-in-support may contain, provided that the contents of Schedule III shall not constitute an exhaustive list of the information which may be provided by the applicant either of his own volition or on the direction of the Authority.

(7) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-regulation (5) and (6), the Authority

may require the applicant to provide further information or furnish any other document-in-support at the time of the submission of the application or at any stage thereafter.

4. Unincorporated applicants.—

An applicant, not being a company registered under the Ordinance, seeking exemption from the Authority pursuant to and for the purposes of section 24 of the Act, shall add a document-in-support setting out the grounds on which the exemption is sought.

5. Eligibility criteria.—

(1) The Authority may, in considering an application for the grant of a licence,

take into account such factors as may be deemed relevant by the Authority, including the following:

(a) business experience of the applicant, its management staff, sub-

contractors, engineering and technical staff in the electric power industry, if any;

(b) financial status of the applicant;

(c) the ability of the applicant to comply with the conditions of the

licence;

(d) technology, technical specifications, model, design, operational characteristics and economic life of the facility or the system;

(e) the ability of the applicant, the facility or the system in respect of

synchronous operation in co-ordination with other licensees;

6

(f) the ability of the applicant to comply with prudent utility practices, the grid code, the distribution code or the uniform industry standards and codes of conduct; and

(g) project milestones and evidence of capability to achieve such

milestones and expressions of interest of contractors, financial institutions or the suppliers, as the case may be.

(2) Notwithstanding the applicant meeting the eligibility criteria, the Authority

may decline to issue a licence if the Authority determines in writing that:

a) the investments associated with the facility or system are not justifiable in view of the needs of the electric power industry or where the applicant has failed to demonstrate, in the opinion of the Authority, the existence of the demand for the proposed facility or system;

b) the plant and capacity requirements of the electric power

industry do not warrant the installation of additional plant or capacity or warrant the installation of plant or capacity with technical, financial or other characteristics different from the ones specified in the licence application;

c) among competing applicants, another applicant qualifies

better in terms of quality of equipment, plant, service and the corresponding economy of costs; or

d) the site proposed by the applicant is not suitable on

environmental, social or other grounds. 6. Application procedure.—

(1) An application shall be submitted to the Registrar, who shall ensure that

the application is submitted in accordance with regulation 3, that all the relevant information in the application form is provided, that all the documents-in-support and the application fee are duly attached and, upon being satisfied of the matters aforesaid, the registrar shall forthwith:

(a) allot a registration number to the application; and

(b) forward the application to the Authority for a decision on

admission of the application.

(2) In case of the application being incomplete in any respect, the registrar shall notify the applicant with directions to furnish the required information or documents-in-support within seven days of the receipt of such notice by the applicant.

7. Admission of application.—

7

(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (2), within three days of the receipt of the application by the Authority from the Registrar pursuant to sub-regulation (1)(b) of regulation 6, the Authority shall review the application and shall make a decision as to whether the application should be admitted for consideration by the Authority.

(2) The Authority may require further information or documents-in-support

from the applicant for the purpose of a decision on admission of the application and:

(a) a request for further information or documents-in-support

shall be dispatched no later than the third day of the receipt of the application by the Authority from the Registrar; and

(b) the applicant shall provide the requested information or

documents-in-support within seven days of the receipt of the request in this regard from the Authority,

provided that, the Authority may extend the time for submission of the information or the documents-in-support for a further period not exceeding fourteen days.

(3) The Authority may:

(a) if the form and content of the application are in substantial

compliance with regulation 3, admit the application; and

(b) if the form and content of the application do not substantially comply with regulation 3, and the applicant fails to comply with the request for further information and documents-in-support in the manner and within the time limit provided in sub-regulation (2), reject the application.

8. Advertisement.—

Within three days of the admission of the application by the Authority, the Registrar shall cause to be published, in one English and one Urdu daily newspapers with circulation in the entire country:

(a) the prospectus;

(b) a notice to the general public of the admission of the application;

(c) an invitation to the general public to submit their comments to the Registrar within a period of fourteen days from the date of the publication; and

(d) such other information as the Authority may from time to time direct.

8

9. Consideration of application.—

(1) The Registrar shall place the application, along with comments, if any, received from the public pursuant to regulation 8, before the Authority no later than three days after the last date for receipt of the comments from the public.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of regulation 8, the Authority may invite

any person to provide comments or otherwise assist the Authority in the consideration of the application.

(3) In the event the Authority intends to reject an application, it may allow an

opportunity to the applicant to make a representation before it as to why the application should not be rejected and, upon being notified of such opportunity, the applicant may make a representation within a period not exceeding fourteen days following the receipt of the afore-said notice from the Authority.

(4) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (5), the Authority shall decide

the application within twenty eight days after the date the application, along with the comments received from the public, is placed before the Authority pursuant to sub-regulation (1), provided that the time taken, if any, by the applicant in making a representation before the Authority in terms of sub-regulation (3) shall be excluded from the afore-said period of twenty eight days.

(5) The decision by the Authority to grant a licence shall be without prejudice

to the power of the Authority to defer the issuance of the licence until such time the provisions of the licence are settled by the Authority, and the Authority may refuse to issue the licence in the event the licensee fails, within the time stated in this respect by the Authority, to agree to the terms and conditions of the proposed licence.

(6) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and the rules and

regulations made pursuant thereto in this regard, the grant of a licence for any purpose shall not in any way hinder or restrict the grant of a licence to another person within the same territory for a like purpose.

PART III

10. Modification to the licence.—

(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (15), the Authority may, at any time during the term of a licence, communicate to the licensee an Authority proposed modification setting out:

(a) the text of the proposed modification; and

(b) a statement of the reasons in support of the modification.

9

(2) Subject to the provisions of sub-regulation (15), a licensee may, at any time during the term of his licence, communicate to the Authority a licensee proposed modification setting out:

(a) the text of the proposed modification;

(b) a statement of the reasons in support of the modification; and

(c) a statement of the impact on the tariff, quality of service and the

performance by the licensee of its obligations under the licence.

(3) In case of a licensee proposed modification, the licensee shall pay to the Authority at the time of submission of the licensee proposed modification to the Registrar, a non-refundable fee calculated in accordance with the provisions of Schedule II for the modification of the license.

(4) Within seven days of:

(a) the receipt of a licensee proposed modification by the Registrar; or

(b) the date the Authority proposed modification is forwarded

to the licensee,

the Registrar shall publish the Authority proposed modification or the licensee proposed modification, as the case may be, in one English and one Urdu daily newspaper, inviting comments from the public within a period of fourteen days of the date of publication.

(5) The Authority may modify a licence in accordance with an Authority

proposed modification or a licensee proposed modification, subject to and in accordance with such further changes as the Authority may deem fit if, in the opinion of the Authority, such modification:

(a) does not adversely affect the performance by the licensee of its

obligations;

(b) does not cause the Authority to act or acquiesce in any act or omission of the licensee in a manner contrary to the provisions of the Act or the rules or regulations made pursuant to the Act;

(c) is or is likely to be beneficial to the consumers;

(d) is reasonably necessary for the licensee to effectively and

efficiently perform its obligations under the licence; and

(e) is reasonably necessary to ensure the continuous, safe and reliable supply of electric power to the consumers keeping in view the financial and technical viability of the licensee.

(6) If a licensee does not agree to an Authority proposed modification, the

Authority shall fix a time, date and place for a public hearing to be held

10

with the licensee no later than fourteen (14) days following the communication of the final refusal of the licensee to agree to the Authority proposed modification or such date as the Authority may determine, not being a date falling prior to the expiry of twenty eight days after the date the Authority proposed modification is forwarded to the licensee.

(7) At the public hearing to be held pursuant to sub-regulation (6), the

Authority shall allow the licensee to make out a case against the Authority proposed modification within a period of seven days.

(8) The Authority shall address the licensee's case made out against the

Authority proposed modification within a period of seven days after the close of the case made out by the licensee pursuant to sub-regulation (7).

(9) The registrar shall, upon the conclusion of the public hearing in

accordance with sub-regulations (6), (7) and (8), cause to be published in one English and one Urdu daily newspaper, a notice inviting comments from the public in respect of the public hearing within fourteen days of the date of conclusion of the public hearing.

(10) The Authority may extend the time limits provided in this regulation 10,

provided that the Authority shall conclude the proceedings and render its decision no later than one hundred twenty days following the earlier of the date of communication of the final refusal of the licensee to agree to the Authority proposed modification or the date determined, if any, by the Authority for the commencement of public hearing under sub-regulation (6).

(11) The Authority may:

(a) approve, with or without changes, a proposed modification; or

(b) reject a proposed modification,

in each case for reasons to be recorded in writing taking into account the comments received, if any, from the public pursuant to sub-regulations (4) and (9).

(12) Subject to the provisions of regulation 11, the Authority may call for any

information in the possession or control of the licensee or any other person, or may allow the licensee to call for any information available with the Authority or in the possession or control of any other person, which in the opinion of the Authority is material and relevant to the proceedings.

(13) The Authority may declare that the procedure set out in rules 3 through 16

of the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority (Tariff Standards and Procedure) Rules, 1998, shall apply to a public hearing ordered to be held pursuant to sub-regulation (6), subject to such modifications, if any, as the Authority may determine in advance of the proceedings, taking into

11

account the complexity of the issues involved, the requirements of the licensee in respect of the details of the procedure and with a preference for an expedited hearing over matters of procedure.

(14) The Authority may determine that an Authority Proposed modification or a

licensee proposed modification, the principal object of which relates to the tariff, shall be initiated and determined pursuant to and in accordance with the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority (Tariff Standards and Procedure) Rules, 1998, whereupon such Authority proposed modification or the licensee proposed modification shall be initiated as a petition pursuant to the afore-mentioned rules.

(15) Neither the Authority nor a licensee shall propose an Authority proposed

modification or a licensee proposed modification and no licence shall be modified before the expiry of three hundred sixty five days following the date of issue of the licence.

(16) Notwithstanding any thing to the contrary stated in this regulation 10, an

Authority proposed modification or a licensee proposed modification may be withdrawn by the Authority or the licensee, as the case may be, at any time prior to the commencement of a public hearing pursuant to sub- regulation (6).

(17) Where a licence is modified, the Authority shall cause to be published, in

one English and one Urdu newspaper, the substance of the modification in such form and content as may be determined by the Authority.

PART IV

11. Confidentiality.—

In any application, document-in-support or information required to be furnished under these regulations, the applicant or the licensee may, as the case may be, request the Authority to permit the applicant or the licensee to withhold information the disclosure of which may materially and adversely affect the commercial interests of the applicant or the licensee, or in respect of which the applicant or the licensee is under a contractual or other valid and enforceable obligation of non-disclosure, provided that, the Authority shall have the power to call for review such information in order to determine whether or not to allow the request for confidentiality by the applicant or the licensee.

12. Amendments.—

The Authority may amend or supplement these regulations from time to time, provided that, such amendments or supplements shall be prospective only and shall not apply in respect of:

(a) an application already admitted by the Authority; and

12

(b) a licensee proposed modification or an Authority proposed modification, which has been communicated to the Authority or the licensee, respectively.

SCHEDULE I

(regulation 3(1))

FORM OF APPLICATION The Registrar National Electric Power Regulatory Authority

Subject: Application for a [GENERATION/TRANSMISSION/SPECIAL

PURPOSE TRANSMISSION/DISTRIBUTION] License

I, [NAME, DESIGNATION], being the duly authorized representative of [NAME OF APPLICANT COMPANY] by virtue of [BOARD RESOLUI'ION/POWER OF ATTORNEY] dated [DATE], hereby apply to the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority for the grant of a [GENERATION/TRANSMISION/ SPECIAL PURPOSE TRANSMISSION/DISTRIBUTION LICENCE] to the [NAME OF APPLICANT COMPANY] pursuant to section [ ] of the Regulation of Generation, Transmission and Distribution of Electric Power Act, 1997.

1 certify that the documents-in-support attached with this application are prepared and submitted in conformity with the provisions of the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority Licensing (Application and Modification Procedure) Regulations, 1999, and undertake to abide by the terms and provisions of the above-said regulations. 1 further undertake and confirm that the information provided in the attached documents-in- support is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

A [BANK DRAFT/ PAY ORDER] in the sum of Rupees [ ], being the non-

refundable licence application fee calculated in accordance with Schedule II to the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority Licensing (Application and Modification Procedure) Regulations, 1999, is also attached herewith.

Date: ---------------------------------

Company Seal

Signature [Name, designation]

13

SCHEDULE II (regulations

3(2) and 10(3)) TABLE OF

FEES

PART I

LICENCE APPLICATION AND MODIFICATION FEES

Category of licence Fees (Million Rs)

GENERATION

Upto 100 MW 0.75

101 to 500 MW 1.50

Above 500 MW 3.00 TRANSMISSION

National Grid Company 1.50

Special purpose 1.50

DISTRIBUTION 3.00

The fee specified in this Part I may be changed by the Authority after every five years.

14

PART II INDEXATION OF FEES

1. The licence application and modification fee payable by an applicant or the licensee, as the case may be, shall be indexed to the Consumer Price Index ("CPI") published from time to time by the Federal Bureau of Statistics.

2. The indexation shall be done on the basis of the most recent CPI prevailing on the date of payment of the licence application fee or the modification fee, as the case may be, and the fee payable on the date of payment shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, in accordance with the following formula:

Fpd = Ft [ CPI pd/CPI rd]

Where

Fpd = The actual fee payable on the date of payment.

Ft = The respective fee set out in Part I of this Schedule II.

CPI pd = The most recent CPI prevalent on the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which the application or the

modification proposal is made.

CP1rd = The reference or base CPI, prevalent on the last day of the month in which the National Electric Power Regulatory Authority Licensing (Application and Modification Procedure) Regulations, 1999, are notified in the official gazette.

1. GENERATION

SCHEDULE III

(regulation 3(6))

(a) NEW GENERATION FACILITIES (Thermal) 1. Location (location maps, site map), land

2. Technology, size of the plant, number of units

3. Fuel: type, imported/indigenous, supplier, logistics, pipeline etc.

4. Emission values

5. Cooling water source: tube wells, sea/river/canal, distance from source, etc.

6. Interconnection with national grid company, distance and name of nearest grid,

15

voltage level (single line diagram) 7. Infrastructure: roads, rail, staff colony, amenities

8. Project cost, information regarding sources and amounts of equity and debt

9. Project commencement and completion schedule with milestones

10. ESSA (Environmental and Social Soundness Assessment)

11. Safety plans, emergency plans

12. System studies: load flow, short circuit, stability, reliability

13. Plant characteristics: generation voltage, frequency, power factor, automatic generation control, ramping rate, alternative fuel, auxiliary consumption, time(s) required to synchronize to grid

14. Control, metering, instrumentation and protection 15. Training and development

16. Feasibility report

(b) EXISTING GENERATION FACILITIES (Thermal)

1. Location (location maps, site map)

2. Technology, number of units

3. Fuel: type, imported/indigenous, supplier, logistics, pipeline etc.

4. Emission values

5. Cooling water source: tube wells, sea/river/canal

6. Interconnection with national grid company: distance and name of nearest grid,

voltage level (single line diagram) 7. Installed capacity, derated capacity, expected remaining life

8. Due diligence report

9. Rehabilitation plans, previous rehabilitation programme

10. Operational record including environmental monitoring data for the last five

years, constraints in despatching 11. Project cost, information regarding sources and amounts of equity and debt

12. Plant characteristics: generation voltage, frequency, power factor, automatic

generation control, ramping rate, alternative fuel, auxiliary consumption, time(s) required to synchronize to grid

16

13. Training and development

(c) NEW GENERATION FACILITIES (Hydel) 1. Location (location maps, site map), land

2. Plant: run of the river, storage, veir

3. Head: minimun, maximum

4. Technology: Francis, Pelton, etc. size, number of units

5. Tunnel (if proposed): length, diameter

6. ESSA

7. Detailed feasibility report

8. Resettlement issues

9. Consents

10. Infrastructure development

11. Interconnection with national grid company, length of transmission line(s)

12. Project cost, information regarding sources and amounts of equity and debt

13. Project schedule, expected life

14. Peaking/base load operation

15. Plant characteristics: generation voltage, power factor, frequency, automatic

generation control, ramping rate, control metering and instrumentation 16. System studies load flow, short circuit, stability


(d) EXISTING GENERATION FACILITIES (Hydel)

1. Location (location maps, site map)

2. Plant: run of the river, storage, veir

3. Head: minimum, maximum

4. Technology: Francis, Pelton, etc. size, number of units

5. Tunnel(s) if existing: length, diameter

6. Due diligence report, expected life

7. Rehabilitation plan, previous rehabilitation programmes

17

8. Operations record for the last five years, operation constraints 9. Consents

10. Interconnection with national grid company, length of transmission line(s)

11. Peaking/base load operation

12. Plant characteristics: generation voltage, power factor, frequency, automatic

generation control, ramping rate, control metering and instrumentation 13. Training and development

B. TRANSMISSION

(a) EXISTING TRANSMISSION FACILITIES

1. Network configuration

2. Territory maps

3. Voltage levels

4. System statistics, system development, line lengths, technical parameters for

transmission lines and grid stations, etc. 5. Central and regional dispatch facilities, connection facilities

6. Interface nodes with generation entities

7. Interface nodes with distribution entities.

8. Dispatch procedures, software, hardware information

9. Emergency provisions, blackout restoration procedures

10. Safety provisions

11. Operations record, operational constraints

12. Due diligence report


(b) SPECIAL PURPOSE TRANSMISSION FACILITIES.

1. Purpose

2. Line route and territory maps

3. Line lengths, starting point, termination point, year of completion

18

4. System studies 5. ESSA

6. Structures: type, number/km

7. Line characteristics

8. Conductor, type, current carrying capacity, circuit power transfer

9. Insulators

10. Shield-wire: number, size

11. Compensation employed: series, Shunt, SVC

12. Communication system: PLC, fibre optics, microwave

13. Grid station(s) involved: number, existing/new and details of the following:

- Scope, size, number of transmission circuits, in and out

- Type: indoor/outdoor, transformation/switching

- Arrangement scheme: breaker and a half, double bus

- Basic insulation level: kV

- Control and protection system

- Specification of equipment : breakers-type, re-closing mechanism,

duty cycle etc. isolators, transformers-type, size, cooling system, tap-changer, and protection

- Lightening arresters, shunt reactors, metering and instrumentation

- SCADA and communication

C. DISTRIBUTION

1. Distribution system configuration, service territory, right of way, feeder maps

2. Voltage levels, regulation

3. Type of distribution system

4. Line equipment characteristics

5. Power quality control

6. Back-up/express feeder provision

19

7. Accident protection/ prevention procedures 8. Maintenance plans and procedures

9. Fault location/trouble-shooting procedures

10. Emergency provisions

11. Patrolling and inspection procedures

12. Customer service data/manuals

13. Billing and collection procedures

14. Protection, control and measuring instruments

15. Metering and testing facilities

16. Communication systems


MAJ. GEN. (R) MUHAMMAD HASAN AQEEL, Secretary,

National Electric Power Regulatory Authority

Annexure - 7

Geological Map of Project Area

Project Area

Annexure - 8

Soil Test Report

Annexure - 9

Tectonic Map of Pakistan

Study Area

Project Area

Annexure - 10

Drainage Map of Karachi

Project Area

Annexure - 11

Ambient Air Quality Test Report

Annexure - 12

Socio – Economic Questionnaire

1

Socioeconomic Survey for the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of proposed 132 kV

Hybrid Grid Station

A) Survey from Local Residents

01. Name of the Settlement: 02. Type of Area (Mark √ against the Type)

Serial

No. Type

1. Commercial 2. Residential

03. Distance of the residential area from the proposed project:

04. Respondents Bio data

Name Age Gender Marital Status Qualification Occupation Contact # (optional)

05. FAMILY PROFILE (mention total #)

Serial

No. Category Males Females

1. Adults 2. Married 3. Unmarried 4. Children

5.1. Age pattern

Age Total #

0‐10 11‐20 21‐30 31‐40 40 & Above

2

5.2. Family Type

Serial

No. Family Type Response

1. Joint Family 2. Nuclear Family

5.3. Ethnic Group (Mark √ against the response)

Serial

No. Group Response

1. Sindhi 2. Punjabi 3. Baloch 4. Pathan 5. Mahajir 6. Hazaraywaal 7. Memon 8. Siraiki 9. Aga Khani 10. Other

6. EDUCATIONAL PROFILE (mention total #)

Serial No.

Educational Levels Males Females Children

1. Primary 2. Middle 3. Matriculate 4. Graduate 5. Masters 6. Illiterate 7. Other Skills

7. Land Ownership (Mark √ against the response)

Serial

No. Ownership Response

1. Owner 2. Tenant

3

08. If owner, what is the worth of the Apartment/House? 09. If on rent, what is the monthly rent?

10. Length of stay in area (Mark √ against the response)

Serial

No. Length (in years) Response

1. < 5 2. 5‐10 3. 10 and above

11. Occupational profile (Mark √ against the response)

Serial

No. Occupation Response

1. Land lord

2. Govt. Service 3. Private Service 4. Own Business 5. Teaching 6. Doctor 7. Engineer 8. Driving 9. Labor 10. Other

12. ECONOMIC PROFILE

12.1. Monthly Income of Household: 13. Type of house (Mark √ against the response)

Type Area\Number of rooms

House Apartment 14. Health Profile

14.1. Did any of the family members ever get victimized with any epidemic disease (like

most common these days is Dengue Fever)? 14.2. Or with any Common Diseases like: (Mark √ against the response)

Serial

No. Diseases Males Females Children

1. Respiratory 2. Skin

4

3. Eye Infection 4. Digestive 5. Infections 6. Other

14.3. What is your average monthly expenditure on medicines?

15. Source of Water (mention currently available sources or mark √ against the

response)

Water Supply Line Water Boring Tankers Other

15.1. If boring, what is its approximate depth?

15.2. Water Quality (Mark √ against the response)

Clear Turbid Salty Other

16. Public perception of this project?

16.1 Do you have any knowledge of installation of the grid station?

16.2 Do you think it will reduce load shedding in the area?

16.3 Will it increase the value of land in the area?

16.4 Will it bring economic uplift of the area?

16.5 Will it have any negative effects?

5


Hybrid Grid Station

B) Survey from the Commercial Establishments Respondents Bio data

Name Age Gender Marital Status Qualification Occupation Contact # (optional)

01. Name of the Settlement:

02. Average total population of the surrounding residential area?

03. When this community came into existence?

04. Are most of the houses on rent or self owned?

05. What is the minimum to maximum rent of the surrounding flats/houses?

06. What is the minimum to maximum worth of the surrounding flats/houses?

07. Ethnic Groups predominantly living in the Area:

Serial

No. Group Response

1. Sindhi 2. Punjabi 3. Baloch 4. Pathan 5. Mahajir 6. Hazaraywaal 7. Memon 8. Siraiki 9. Aga Khani 10. Other

08. What is the average family size of the surrounding population?

09. Is the medical facility nearby?

10. Per visit medical charges of the clinic?

6

11. What might be the average number of people earning in each of the surrounding

households? 12. Dominating Political Party in the area?

13. Water Supply

Line Water

Boring Tankers

14. If boring, what could be its approximate depth?

15. Are there any Non‐Muslims residing in the area?

Hindu

Christian Other

16. Public perception of this project:

16.1 Do you have any knowledge of installation of the grid station?

16.2 Do you think it will reduce load shedding in the area?

16.3 Will it increase the value of land in the area?

16.4 Will it bring economic uplift of the area?

16.5 Will it have any negative effects?

7


Hybrid Grid Station

C) General Observations of the Study Area

01. Average total population of the surrounding residential area? 02. General Cleanliness level of the area:

No litter or refuse 3

Predominantly free of litter or refuse, apart from small items 2

Widespread distribution of litter and refuse, with minor accumulations 1

Heavily littered with significant accumulations 0

03. Type of Transport in the area:

Public Private

04. Type of Roads:

Narrow Wide One Way Two Way

05. Source of Electricity and Natural Gas

• KESC/WAPDA

• SSGC

• Kunda connections if found any

06. Are the educational institutes nearby?

07. Number of Educational Institutes:

Schools Colleges Universities Seminaries

08. Is schooling common among the young ones?

8

09. Average number of children going to schools:

Nearest Schools Distance Schools

11. Is there any record of epidemic disease (e.g. most common these days is Dengue Fever)

in the area? 12. Are there any other Common Diseases prevailing in the area? Like:

Serial No.

Diseases Response

1. Respiratory 2. Skin 3. Eye Infection 4. Digestive 5. Other

13. Is the medical facility nearby?

14. Per visit medical charges of the clinic?

15. Landline facility of Telephone

16. Sewerage and drainage system

17. Nearest Police station

18. Nearest Post office

19. Recreational sites

20. Archaeological or Historical Sites

21. Number of Mosques

22. Nearest Grave yard

23. What is the social status of women in this particular area?

24. Negative and Positive aspects of the area?

25. Are political/ethnic/religious strife’s common? Dominant strife?

26. Presence of Drug peddlers or frequency of drug peddling in the area?

• Like Gutka, Tobbacco, etc.

Annexure - 13

Mile Stone Schedule

ID Task Name 2010 2011 1 Civil Works

2 MV Switchgear & Control Building

3 Foundation upto Plinth

11 Ground Floor

19 First Floor

27 Plumbing & sanitry works

30 Internal electrification

34 Airconditioning & False Ceiling

37 Outdoor Equipment Foundation

148 Cable Trenches

154 Station Grounding

158 Construction of Moving Area & Fire Wall

173 Surface & Trench Drainage System

177 Construction of Approach Roads

181 Outdoor Electrification, Fitting & Auxiliary Works 0%

Project: Hospital Grid Station Date: 30-04-2010

Task Milestone External Tasks

Split Summary External MileTask

Progress Project Summary Split

Page 1

ABB CONSORTIUM - KESC/2480-04/04A TESTING & COMMISSIONING SCHEDULE - HOSPITAL GRID S/S Page : 1 of 1 ID WBS Task Name 10 11 12 1 1 HG-T-1 Supervision of Testing & Commissioning (KESC-2480-04) / Erection & Testing (KESC-2480-04A)

2 HG-T-1.1 Inspection of Steel Structures in 132 kV Switchyard

3 HG-T-1.2 Inspection of Buswork of 132 kV Switchyard

5 HG-T-1.3 Inspection of Earthing Grid Installation

9 HG-T-1.4 Batteries and Chargers

12 HG-T-1.5 Test on 400/230 V AC-Distribution

16 HG-T-1.6 Test on 220 V DC-Distribution

20 HG-T-1.7 11 kV MV-Switchgear

31 HG-T-1.8 11/0.4 kV Aux. Transformers

36 HG-T-1.9 11 kV Capacitor Bank

38 HG-T-1.10 11 kV Cables

40 HG-T-1.11 132 kV Hybrid Switchyard

46 HG-T-1.12 132 / 11 kV Transformers

52 HG-T-1.13 132 / 11 kV Protection System

58 HG-T-1.14 Substation Automation System (SAS)

66 HG-T-1.15 OHL-Teleprotection, End to End Test

69 HG-T-1.16 Readiness for Energization of 132 / 11 kV Substation (TOC) 1/11

Month : June, 2009 Project: 9x132KV Substations

Karachi.

Task Rolled Up Task External Tasks

Progress Rolled Up Milestone Project Summary

Milestone Rolled Up Progress Group By Summary

Summary Split Deadline

Dated : 09.06.2009

Annexure - 14

Typical Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of Transformer Oil

1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION

Product Name: Transformer Oil

MSDS Code: 390730

Synonyms: Phillips Transformer Oil

Intended Use: Insulating Oil

Responsible Party: ConocoPhillips Lubricants 600 N. Dairy Ashford Houston, Texas 77079-1175

Customer Service: 888-766-7676

Technical Information: 800-255-9556

Transformer Oil M a t e r i a l S a f e t y D a t a S h e e t

MSDS Information: Internet: http://w3.conocophillips.com/NetMSDS/

Emergency Telephone Numbers: Chemtrec: 800-424-9300 (24 Hours) California Poison Control System: 800-356-3219

2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

Emergency Overview

This material is not considered hazardous according to OSHA criteria.

NFPA

Appearance: Clear and bright Physical Form: Liquid Odor: Petroleum

Potential Health Effects Eye: Contact may cause mild eye irritation including stinging, watering, and redness.

Skin: Contact may cause mild skin irritation including redness and a burning sensation. Prolonged or repeated contact can defat the skin, causing drying and cracking of the skin, and possibly dermatitis (inflammation). No harmful effects from skin absorption are expected.

Inhalation (Breathing): Expected to have a low degree of toxicity by inhalation.

Ingestion (Swallowing): No harmful effects expected from ingestion.

Signs and Symptoms: Effects of overexposure may include Effects of overexposure may include irritation of the digestive tract, nausea and diarrhea. Inhalation of oil mist or vapors at elevated temperatures may cause respiratory irritation.

Pre-Existing Medical Conditions: Conditions aggravated by exposure may include skin disorders.

See Section 11 for additional Toxicity Information.

390730 - Transformer Oil Page 1/7 Date of Issue: 04-Oct-2007 Status: Final

390730 - Transformer Oil Date of Issue: 04-Oct-2007

Page 2 /7 Status: Final

3. COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Component CAS Concentration (wt %)Lubricant Base Oil (Petroleum) VARIOUS >99Additives PROPRIETARY <1

4. FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye: If irritation or redness develops from exposure, flush eyes with clean water. If symptoms persist, seek medical attention.

Skin: Remove contaminated shoes and clothing and cleanse affected area(s) thoroughly by washing with mild soap and water or a waterless hand cleaner. If irritation or redness develops and persists, seek medical attention.

Inhalation (Breathing): First aid is not normally required. If breathing difficulties develop, move victim away from source of exposure and into fresh air. Seek immediate medical attention.

Ingestion (Swallowing): First aid is not normally required; however, if swallowed and symptoms develop, seek medical attention.

Notes to Physician: Acute aspirations of large amounts of oil-laden material may produce a serious aspiration pneumonia. Patients who aspirate these oils should be followed for the development of long-term sequelae. Inhalation exposure to oil mists below current workplace exposure limits is unlikely to cause pulmonary abnormalities.

5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES

NFPA 704 Hazard Class

Health: 0 Flammability: 1 Instability: 0 (0-Minimal, 1-Slight, 2-Moderate, 3-Serious, 4-Severe)

Unusual Fire & Explosion Hazards: This material may burn, but will not ignite readily. If container is not properly cooled, it can rupture in the heat of a fire.

Extinguishing Media: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, foam, or water spray is recommended. Water or foam may cause frothing of materials heated above 212°F. Carbon dioxide can displace oxygen. Use caution when applying carbon dioxide in confined spaces.

Fire Fighting Instructions: For fires beyond the incipient stage, emergency responders in the immediate hazard area should wear bunker gear. When the potential chemical hazard is unknown, in enclosed or confined spaces, or when explicitly required by DOT, a self contained breathing apparatus should be worn. In addition, wear other appropriate protective equipment as conditions warrant (see Section 8).

Isolate immediate hazard area and keep unauthorized personnel out. Stop spill/release if it can be done with minimal risk. Move undamaged containers from immediate hazard area if it can be done with minimal risk. Water spray may be useful in minimizing or dispersing vapors and to protect personnel. Cool equipment exposed to fire with water, if it can be done with minimal risk. Avoid spreading burning liquid with water used for cooling purposes.

See Section 9 for Flammable Properties including Flash Point and Flammable (Explosive) Limits



6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Personal Precautions: This material may burn, but will not ignite readily. Keep all sources of ignition away from spill/release. The use of explosion-proof electrical equipment is recommended. Stay upwind and away from spill/release. Notify persons down wind of the spill/release, isolate immediate hazard area and keep unauthorized personnel out. Wear appropriate protective equipment, including respiratory protection, as conditions warrant (see Section 8). See Sections 2 and 7 for additional information on hazards and precautionary measures.

Environmental Precautions: Stop spill/release if it can be done with minimal risk. Prevent spilled material from entering sewers, storm drains, other unauthorized drainage systems, and natural waterways. Use water sparingly to minimize environmental contamination and reduce disposal requirements. Spills into or upon navigable waters, the contiguous zone, or adjoining shorelines that cause a sheen or discoloration on the surface of

the water, may require notification of the National Response Center (phone number 800-424-8802).

Methods for Containment and Clean-Up: Notify fire authorities and appropriate federal, state, and local agencies. Immediate cleanup of any spill is recommended. Dike far ahead of spill for later recovery or disposal. Absorb spill with inert material such as sand or vermiculite, and place in suitable container for disposal.

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

Precautions for safe handling: Wash thoroughly after handling. Use good personal hygiene practices and wear appropriate personal protective equipment.

Do not enter confined spaces such as tanks or pits without following proper entry procedures such as ASTM D-4276 and 29CFR 1910.146. Do not wear contaminated clothing or shoes.

"Empty" containers retain residue and may be dangerous. Do not pressurize, cut, weld, braze, solder, drill, grind, or expose such containers to heat, flame, sparks, or other sources of ignition. They may explode and cause injury or death. "Empty" drums should be completely drained, properly bunged, and promptly shipped to the supplier or a drum reconditioner. All containers should be disposed of in an environmentally safe manner and in accordance with governmental regulations. Before working on or in tanks which contain or have contained this material, refer to OSHA regulations, ANSI Z49.1, and other references pertaining to cleaning, repairing, welding, or other contemplated operations.

Conditions for safe storage: Keep container(s) tightly closed. Use and store this material in cool, dry, well-ventilated areas away from heat and all sources of ignition. Store only in approved containers. Keep away from any incompatible material (see Section 10). Protect container(s) against physical damage.

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION

Component ACGIH OSHA Other:Lubricant Base Oil (Petroleum) TWA: 5mg/m3

STEL: 10 mg/m3

as Oil Mist, if generated

TWA: 5 mg/m3

as Oil Mist, if generated ---

Note: State, local or other agencies or advisory groups may have established more stringent limits. Consult an industrial hygienist or similar professional, or your local agencies, for further information.

Engineering controls: If current ventilation practices are not adequate to maintain airborne concentrations below the established exposure limits, additional engineering controls may be required.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):

Eye/Face: The use of eye protection that meets or exceeds ANSI Z.87.1 is recommended to protect against potential eye contact, irritation, or injury. Depending on conditions of use, a face shield may be necessary.

Skin: The use of gloves impervious to the specific material handled is advised to prevent skin contact. Users should check with manufacturers to confirm the performance of their products. Suggested protective materials: Nitrile



Respiratory: Where there is potential for airborne exposure above the exposure limit a NIOSH certified air purifying respirator equipped with R or P95 filters may be used. A respiratory protection program that meets or is equivalent to OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134 and ANSI Z88.2 should be followed whenever workplace conditions warrant a respirator's use. Air purifying respirators provide limited protection and cannot be used in atmospheres that exceed the maximum use concentration (MUC) as directed by regulation or the manufacturer's instructions, in oxygen deficient (less than 19.5 percent oxygen) situations, or other conditions that are immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH).

Suggestions provided in this section for exposure control and specific types of protective equipment are based on readily available information. Users should consult with the specific manufacturer to confirm the performance of their protective equipment. Specific situations may require consultation with industrial hygiene, safety, or engineering professionals.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Note: Unless otherwise stated, values are determined at 20°C (68°F) and 760 mm Hg (1 atm). Data represent typical values and are not intended to be specifications.

Appearance: Clear and bright Physical Form: Liquid Odor: Petroleum Odor Threshold: No data pH: Not applicable Vapor Pressure: <1 Vapor Density (air=1): >1 Boiling Point/Range: No data Melting/Freezing Point: <-40°F / <-40°C Pour Point: <-40°F / <-40°C Solubility in Water: Soluble Partition Coefficient (n-octanol/water) (Kow): No data Specific Gravity: 0.88 @ 60ºF (15.6ºC) Bulk Density: 7.4 lbs/gal Viscosity: 2.3 cSt @ 100°C; 9.6 cSt @ 40°C Evaporation Rate (nBuAc=1): No data Flash Point: >248°F / >120°C Test Method: Pensky-Martens Closed Cup (PMCC), ASTM D93, EPA 1010 LEL (vol % in air): No data UEL (vol % in air): No data Autoignition Temperature: No data

10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Stability: Stable under normal ambient and anticipated conditions of storage and handling.

Conditions to Avoid: Extended exposure to high temperatures can cause decomposition.

Materials to Avoid (Incompatible Materials): Avoid contact with strong oxidizing agents.

Hazardous Decomposition Products: Combustion can yield carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide.

Hazardous Polymerization: Not known to occur.



11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Chronic Data:

The petroleum base oils contained in this product have been highly refined by a variety of processes including severe hydrocracking/hydroprocessing to reduce aromatics and improve performance characteristics. All of the oils meet the IP-346 criteria of less than 3 percent PAH's and are not considered carcinogens by NTP, IARC, or OSHA.

Acute Data:

Component Oral LD50 Dermal LD50 Inhalation LC50Lubricant Base Oil (Petroleum) >5 g/kg >2 g/kg No data

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Lubricant oil basestocks are complex mixtures of hydrocarbons (primarily branched chain alkanes and cycloalkanes) ranging in carbon number from C15 to C50. The aromatic hydrocarbon content of these mixtures varies with the severity of the refining process. White oils have negligible levels of aromatic hydrocarbons, whereas significant proportions are found in unrefined basestocks. Olefins are found only at very low concentrations. Volatilization is not significant after release of lubricating oil basestocks to the environment due to the very low vapor pressure of the hydrocarbon constituents. In water, lubricating oil basestocks will float and will spread at a rate that is viscosity dependent. Water solubilities are very low and dispersion occurs mainly from water movement with adsorption by sediment being the major fate process. In soil, lubricating oil basestocks show little mobility and adsorption is the predominant physical process.

Both acute and chronic ecotoxicity studies have been conducted on lubricant base oils. Results indicate that the acute aquatic toxicities to fish, Daphnia, Ceriodaphnia and algal species are above 1000 mg/l using either water accommodated fractions or oil in water dispersions. Since lubricant base oils mainly contain hydrocarbons having carbon numbers in the range C15 to C50, it is predicted that acute toxicity would not be observed with these substances due to low water solubility. Results from chronic toxicity tests show that the no observed effect level (NOEL) usually exceeds 1000 mg/l for lubricant base oils with the overall weight of experimental evidence leading to the conclusion that lubricant base oils do not cause chronic toxicity to fish and invertebrates.

Large volumes spills of lubricant base oils into water will produce a layer of undissolved oil on the water surface that will cause direct physical fouling of organisms and may interfere with surface air exchange resulting in lower levels of dissolved oxygen. Petroleum products have also been associated with causing taint in fish even when the latter are caught in lightly contaminated environments. Highly refined base oils sprayed onto the surface of eggs will result in a failure to hatch.

Extensive experience from laboratory and field trials in a wide range of crops has confirmed that little or no damage is produced as a result of either aerosol exposure or direct application of oil emulsion to the leaves of crop plants. Base oils incorporated into soil have resulted in little or no adverse effects on seed germination and plant growth at contamination rates up to 4%.

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

The generator of a waste is always responsible for making proper hazardous waste determinations and needs to consider state and local requirements in addition to federal regulations.

This material, if discarded as produced, would not be a federally regulated RCRA "listed" hazardous waste and is not believed to exhibit characteristics of hazardous waste. See Sections 7 and 8 for information on handling, storage and personal protection and Section 9 for physical/chemical properties. It is possible that the material as produced contains constituents which are not required to be listed in the MSDS but could affect the hazardous waste determination. Additionally, use which results in chemical or physical change of this material could subject it to regulation as a hazardous waste.

This material under most intended uses would become "Used Oil" due to contamination by physical or chemical impurities. Whenever possible, Recycle Used Oil in accordance with applicable federal and state or local regulations. Container contents should be completely used and containers should be emptied prior to discard.

14. TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION

U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) Shipping Description: Not regulated Note: If shipped by land in a packaging having a capacity of 3,500 gallons or more, the provisions of

49 CFR, Part 130 apply. (Contains oil)



14. TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION

International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Shipping Description: Not regulated Note: Federal compliance requirements may apply. See 49 CFR 171.12.

International Civil Aviation Org. / International Air Transport Assoc. (ICAO/IATA) UN/ID #: Not regulated

LTD. QTY Passenger Aircraft Cargo Aircraft Only

Packaging Instruction #: --- --- ---Max. Net Qty. Per Package: --- --- ---

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION CERCLA/SARA - Section 302 Extremely Hazardous Substances and TPQs (in pounds): This material does not contain any chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of SARA 302 and 40 CFR 372.

CERCLA/SARA - Section 311/312 (Title III Hazard Categories)

Acute Health: No Chronic Health: No Fire Hazard: No Pressure Hazard: No Reactive Hazard: No

CERCLA/SARA - Section 313 and 40 CFR 372: This material does not contain any chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of SARA 313 and 40 CFR 372.

EPA (CERCLA) Reportable Quantity (in pounds): This material does not contain any chemicals with CERCLA Reportable Quantities.

California Proposition 65: This material does not contain any chemicals which are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm at concentrations that trigger the warning requirements of California Proposition 65.

Canadian Regulations: This product has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the Controlled Products Regulations (CPR) and the MSDS contains all the information required by the CPR.

WHMIS Hazard Class None

National Chemical Inventories: All components are either listed on the US TSCA Inventory, or are not regulated under TSCA. All components are either on the DSL, or are exempt from DSL listing requirements.

U.S. Export Control Classification Number: EAR99

16. OTHER INFORMATION

Issue Date: 04-Oct-2007 Status: Final Revised Sections or Basis for Revision: New MSDS MSDS Code: 390730



MSDS Legend: ACGIH = American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists; CAS = Chemical Abstracts Service Registry; CEILING = Ceiling Limit (15 minutes); CERCLA = The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act; EPA = Environmental Protection Agency; IARC = International Agency for Research on Cancer; LEL = Lower Explosive Limit; NE = Not Established; NFPA = National Fire Protection Association; NTP = National Toxicology Program; OSHA = Occupational Safety and Health Administration; PEL = Permissible Exposure Limit (OSHA); SARA = Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act; STEL = Short Term Exposure Limit (15 minutes); TLV = Threshold Limit Value (ACGIH); TWA = Time Weighted Average (8 hours); UEL = Upper Explosive Limit; WHMIS = Worker Hazardous Materials Information System (Canada)

Disclaimer of Expressed and implied Warranties: The information presented in this Material Safety Data Sheet is based on data believed to be accurate as of the date this Material Safety Data Sheet was prepared. HOWEVER, NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IS TO BE IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION PROVIDED ABOVE, THE RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE USE OF THIS INFORMATION OR THE PRODUCT, THE SAFETY OF THIS PRODUCT, OR THE HAZARDS RELATED TO ITS USE. No responsibility is assumed for any damage or injury resulting from abnormal use or from any failure to adhere to recommended practices. The information provided above, and the product, are furnished on the condition that the person receiving them shall make their own determination as to the suitability of the product for their particular purpose and on the condition that they assume the risk of their use. In addition, no authorization is given nor implied to practice any patented invention without a license.

PRODUCT: TRANSVOLT TRANSFORMER OIL NFPA Rating: Flammability: 1, Reactivity: 0, Health:0

SECTION 1: MANUFACTURER AND LOCATION Manufacturers Name: Royal Mfg Co LP Address: P.O. Box 693, Tulsa, OK 74101- 0693 Telephone Number: (918) 587-5711 Emergency: 1-800-299-2671

SECTION 2: MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION AND INFORMATION COMPONENT CAS NUMBER TLV/PEL (mg/M3) WEIGHT % PETROLEUM OIL 64741-88-4 5 (AS OIL MIST) > 85 PROPRIETARY ADDITIVES MIXTURE NE < 15

The specific chemical names and composition of the components not disclosed is confidential business information and is withheld as permitted by 29CFR 1910.1200 and various state Right-to-Know laws.

This material is not known to contain any chemical listed as a carcinogen or suspected carcinogen by OSHA Hazard Communication Standard 29CFR 1910.1200, IARC, or the National Toxicology Program (NTP) at a concentration greater than 0.1%.

SECTION 3: PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Chemical Name: TRANSVOLT TRANSFORMER OIL Form: Liquid Odor: Slight petroleum odor Specific Gravity (water = 1): 0.87 Melting Point: NE Boiling Point: NE Volatility, weight % at 25C: Negligible Evaporation Rate: Negligible Vapor Pressure, mmHg at 25C: < 1 mm Solubility in Water: Insoluble Stability: Stable under normal conditions

SECTION 4: FIRE AND EXPLOSION DATA Flashpoint (Cleveland Open Cup): 300F Autoignition Temperature: NE Flammable Limits: NE Fire Extinguishing Agents: Water Spray (fog), dry chemical, foam, halon, or carbon dioxide. Water stream may splash burning liquid and spread fire. Special Fire Fighting Procedures: As for petroleum products. Do not use direct or heavy water stream to fight fire. Use self-contained breathing apparatus to fight fires.

SECTION 5: FIRST AID Contact with EYES: Immediately flush with large quantities of cool water for at least 15 minutes. Get medical attention. Contact with SKIN: Wash off with soap and water. Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. Get medical attention. Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Get medical attention.

SECTION 6: REACTIVITY Reactivity: Stable under normal temperatures and pressures. Incompatibilities: Strong oxidizing agents, heat, open flame. Hazardous Polymerization: Does not occur. Hazardous Decomposition Products: CO2, CO

SECTION 7: SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION Ventilation (Local, Mechanical, Special): Use in a well ventilated area with local exhaust ventilation. Respiratory Protection: None required in normal use. Use only NIOSH/MSHA Organic vapor approved equipment if necessary. Gloves: Not required in normal use. Eye Protection: Goggles or safety glasses are recommended. Other Protective Equipment: Practice good personal hygiene. Wash hands after use and handling.

SECTION 8: ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES Spills or Leaks: Contain any spills with absorbents to prevent migrations and entry into sewers or streams. Take up small spills with dry chemical absorbent. Large spills may be taken up with pump or vacuum and finished off with dry chemical absorbent. May require excavation of contaminated soil. Waste Disposal: To the best of Royal Manufacturing Company, LP knowledge, this product is not regulated by CERCLA/RCRA as a hazardous waste or material. However, this product has not been tested for the toxicity characteristic via the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure. Therefore, it may be disposed of as an industrial waste in a manner acceptable to good waste management practice and in compliance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. Right-to-Know: None

TSCA: This material is in compliance with the Toxic Substances Control Act (15USC2601-2629)

SECTION 9: STORAGE AND HANDLING Keep containers sealed until ready for use. Avoid excessive long-term storage temperatures to prolong shelf life. Maximum storage temperature: 120F. Store in well ventilated areas.

SECTION 10: TRANSPORT D.O.T. Shipping Name: Not Regulated D.O.T. I.D. Number: NA Reportable Quantity: NA Freight Classification: NA UN Hazard Class: NA Special Transportation Notes: None Notes: NA = Not Applicable NE = Not Established

Royal Manufacturing Company, LP believes that the information and recommendations contained herein (including data and statements) are accurate as of the date hereof. No warranty of fitness, warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, expressed or implied, is made concerning the information provided herein. The information provided herein relates only to the specific product designated and may not be valid where such product is used in combination with any other materials or process. Further, since the conditions and methods of use of this product and of the information referred to herein are beyond the control of Royal Manufacturing Company, LP, Royal Manufacturing Company, LP expressly disclaims any and all liability as to any results obtained or arising from any use of the product or reliance on such information.

Revision Date: October 22, 2003 Supercedes: Any previous versions Prepared by: Riverside Laboratories

Annexure - 15

Typical Protection System for 132kV Overhead Transmission Lines

Annexure - 16

SF6 Containment Plan

1

SF6 GAS RECOVERY PLAN

Summary “Indefinite re-use of recovered SF6generally possible

• Immediate re-use (using CIGRE( SF6-Recycling Guide)/ IEC standards) of recovered SF6 even in new GIE (Gas Infrastructure Europe) generally possible

• Properly trained personnel will be able to minimize/eliminate handling losses and exposure to harmful by-products

• Provide specialized training for personnel involved in SF6 handling” The standard manufacturer recommendations used for recovering of SF6 Gas are as follows.

SF6 Handling –Safety Harmless in the presence of air

• Will displace air / asphyxiation

Will decompose at temperatures > 350 F • Breaker operations • Welding • Running engines / heaters / open flames • Smoking • Temperature during drawing up to 700 C (1292 F) • Faulted / Arced SF6 • Corrosive, highly acidic (SOF/SOF2, HF) • Present as solid (powder) as well as vapor • Consequences of exposure • Respiratory irritant • Acid burn / Skin rash • Eye irritation • Serious health risk • Handling heavily arced SF6 • Heavily arced SF6generally a result of catastrophic equipment failure • GIE will need extensive repairs or need to be replaced • No urgency to clean / repair GIE • Use specialized Hazmat contractor

SF6 Handling- Recovery Preparation Provide adequate storage

• Enough in-date cylinders on hand Use Pre-Filter as needed

• Normally or heavily arced SF6 • High moisture levels

Leak check hoses / fittings (vacuum raise test)

SF6 Handling-Gas Recovery SF6 recovery comparison GIE containing 2,200 lbs @ 87 PSIG operating pressure

2

• Recovery to 0 PSIG = 85.71% SF6removal 315 lbs of SF6 lost

• Recovery to 200 mmHg = 96.21% SF6removal 86 lbs of SF6 lost

Breakers with known leakage • Initially stop recovery process at 2 PSIG • Recover and store residual SF6into separate cylinders

SF6Handling –Gas Recovery Suggestions / Avoiding mistakes

• Always analyze/test gas before recovery • Standardize GIE fittings • Use properly sized recovery system/compressor

No replacement for displacement • Complete SF6recovery from GIE

Do not purposely release SF6to avoid air intrusion during recovery process (GIE leakage) In the equipment manufacturing and equipment maintenance during the use of advanced SF6 gas recovery unit, the recovery through a variety of filters used to remove the SF6 gas in the water, oils, dust, and other elements resultant decomposition

SF6Handling –Vacuuming

• Before closing breaker add new desiccant • Immediate air and moisture removal once GIE has been sealed • Vacuum reading only accurate at static pressure • Proper vacuuming instructions must include level (example: 1 Torr) and hold time

(example: 1 hour) This requires that after having the pump stopped for 1 hour, vacuum level is = < 1 Torr

• Gas-scavenging will speed up the process

Suggestions / avoiding mistakes • Use gas-scavenging whenever possible • Use properly sized vacuum pump

No replacement for displacement • Use least restrictive hose/fitting/connection • Properly perform vacuum raise test

SF6Handling –Filling

• Fill GIE using regulators only • Fill from upright cylinders only

Exception: Using filling equipment with integrated evaporator and filter • Apply heat to cylinders before filling

Use only thermostatically controlled heating blankets Limit heat to < 120 F

• Test SF6 again before energizing equipment.

SF6 Cylinder Handling • Only use weight to determine SF6content in cylinders

3

• As SF6is liquefied in cylinder, static vapor pressure cannot be used to determine SF6content

• Cylinders in storage should be separated Full Partial Empty

Environmental Considerations

• SF6is not an ozone depleting • One of (6) gases listed under Kyoto Protocol Because of its environmental unfriendly attributes SF6 was included in the Kyoto Protocol with the aim of emission reduction. Due to its excellent insulating and arc quenching properties it is globally used as insulating gas in high and medium voltage equipment like substations, switchgears, circuit breakers, transformers etc. • GWP 24,000 times higher than CO2 • Estimated atmospheric lifespan 3,200 years • EPA SF6 Emission Reduction Partnership

Annexure - 17

Impact Mitigation Plan

DE C EHS

Design Engineer Contractor/ Contractor’s Site ManagerManager EHS

DP CP OP

Design Phase of the Project Construction Phase of the Project Operation Phase of the Project

CM KESC

Compliance ManagerKESC Management

1

DE Compliance DP

2. Dust Suppression

C

C

Impact Mitigation Plan

No. Project Component or Impact Mitigation Measure Responsibility Parameters for

Monitoring

Project Phase

1. Project Design Consideration • Ensure that all aspects for health & safety of workers are considered at design phase.

• Ensure that regular water sprinkling will be done at all the unpaved surfaces during the construction activities.

C Physical Verification CP

• Ensure that the waste generated during construction activities and

3. Dumping of Construction Waste

4. Noise Pollution

5. Gaseous Emissions

6. Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs)

7. Worker Trainings

equipment cleaning should be properly managed and disposed in an environmental friendly way.

• Equipment with high levels will be fitted with noise reduction devices & will only be used during regular working hours.

• Regular inspection and maintenance of the construction vehicle and equipment.

• Ensure use of PPEs such as ear plugs and ear muffs by the workers working in noisy areas and dealing with noisy machineries.

• Ensure that all construction vehicles and other equipment used during construction will be properly and regularly tuned and maintained.

• Ensuring the use of PPEs during the construction phase of the project. Appropriate PPEs should be provided to the workers as well as for site visitors.

• Ensuring that all workers whose work may have significant risk should be adequately skilled in term of experience or adequately

Compliance/ Physical Verification

CP C Compliance CP

C Compliance CP


CP

C Compliance/ Training

CP

trained for performing their jobs. Records

8. Development & Use of Standard Operating Procedures

• Ensuring that “Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)” for all heavy machineries would be in place and use adequately.

C Compliance CP

9 Environmental Monitoring Plan

• Ensuring that “Environmental Monitoring Plan” should be strictly implemented and followed during the construction phase

C

Compliance/ Monitoring Records

CP Compliance/

10. SF6 containment • Ensuring that SF6 Containment plan will be followed EHS

11. Transformer Oil • Ensuring that waste oil will be collected, recycled and reused or Monitoring Records

OP Compliance/

disposed in accordance with MSDS EHS

Monitoring Records OP

• Ensure that the waste water generated during operation &

12. Waste water Management maintenance should be properly managed and disposed in an EHS Compliance/ Physical

OP

environmental friendly way. Verification

DE C EHS

Design Engineer Contractor/ Contractor’s Site ManagerManager EHS

DP CP OP

Design Phase of the Project Construction Phase of the Project Operation Phase of the Project

CM KESC

Compliance ManagerKESC Management

2

15. Health & Safety

No. Project Component or Impact Mitigation Measure Responsibility Parameters for

Monitoring

Project Phase

13. Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs)

• .Ensuring the use of PPEs during the operation phase of the project.

EHS

• Ensuring that all workers whose work may have significant risk


OP

14. Competence & Training should be adequately skilled in term of experience or adequately CM Compliance/ Training

OP

trained for performing their jobs. Records

• Ensure provision of safe drinking water, PPEs, Hygienic eating places etc.

KESC Physical Verification CP & OP

16. EMF Monitoring • Ensuring that EMF Monitoring will be carried out at set Compliance/

frequency EHS

Monitoring Records OP

17 Environmental Monitoring Plan

• Ensuring that “Environmental Monitoring Plan” should be strictly implemented and followed during the operation phase.

EHS

Compliance/ Monitoring Records

OP

Annexure - 18

Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environmental Monitoring Plan for KESC-132kV HIS Grid Station at Jauhar

Phase Parameters Locations Frequency Duration Standards

Noise

Operation

Decibels (dB) At the grid station and surrounding areas Biannually 24 hours WHO Guidelines

Solid waste

Operation O&M/Domestic waste At the grid station site Daily -- --

EMF Monitoring

Operation

EMF At the grid station site Biannually --- ICNIRP Guidelines

SF6 Monitoring

Operation Gas Pressure Monitoring At sealed gas compartment 2 Months -- --

Gas Leakage Test At sealed gas compartment 3 years -- --

Detailed Inspection At sealed gas compartment 6 years -- --

Transformer Oil

Operation

Dissolved Gas Analysis Transformer Oil -- -- As prescribed by Manufacturer

PCB Analysis Transformer Oil -- -- US-EPA

Annexure - 19

Disaster Management Plan

1

Disaster Management Plan at Proposed 132 kV HIS Grid Station

Potential Risk Areas

Nature of Accident

I M P A C T S Management / Mitigation Measures

Human Health Grid Station Downstream Environment

A. Transportation of Heavy Equipment

Roads 1. Heavy Vehicle Accident with other vehicles, Humans, Animals.

Injury to manpower

Damage to equipment – delay

‐‐ • Traffic management measures, signboard.

Project Site

2. Unloading Heavy

Equipment

Injury to manpower

Damage to equipment – delay

‐‐

• Careful handling, experienced labor with proper tools.

• Fencing the area. • Immediate Medical Attention

B. Construction Phase Project Site

1. Mishap during construction activities

Injury, Fatal Injury Sickness

Damage to equipment‐delay

‐‐

• Provide First Aid Medical • Proper safeguard & supports for

construction activities • Adequate OHS measures, rest

hours • Fencing the area.

C. Installation & Commissioning Phase Project Site 1. General Injury

2. Fall from height Injury to man power Delay ‐‐ • Use of proper PPEs

• Use of simple scaffoldings

3. Failure of any equipment Injury to

manpower Equipment damage and delay ‐‐ • Mobile equipment / cranes to be

well maintained

Work stoppage

• Fencing the area • Immediate Medical Attention

2

Potential Risk Areas

Nature of Accident

I M P A C T S Management / Mitigation Measures

Human Health Grid Station Downstream Environment

D. Operation Grid Station & Allied Facilities

Control Room

SF6 Leakage

Electrical explosion /Sparking

Short Circuiting

Fire outbreak

Greenhouse Gas

Splash on face of workers/Burn Injury

Burn Injury

Affected Delayed

Affected Delayed

Affected Delayed

‐‐

• Acknowledge alarm and take

action accordingly. • Fire Extinguishers will be kept

nearby. • Immediate Medical Attention • Regular fire drills. • Grid Insurance.


APPENDIX “F”


APPENDIX “F”


APPENDIX “F”

GSO- 1801/13/ 58/662Dated: 31st December, 2010

CIRCULAR NO. 58/ 2010

VOLUNTARY SEPARATION SCHEME (VSS)(For Non-Management Employees/ Workmen)

In line with the market trends, the Karachi Electric Supply Company has decided to offer aVoluntary Separation Scheme (VSS) to its non-management employee/ workmen (“employee”)in “non-core functions”.

Despite the fact that KESC has accumulated heavy losses over the past decade, the companyhas offered through this scheme sufficiently attractive and handsome benefits which ifprudently invested will not only enable the employee to plan for another career, but will alsoenable him to maintain a decent standard of living.

In some respects, the benefits being offered are unprecedented in the market. As a matter ofspecial consideration, a large number of employees with one year service are being offered alump sum gross payment of Rs. 700,000/-.

Needless to add that any loan or other forms of liability outstanding, against the non-management employee/workmen, shall be adjusted as a part of final settlement.

The scheme is purely voluntary. Each employee is requested to seriously consider the offerbeing made by the Management. Every non-management employee/ workman who are in“non-core functions” as indicated through personal communication to the concerned shouldevaluate the advantages of the scheme, and therefore make his choice in total freedom andunencumbered by any fear or hindrance.

Every non-management employee/ workman covered under the scheme shall receive aprovisional statement showing his estimated benefits. These calculations are subject to furtherverification and audit.

The workmen who elect to opt for the scheme may submit duly signed Option Form throughone of their respective Manager/ DGM/ GM/ Director (any one) for onward submission toHuman Resource Management Department on or before January 15th, 2011.

The details of the scheme are given below:

1. Eligibility Criteria

All non-management regular workmen of less than 59 years age in non-core roles. (listattached)

This Scheme will not be applicable to the employees;

on probation on contract who have resigned

Employees under Disciplinary Action: Employees under disciplinary action or against whom anaction is likely to be taken may apply for the scheme, but decision on their VSS option will betaken at the sole discretion of the Company after the finalization of disciplinary action.

Please note that: VSS is a discretionary Scheme. The Company having the sole discretion to decide

whether to accept the option of resignation under VSS. The Company reserves the rightto refuse the VSS Option without assigning any reason.

This Scheme is a one-time offer for a limited period which will expire at the close ofbusiness on January 15th, 2011.

This Scheme will not in any way create a precedent for the future, and is being made asa very special case and in exceptional circumstances.

2. Time Period

This Scheme is valid up to January 15th, 2011. Those who elect to opt for VSS must submit their‘VSS Option Forms’ within this date.

3. VSS Incentive Payment (Scheme details)

The following benefits will be admissible to those who elect to opt for this scheme and theiroption is accepted:

I. Employees under 58 years of age as on January 31, 2011:Ex-Gratia Payment - Four month basic salary for each remaining year of servicewith a minimum of 25 and a maximum of 85 basics

II. Employees between 58 – 59 years age bracket as on January 31, 2011:Ex-Gratia Payment - One basic salary for each remaining month of service

III. Employees of 59 years of age or more as on January 31, 2011 shall NOT be eligible forVSS.

Entitlement:

1. Provident Fund – as per the existing rules.2. Gratuity – as per the existing rules/ entitlement

3. Leave Encashment – Encashment of un-availed privilege leave balance on the date ofrelease.

4. Upfront Payment of Post-Retirement Benefits shall be paid as:i. Medical – 7.5 basic salary

ii. Electricity – for five (5) years

Minimum Guaranteed Payment:

As a matter of special consideration it has been decided that minimum gross payout will beRs. 700,000/-.

4. Mode of Payment

The net payout amount will be split in to two tranches: 75% of the amount will be paid in cashupfront at the time of separation and the remaining 25% will be paid in the form of3-year Term Finance Certificates to be issued by KESC. The Term Finance Certificates (TFCs) willpay an expected profit rate of 16%-17% per annum, through a monthly coupon. Repayments ofthe TFC’s will be two equal principal installments, paid at the end of years 2 and 3 of the term.The TFCs will be listed on the Karachi Stock Exchange, and will be traded on the exchange. TheCompany will also endeavor to secure liquidity or discounting facility from one or morecommercial banks to allow employees to encash the TFCs upfront. Employees should be awarethat encashment may result in the realized amount being lower than the face value of the TFCs,depending on the discount rate, fees and charges applied by the bank (s).

The objective of converting 25% of payout in the form of TFCs is to ensure that a reasonableportion of the VSS payout is invested in savings instruments that generate an attractivemonthly income. The expected profit rate on KESC’s TFCs will be at or above the rates offeredby similar instruments available through National Savings Scheme.

5. Final Settlement

The final settlement will be made within one month of the last working day of the employee, subject toclearance from all concerned/adjustment of any loan/finance payable to the Company.

6. Procedure

Those who select to opt for the scheme should fill in the prescribed ‘VSS Option Form’ andsubmit it to their respective Manager/ DGM/ GM/ Director (any one), who will duly approve itand shall forward it Human Resource Management Department.

7. Other Terms & Conditions

7.1 This Scheme is independent and without prejudice to the rights of the Company todispense with the services of a non-management employee/ workman.

7.2. This Scheme is discretionary and the Company reserves the right, in its sole andabsolute discretion, to accept or reject any VSS Option Form submitted to it by an eligibleemployee, without

assigning any reason whatsoever.

7.3. This Scheme is a one-time offer and the option once exercised by the employee withinthe prescribed time frame shall be final and cannot be withdrawn.

7.4. Income tax will be deducted in accordance with the tax laws.

7.5. The Company reserves the right at any time to alter, amend, add or dispense with anyor all of the rules, terms and/ or conditions defined in this Scheme.

On behalf of Karachi Electric Supply Company Management


APPENDIX “G”


APPENDIX “G”


APPENDIX “G”


APPENDIX “H”


APPENDIX “H”


APPENDIX “H”


APPENDIX “I”


APPENDIX “I”


APPENDIX “I”


APPENDIX “J”


APPENDIX “J”


APPENDIX “J”

LIST OF INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENT CASES OF WORKMEN DURING THE PERIOD

FROM July 2011 TO June 2012

SNoName of

EmployeeEmp.

NoDepartment

Date ofAccident

Category Cause ofAccident

Lost Time

Major Minor Fatal Day Hours

1 M. Ishaque 8799 Opn. Abuzar(N.Naz)

09.07.2011 Fatal ElectricShock

0 0

2 M. Arif 9239 NWDKorangi

03.08.2011 Fatal ElectricShock

0 0

3 Niaz Ahmed 15677 VIBC Tipu(OC-IV)

10.08.2011 Major ElectricShock (Flash)Fell down

37 296

4 Arif Tanoli 14269 Transm.(O/H)

11.08.2011 Major Fell downfrom CraneBucket

207 1656

5 M. Shafiq 1150 Opn.Korangi

15.08.2011 Fatal Fell Downfrom PMTStructure

0 0

6 S. DanishNafees Zaidi

14109 NW Malir 17.09.2011 Minor Fell downfrom MTLLadder

5 40

7 Rashid Khan 14906 SSM (R-I)DFS

11.10.2011 Minor Barri (IronRod) Slippedand hit him

0 0

8 MukhtarAhmed

3555 Opn. (R-IV) 18.10.2011 Minor ElectricShock

0 0

9 M. Yaseen 13531 NW Landhi(Sherpao)

18.11.2011 Minor ElectricShock

61 488

10 MalikMuhammad

9370 UGM (R-II)Defence

19.11.2011 Major Fell downalogn withdamagedpole

11 MuhammadNazeer

5625 IBC Uthal 04.01.2012 Fatal Electricshock & FellDown

0 0

12 GhulamAbbas

6221 UGM(Society) R-II

15.01.2012 Major MTL Hit byMazda Coach

81 648

13 Saleem Khan 6364 UGM(Society) R-II

15.01.2012 Major MTL Hit byMazda Coach

0 0

14 KhalidMehmood

3848 Operation(R-I) DFS

24.02.2012 Major DuringCrossingRoad hit byTwo vehicles

127 1016

15 Afzal 13619 VIBC Lyari 01.03.2012 Major SustainedElectricCurrent &Fell Downfrom MTL

121 968

16 GhulamMurtaza

3896 Operation(R-I)

04.04.2012 Fatal Electricshock & FellDown

0 0

17 MuhammadSafdar

5256 Operation(R-I)

04.04.2012 Minor MinorElectricShock

0 0

18 MuhammadAslam

8786 UGM 'A'Div. (R-III)

12.04.2012 Major UndergroundCableFlashed

29 232

19 M. Tariq Aziz 8816 GSM(South)

31.05.2012 Minor Minor flashon face andhands

1 8

20 ShabbirAhmed

6991 BQPS 05.06.2012 Major Due to shiftvan accident

25 200

21 Babar Khan 14030 IBC KIMZ 17.06.2012 Minor Slipped fromMTL

13 104

Total Working Hours Lost 707 5,656


APPENDIX “K”


APPENDIX “K”


APPENDIX “K”

Summary of Air Emissions Performance of KESC during the reporting period 2011-12:

InstalledCapacity(MW)

GrossGeneratrion(GWh): A

GasConsumed(MMBtu)

Fuel OilConsumed(MMBtu)

SulfurContentofFuelOil(%)Max: Ave

SOxEmissions(tonSO2 /MMBtu):B

SOxEmissionsRate(gSO2

/kWh):C=B/A

NOxEmissions(tonNOxasNO2):D

NOxEmissionRate(gNOx/kWh):E=D/A

BinQasimThermalPS

1,260 4704 26,710,845 22,598,330 3% 33611 7.1 *

KorangiThermalPS

125 163 2,131,677 0 NA NA NA

KorangiTownGT

20 0 0 0 NA NA NA

SITE GasTurbines 20 0 0 0 NA NA NA

BQExpansion Units

560 1140 10,216,949 0 NA NA NA

KorangiCCPP 220 1011 8,481,676 0 NA NA NA

GEjanbacherSGTPS II

88 416 3,975,712 0 NA NA NA

GEJanbacherKTGTPSII

88 595 5,868,252 0 NA NA NA

KESCTotal 2381 8029 57,385,109 23,158,464 0 33611 7

NA: Not Applicable

* NOx performance is measure by third party for compliance monitoring to NEQS and is provided inQuarterly Reports as APPENDIX – “L”

History of Air Emissions Performance of KESC

Emission Indicator 2006(E)

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012

SO2 (gSO2 / kWh) 7

NOx (gNOx / kWh)

Performance Evaluation of the SOx has commenced from 2011 and is hence stated above. SOx and NOxparameters are regularly monitored for their compliance to NEQS.


APPENDIX “L”


APPENDIX “L”


APPENDIX “L”

3rd QTR MonitoringReport of Gaseous

Emissions & Effluent(July-Sept 2011)

BIN QASIM POWER STATION (BQPS) – 3rd QTR

KARACHI ELECTRIC SUPPLY COMPANYName of Unit/Site: Bin Qasim Thermal Power Plant

(Reporting Period: Jul-Sep 11)Liquid Effluent Monitoring Report

# Parameters UnitNEQS Sea

WaterWastewater

Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 32 372 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.61 7.693 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 50 534 COD mg/l 150 400 400 200 1705 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 1 16 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 39990 39120 *Higher7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 43 42

NEQS: National Environmental Quality Standard1: NEQS for Municipal & Industrial effluent into Inland water2: NEQS for Municipal & Industrial effluent into Sewage Treatment3: NEQS for Municipal & Industrial effluent into SeaBDL: Below Detectable LimitAcc to NEQS 2000; “The conc. of pollutant in water being used will be subtracted from the effluent for calculating the NEQSlimits”.

BIN QASIM POWER STATION (BQPS) – 3rd QTR

Gaseous Emission Monitoring ReportFuel Used: F Oil /Natural gas

# Parameters NEQS(mg/Nm3)

Turbine1 2 3 4 5 6

1 CO 1700 16.0 37.33 20.67 21 189.00 760.72 NOx 400 114.67 297.67 249.67 163 107.33 183.73 SO2 - 81.00 502.67 809.67 701 42.33 196.74 Particulate Matter (PM) 300 90.00 253.33 273.33 60 193.3 146.7

COMBINE CYCLE POWER PLANT (CCPP) - 3rd QTR

KARACHI ELECTRIC SUPPLY COMPANYName of Unit/Site: Combined Cycle Power Plant



WaterWastewater

Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 33 392 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.79 7.853 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 72 784 COD mg/l 150 400 400 200 2705 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 BDL BDL6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 38540 38060 *Higher7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 29 29


COMBINE CYCLE POWER PLANT (CCPP) - 3rd QTR

Gaseous Emission Monitoring ReportFuel Used: Natural Gas

# Parameters NEQS (mg/Nm3)Turbine

1 2 3 41 CO 1700 267.0 450.00 34.00 29.52 NOx 400 68.00 242.00 86.00 62.53 SO2 - 10.00 23.00 12.00 11.54 Particulate Matter (PM) 300 100.00 140.00 193.00 140

KORANGI TOWN GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (KTGTPS) – 3rd QTR

KARACHI ELECTRIC SUPPLY COMPANYName of Unit/Site: KTGTPS


# Parameters UnitNEQS

Waste water Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 312 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 8.433 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 644 COD mg/l 150 400 400 1205 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 16 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 6907 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 5


KORANGI TOWN GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (KTGTPS) – 3rd QTR

Gaseous Emission Monitoring ReportGE Janbacher Gas Engine 90 MW


Section 1 South Section 1 North Section 2 South Section 2 North1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1 CO 1700 599.3 529.7 558.3 542.7 609.7 683 665.7 551.3 576 523.7 516.7 522.3 286.7 425.0 416.3 491.0

2 NOx 400 308.3 341.3 278.7 226.3 265.3 212.5 201.7 362.0 302 330.7 271.0 277.3 166 201.7 256.0 199.5

3 SO2 - 311 294.0 273.0 212.3 260.0 241.5 213.7 357.0 246.5 242.0 279.7 225.3 126 195.3 275.3 224.5

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 43.3 84.4 35.5 77.8 115.5 115 45.5 54.4 165.0 122.2 106.7 151.1 133 147.8 176.7 63.3




1 CO 1700 609.0 636.3 638.0 543.7 522 559.3 486.5 557.3 428.7 483.7 540.0 490.0 499.3 512.33 582.3 537.0

2 NOx 400 423.3 393.7 353.3 406.7 511 417.0 273.0 436.7 242.0 278.3 358.0 374.7 286.7 243.7 286.7 314.3

3 SO2 - 255.0 298.7 240.7 358.7 431.7 407.3 298 449.0 260.5 280.0 387.7 351.7 395.7 344.7 333.0 346.7

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 124.4 151.1 102.2 90 137.8 110.0 155 126.7 186.7 143.3 65.5 134.4 132.2 91.1 85.5 136.7

SITE GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (SGTPS) – 3rd QTR

KARACHI ELECTRIC SUPPLY COMPANYName of Unit/Site: SGTPS




1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 352 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.673 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 724 COD mg/l 150 400 400 2005 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 BDL6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 11007 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 8


SITE GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (SGTPS) – 3rd QTR




1 CO 1700 507.7 530 478.3 485.3 523.0 498 534 490.3 538.3 598 516.7 553.3 505.7 607.3 474.7 522.33

2 NOx 400 373.0 363.0 310.0 348.7 277.7 333.3 353.5 376.0 330.3 260.7 335.7 353.7 346.3 289.0 320.3 422.33

3 SO2 - 332.7 258.5 315.7 320.7 280.7 306 295.5 393.0 323.0 261.0 300.7 325.3 303 254.7 294.3 364.67

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 146.7 110 100 168.7 139.33 91 103 136.7 212.3 168.33 126.7 172.0 258.7 174.3 154.7 206.67




1 CO 1700 553.3 493.0 543 477.3 494 563.0 520.33 521.7 429.7 518 576.67 507.7 479.5 509 561.7 486.3

2 NOx 400 367.3 361.7 383 289.3 305 275.0 333.33 321.3 270.0 320 333.67 320.3 342.5 378.7 414.0 390.7

3 SO2 - 487 339.7 339 395.0 306 332.0 380.00 383.3 251.3 335 356.7 330.0 302.5 448.3 404.0 326.7

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 236.7 165.3 191 213.3 199 110.0 175.33 108.7 96.3 240 141.0 53.3 60 110 163.3 150

4th QTR MonitoringReport of Gaseous

Emissions & Effluent(Oct-Dec 2011)

BIN QASIM POWER STATION (BQPS) – 4th QTR


(Reporting Period: Oct-Dec 11)Liquid Effluent Monitoring Report


WaterWastewater

Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 32 342 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.67 7.73 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 60 564 COD mg/l 150 400 400 150 1405 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 1 16 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 36850 36930 *Higher7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 6 5




Turbine1 2 3 4 5 6


COMBINE CYCLE POWER PLANT (CCPP) - 4th QTR


(Reporting Period: October-Dec 11)Liquid Effluent Monitoring Report


WaterWastewater

Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 32 342 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.45 7.483 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 84 704 COD mg/l 150 400 400 220 1905 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 BDL BDL6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 38700 38610 *Higher7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 5 5




1 2 3* 41 CO 1700 567.0 49.00 162 NOx 400 184.00 69.00 283 SO2 - 200.00 21.00 84 Particulate Matter (PM) 300 80.00 20.00 40

*Note: due to low pressure Unit # 3 was shut down

KORANGI TOWN GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (KTGTPS) – 4th QTR


(Reporting Period: October-Dec 11)Liquid Effluent Monitoring Report





KORANGI TOWN GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (KTGTPS) – 4th QTR




1 CO 1700 301.0 340.0 386.0 516.0 612.0 603 642.0 626.0 564 631.0 541.0 574.0 684.0 446.0 611.0 593.0

2 NOx 400 0.0 0.0 0.0 594.0 376.0 234 283.0 221.0 267 214.0 379.0 324.0 425 364.0 469.0 333.0

3 SO2 - 0 0.0 0.0 464.0 293.0 305 294.0 312.0 245 307.0 452.0 269.0 326 311.0 289.0 215.0

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 60.0 55.0 50.0 340.0 240.0 420 280.0 140.0 60.0 140.0 180.0 100.0 240 160.0 40.0 180




1 CO 1700 624.0 511.0 428.0 315.0 490 514.0 544.0 410.0 386.0 457.0 511.0 407.0 476.0 521.00 493.0 583.0

2 NOx 400 384.0 284.0 290.0 300.0 350 310.0 390.0 286.0 296.0 386.0 331.0 252.0 272.0 334.0 306.0 369.0

3 SO2 - 291.0 205.0 358.0 250.0 310.0 340.0 415 310.0 350.0 325.0 296.0 274.0 321.0 264.0 287.0 323.0

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 20.0 120 100.0 120 20.0 200.0 260 200.0 20.0 240.0 140.0 60.0 100.0 120.0 80.0 60.0

SITE GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (SGTPS) - 4th QTR


(Reporting Period: Oct-Dec 11)Liquid Effluent Monitoring Report





Note: No monitoring of gaseous emissions was carried out in thequarter as all engines were shut down due to low gas pressure.

EFFLUENT

1st QTR MonitoringReport of Gaseous

Emissions & Effluent(Jan-Mar 2012)

BIN QASIM POWER STATION (BQPS) - 1st QTR


(Reporting Period: Jan-Mar 12)Liquid Effluent Monitoring Report


WaterWastewater

Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 25 20.62 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.83 7.963 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 39 384 COD mg/l 150 400 400 90 905 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 BDL BDL6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 20000 182407 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 20 54.4


Gaseous Emission Monitoring ReportFuel Used: F Oil


Turbine1 2 3 4 5 6

1 CO 1700 639.7 237.33 206.67 32 413.67 410.52 NOx 400 163.33 278.67 229.33 393 125.33 585.53 SO2 - 1999.00 2099.67 2254.33 2004 809.33 29814 Particulate Matter (PM) 300 329.67 208.67 293.00 178 211 453

COMBINE CYCLE POWER PLANT (CCPP) - 1st QTR




WaterWastewater

Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 18.5 212 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.8 83 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 11 144 COD mg/l 150 400 400 590 6205 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 BDL BDL6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 37015 38060 *Higher7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 10 40




1 2 3 41 CO 1700 23.3 37.00 23.00 22.52 NOx 400 61.00 83.00 80.00 493 SO2 - 42.67 74.00 35.00 21.54 Particulate Matter (PM) 300 120.33 211.50 186.00 153

KORANGI TOWN GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (KTGTPS) - 1st QTR







KORANGI TOWN GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (KTGTPS) - 1st QTR




1 CO 1700 189.3 336 338.7 509.7 327.3 281 338 323.5 211 363 336 401 321 225 308 223

2 NOx 400 62.3 77.3 51.3 121.7 31.0 67 53.7 45.5 54 94 130 224 84 115 80 58

3 SO2 - 48.5 60.7 65.7 61.3 55.3 39 62 61.5 34 63 60 77 54 43 60 43

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 18 18 15 16 16 18 19 21 22 24 19 20 19 23 24 18




1 CO 1700 379 277 285 274 296 320.5 336 358.5 341 469.5 346.5 283.5 324 289.5 422.5 404.5

2 NOx 400 42.5 45 88.5 13 110.5 86.5 48 71 68 77 65.5 112.5 101 89.5 68.5 68.5

3 SO2 - 59.5 29.5 38.5 49 49.5 43 44.5 53 63 75.5 40 25.5 17 15.5 57 67

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 16 17 19 19 19 24 21 20 17 19 15 18 20 20 24 22

SITE GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (SGTPS) - 1st QTR







SITE GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (SGTPS) - 1st QTR


# ParametersNEQS

(mg/Nm3

)Section 1 South

Section 1North

Section 2South

Section 2 North

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 41 CO 1700 351

.0293

316.5

332.5

361.5

360

340

318.5

445

502

374.5

340.5

340.5

397.5

419

345.5

2 NOx 400 159.0

73.5

86.5

69.0

53.0 73 52.

084.5 65 52 44 31 55.

5 69 66.5

48.5

3 SO2 - 31 37.0

51.5

30.0

47.5

38.5 43 46 71.

5 89 51.5 53 64 61.

5 47 36

4 ParticulateMatter (PM) 300 15 16 17 18 22 21 19 17 25 21 21 19 25 19 19 19


# ParametersNEQS

(mg/Nm3

)Section 3 South

Section 3North

Section 4 South Section 4 North

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 41 CO 1700 419 46

9 384 255 247.5

289

375.5 328 362

.5353.5 344 351 315

.5 456 397

335.5

2 NOx 400 133 58 96 77 40 62.5 55 70 89.

5 56 74 63 73 88 58.5

77.5

3 SO2 - 60 63 60 31 40 28.5 56 46 46 35.

5 66 177 46 74 68.5 77

4 ParticulateMatter (PM) 300 23 21 21 17 17 17 21 17 21 21 19 17 22 19 23 17

2nd QTR MonitoringReport of Gaseous

Emissions & Effluent(Apr-June 2012)

BIN QASIM POWER STATION (BQPS) – 2nd QTR


(Reporting Period: April-June 12)Liquid Effluent Monitoring Report


WaterWastewater

Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 32 32.672 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.61 83 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 50 534 COD mg/l 150 400 400 200 1705 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 0 06 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 39990 57800 *Higher7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 43 56.33




Turbine1 2 3 4 5 6


COMBINE CYCLE POWER PLANT (CCPP) - 2nd QTR




WaterWastewater

Remarks1 2 3

1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 29.6 342 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.8 83 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 25 274 COD mg/l 150 400 400 570 6005 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 0 06 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 45866 45924 *Higher7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 29 29




1 2 3 41 CO 1700 25.0 17.00 1.00 02 NOx 400 51.00 64.00 3.00 03 SO2 - BDL BDL BDL 04 Particulate Matter (PM) 300 50.00 90.00 75.00 0

KORANGI TOWN GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (KTGTPS) – 2nd QTR







KORANGI TOWN GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (KTGTPS) – 2nd QTR




1 CO 1700 173.0 130.0 112.0 104.0 129.0 84 201.0 148.0 190 175.0 223.0 136.0 160.0 221.0 391.0 402.0

2 NOx 400 23.0 33.0 20.0 18.0 27.0 18 33.0 48.0 93 45.0 75.0 52.0 54 47.0 72.0 100.0

3 SO2 - 10 26.0 24.0 12.0 19.0 20 44.0 48.0 36 24.0 29.0 48.0 30 43.0 71.0 29.0

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 20.0 50.0 60.0 20.0 40.0 25 60.0 20.0 80.0 100.0 50.0 40.0 20 110.0 90.0 40




1 CO 1700 0.0 79.0 221.0 41.0 404 410.0 203.0 245.0 290.0 0.0 190.0 207.0 198.0 209.00 171.0 142.0

2 NOx 400 0.0 37.0 86.0 10.0 80 86.0 42.0 90.0 89.0 0.0 91.0 77.0 85.0 90.0 69.0 56.0

3 SO2 - 0.0 10.0 40.0 72.0 77.0 49.0 37 86.0 28.0 0.0 42.0 51.0 63.0 42.0 79.0 28.0

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 0.0 60 90.0 40 20.0 40.0 80 100.0 80.0 0.0 100.0 110.0 40.0 20.0 60.0 90.0

SITE GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (SGTPS) – 2nd QTR





1 Temperature 0C 40=<3 40=<4 40=<5 352 pH value 6-9 6-9 6-9 7.673 BOD5 mg/l 80 250 80 724 COD mg/l 150 400 400 2005 Oil & Grease mg/l 10 10 10 BDL6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 3500 3500 3500 11007 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 200 400 200 8


SITE GAS TURBINE POWER STATION (SGTPS) – 2nd QTR




1 CO 1700 305.0 410 349.0 293.0 0.0 369 0 258.0 365.0 349 320.0 389.0 383.0 405.0 344.0 386.00

2 NOx 400 75.0 59.0 62.0 71.0 0.0 58.0 0.0 88.0 64.0 32.0 52.0 39.0 60.0 48.0 76.0 129.00

3 SO2 - 54.0 83.0 66.0 57.0 0.0 80 0 57.0 83.0 80.0 80.0 97.0 94 103.0 100.0 106.00

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 60.0 40 100 75.0 0.00 90 0 100.0 120.0 90.0

0 80.0 120.0 80.0 90.0 60.0 75.00




1 CO 1700 0.0 0.0 0 351.0 399 179.0 386.00 363.0 0.0 0 0.00 0.0 0 0 0.0 0.0

2 NOx 400 0.0 0.0 0 70.0 40 43.0 40.00 82.0 0.0 0 0.00 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0

3 SO2 - 0 0.0 0 94.0 109 89.0 102.00 109.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0

4 Particulate Matter(PM) 300 0.0 0.0 0 90.0 95 100.0 120.00 110.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0.0 150


APPENDIX “M”


APPENDIX “M”


APPENDIX “M”

EHS AUDIT OF T & D ASSETS

(FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS)

As per point ‘3’ of IFC action plan, dated October 23, 2009, external audit was required to be undertaken. External auditors wereselected, who conducted an EHS audit of our T&D assets. All stakeholders are being provided relevant audits findings forimplementation of recommendations. The same shall be followed up by corporate HSE dept. and final report be forwarded to IFCrepresentative as part of our quarterly progress report due in June 2010.

Major findings, action required and responsibilities along with implementation schedule are enumerated below:

S. No. Findings Required Actions Status Responsibility

1. Identification andManagement of PCBContaminatedSubstance

Identify PCB substances in your area /equipment

Label PCB Substance Provide/arrange suitable PCB

management training for staff Adopt sound handling, maintenance

and transportation of PCB equipment(Like Transformers, capacitors etc)

Provide adequate storage of PCBwaste

Investigate the availability of PCBdisposal techniques suitable to thePCB waste characteristics.

Transformer oil containing PCBswere added in the system inearly 1960s in US AID, in 1970owing to effects of oil we startedreplacing the equipment and oil.Now there is no PCB in our oil.(Closed)

GM (GSM- Ejaz Rashid)

GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)

2. Handling & Storage ofhazardous substanceother than PCB (Acid,Chemicals, cleaners,thinners, surfactantsetc):

Keep & Maintain records of handledhazardous substances (Like Acids,caustics, chemicals, batteries, paints,thinners, surfactant, cleaners etc)

Ask MSDS (Material Safety DataSheet) to be supplied with everyhazardous material by the supplier

IM maintained MSDS has beentranslated & displayed.Awareness training withtranslation in Urdu is alsoarranged & displayed inconcerned areas

GM (GSM-Ejaz Rashid)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)GM (IM- Sikandar AliChandio)GM (Transmission – Bilal

Provide MSDS awareness to relevantstaff

Provide secondary containment forstorage areas

Investigate the possibility of replacingsome mineral oils with biodegradableoils.

(Closed) Ahmed Mirza)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)

3. Soil Contamination: Keep records of existingcontaminated spots in your area

Minimizing spills risks Clean-up and remediate

contaminated soil in different assets.

Maintaining the record ofcontaminated spots.At workstation max efforts arebeing made to avoid oil spillage.Trays and stands are been usedat centrifuging to avoid oilspillage.

GM (GSM-Ejaz Rashid)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim)GM’s (S/S- Ilyas Mansoor)

4. Hazardous WasteManagement:

Keep inventory records for hazardouswaste

Transfer scattered items in gridstations to Baldia scrap yard

Apply availabledecontamination/disposal procedures

Establish hazardous waste collectionareas in grid stations and in Baladeyascrap yard

Investigate access to licensedhazardous waste disposal facilities /vendors

As an alternative, investigate thepossibility of establishing hazardouswaste cell in Baladeya scrap yard

Procedure has been formed

Scrap record maintained andmax waste has been transferred.The practice is on going.(Closed)

GM (GSM-Ejaz Rashid)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)GM (IM- Sikandar AliChandio)GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)

5. Non- HazardousWaste Management:

Keep records of scrap items Transfer accumulated items to Baldia

scrap yard. Investigate waste minimization

procedures Keep records of ration of recycled

waste.

Record maintained.Process of transferringaccumulated items to Baldiascrap yard is in practice(Closed)

GM (GSM-Ejaz Rashid)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)

6. Health Risks ofAsbestos:

Keep inventory records for allAsbestos Contained Materials used inT&D assets

Undertake air sampling to identifyareas of un-safe exposure

Adopt safe containment and disposaltechnique for existing asbestos scrap

Provide asbestos managementtraining to your staff

Apply safe operation andmaintenance procedures to assetscontaining ACMs

Apply safe encapsulation and/or safereplacement of disturbed ACMsurfaces

Investigate the possibility of safereplacement all ACM surfaces, toeliminate the risk

Asbestos management workingbeing done with collaboration ofcivil & safety deptt. They havebeen involved to either removeor manage theasbestos/operation control asper safety regulatorycompliance.

Damaged patches have beenrecorded and requisiteoperational control has beenadopted. Continuous Periodicmonitoring of asbestos is beingdone through timely applicationof operational control.Management has decided toreplace the sound asbestossheets in second phase(Closed)

GM (GSM-Ejaz Rashid)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)GM (IM- Sikandar AliChandio)GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)

7. Waste water Characterize quantity and quality of Adhoc operational control of Oil GM (Transformer W/S – Abu

discharge fromTransformerworkshop:

the wastewater Prepare tender document for a

suitable treatment unit Erect a suitable treatment unit using

gravity oil separation or dissolved airfloatation along with monitoringeffluent quality and adequatehandling of sludge

separation has been adopted.Structured waste watertreatment has been formulatedand will be taken up on shiftingof washing work station to newsite at DFS Yard.(On going)

Qasim Nayeem)

9. Birds & PlantsBiodiversity:

Keep records of plantation (Tree)cutting and birds' fatality due tocollision with or electrocution bypower lines

Undertaking ornithological analysis inEIAs of future extension of the T&Dgrid

Whenever bushes/herbs cuttingis done a record is maintained(Closed)

GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)

GM (Corporate Compliance –Chander Perkash)

11. SF6 Management tominimize fugitiveemissions:

Keep inventory records of used SF6 Monitor equipment with fugitive

(Leak, break etc) emissions andrepair/replace such equipment

Keep integrity of used cylinders forpossibly reuse

Investigate the possibility of SF6recovery during maintenance.

We have attended the 53.19% ofSF6 leakages.We are planning to attendbalance leakages by changingthe gaskets and busting disks.Maintaining the record.

GM (GSM – Ejaz Rashid)GM (IM – Sikandar AliChandio)

12. CFCs(Chlorofluorocarbon)Management tominimize fugitiveemissions:

Keep inventory records of used R-22and other ODS (Ozone DepletionSubstance)

Monitor equipment with fugitive(Leak, Break etc) emissions andrepair/replace such equipment

N.A GM (Special Projects / FAD –Maj. Tariq Ali)

Gradually phase out R-22 and applyprocurement policy for using non-ODS units in the future

13. EMF Management: Keep records of EMF emissions(Corporate HSE will provide)

Assess occupational exposures foremployees (How much time they areexposing while carrying routinemaintenance in S/S and grid withhigher EMF values)

EMF of almost 364 equipments& lines have been measured,which include 11kv switches,132 kv lines , Power / AutoTransformer s, 132 kv breaker,220 kv lines, 220 kv circuitbreaker.It is ongoing process.Record is maintained.(Closed)

GM (GSM- Ejaz Rashid)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)

14. HSE Representativesof BU’s:

Ensure your knowledge, roles andresponsibilities according to thelegislative framework (HSEProcedures, work method, techniquesetc).

HSEQ Coordinators from eachdepartment have beennominatedKnowledge, roles andresponsibilities have beenwritten in Manual of Grid &Transmission Systems.Job has been assigned andgetting improvement.Improving the knowledge day byday.Trainings are conducted on theregular basis.And record of TBT, Safety walk

Grid representative – (ZaheerAhmed Shaikh)H/T representative – (IlyasMansoor)Transformer w/Srepresentative- Mr. Sohail

and other activities is beingmaintained(Closed)

15. LeadershipCommitment &Accountability:

Establish the scope, priority and pacefor implementation of the EHS system

Establish EHS system that ensuresthat expectations are translated intoprocedures and practices

Establish clear goals and objectivesfor the system

Evaluate performance against thesegoals and objectives

Considering the complexity and risksinvolved with your operations

Know and exercise roles,responsibilities, authorities andaccountabilities for the system

Ensure active participation andinvolvement of employees and sharelessons learned through practiceConsult, support and work with theJEHS (Joint Occupational Health andsafety committees)

Accident prevention planprepared, duly approved by HSEDeptt for implementation.System has established fortransferring the planning inprocedures and practices. Andare maintaining the record.Have planned clear goal andobjects for the system.Have fixed the roles,responsibilities, authorities andaccountabilities for the system.

(Closed)

Director (GSM- Syed AbrarAli)Director (Transmission –Shahid HussainDirector (HT – Zaheer HussainRizvi)

16. Communications: Established means of inter- Sector(departmental) communications tospread information on EHS relatedmatters (i.e. inspection checklists,hazardous occurrences) Share best

Ample Safety signs have beendisplayed and added oncontinuous basis as per workingconditions.Adequate reporting mechanism

GM (GSM-Ejaz Rashid)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)

practices methods Establish formal means for

communicating with designateddepartmental experts (Herecorporate HSE) in certain EHS relatedtopics for legal or safety relatedinformation

Develop process in place to generateand compile S&H information(including accidents, spills, illnessesand other occurrences) for internaland Central Agency use (HereCorporate HSE)

Develop mechanism for timely,accurate and complete reporting ofinformation to the appropriateauthorities (either internal orexternal) relating to S&H (Safety &Health)

Establish mechanisms in place toconduct follow-up investigations,issue reports and revise policies ifrequired.

Introduce employee AssistanceProgram in matters relating to S&H

Establish approval, record and reviewsystem for Safety documentation

of reporting /documenting/recurringprevention actions taken andfollowed in line with HSEQdirectivesWe have fixed the minimummonthly meeting on the safetyaffairs. We are communicatingwith HSE.We are compiling theinformation regarding policies.We are maintaining record.Compiling the incident andaccident reports.Maintaining the record ofminutes of meeting and allrelevant documents.Procedure of investigation iscarried out by HSEQ(Closed / Ongoing)

GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)

17. EHS Trainings: Start EHS orientation program formanagers focusing on, regulatory

On- Going, Trainings plan is inplace and trainings are being

Corporate HSEQ

requirement, safety concepts, properhandling of hazardous material andreporting occurrences

Start process for Identifying EHStraining needs for staff; this willinclude training for both regulatoryrequirements and workplace SOPs

Make EHS training needs as part ofthe annual performance appraisalprocess

Prepare annual EHS plan whichreflects employee training needs soas to link the identification process,training scheduled and performanceappraisals

Start training for emergency responseand preparedness.

Provide published, accessible, ERPprocedures available to staff

conducted round the year dulyapproved by HSEQ Deptt andrecorded in line with procedurespelled out by HSEQ.

18. Work Procedures /SOP’s

Develop / Write work procedures(SOP’s) and state a step-by- stepmethod to perform a proceduresafely and properly

Maintain a permanent file to keep allSOP’s on critical tasks

Review file periodically and updatedby a front line supervisor / Manager.

State / Describe / prepare apreventative maintenance program

SOPs/ Work Instruction alreadyexist and new SOPs are beingdeveloped as and when needed.(Closed/ Ongoing)


Establish monitoring systems toensure hazardous substances areproperly labeled Keep MSDS(Material Substance Data Sheets)with material so that they areavailable for staff reference

19. Ergonomics: Consider ergonomics part of S&H On-Going. Corporate HSEQ

20. Format Preparation /(Paper tools)

Prepare logs, forms, check sheets,model reports, and registers fordocumentation of various proceduresand events related to EHS.

Logs and sheets are beingimplemented and updatedaccordingly.SOPs are regularly developed &updated(Closed / Ongoing)


21. Hazard Analysis: Carry out planned, periodic andsystematic analysis of potentialhazards at the work site throughactual observations of taskperformance and a discussion ofpotential situations.

Develop a set of in-place proceduresto ensure that new or revisedpreventative measures includingIndustrial hygiene factors arrived atthrough hazard analysis or workplacemeasurement are incorporated intostandard operating procedures and

Hazard Analysis has been doneperiodically incrementalimprovement is in process.(Closed / On going)

GM (GSM- Ejaz Rashid)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim)

EHS training. Develop a process whereby

consideration is given to S&H issueswhile planning for changes tooperations, reduction in staff.

22. Safety InstructionsPreparation &Implementation:

Document Safety instructions onimportant work procedures orequipment operations in asafety/operating manual

Make manual accessible and availableall the times for staff reference

Safety instructions should havefactored in the requirements ofcentral agency guidelines/directivesand appropriate Acts and theirassociated Regulations.

Work Instructions are in placeand reviewed periodically.Manual has already beenprepared which fulfill theserequirementsTrainings are conducted for allthe staff & officersSite visit being done for verifyingthe implementation(Closed / Ongoing)

GM (GSM- Ejaz Rashid)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)

23. Provision of PPE’s: Determined the need for protectiveequipment for those exposed tohazardous materials or proceduresthrough a periodic review ofoperations

PPE must be provided to thoseemployees identified as beingexposed to a stressor

Take steps to ensure that equipmentmeets the safety requirements of theSafety Code / standards.

The PPEs are procured &supplied on regular intervals asper KESC policy.Live line Tester etc have beenprovided for safe operation andworking by staffNo officer & staff are allowed toattend the site without properPPEs.(Closed/Ongoing)


24. EmergencyPreparedness andResponse Plan:

Prepare an emergency plan for yourfacility which: assigns responsibilityfor the plan; contains acommunication plan element;provides for emergency responseteams which has received trainingand have designated backups;ensures emergency evacuation, fireor other emergency.

Accident prevention plandeveloped and duly approved byHSEQ deptt for Implementation.ERP plan has been prepared andgot approved.


25. Formation of safetyCommittees:

Identify employees who have clearroles and responsibilities as memberof safety committee

Senior management to be active andvisible in Safety committee meetingsand deliberations

Establish written guidelines for safetycommittee members on their rolesand responsibilities regarding EHSissues, their access to records andinformation and their authority inregards to the correction of EHSissues deemed by them to beunsatisfactory.

Formal Structure duly approvedby HSEQ in place and effectivelyoperated.(Closed)


26. Self Inspection andAuditing:

Carry out periodic Inspections using apre-established check list of reviewelements or modules

Safety Walks by line Managerand Check Sheet is in use. NextInternal Audit to be carried outon Wednesday.We have developed new Auditforms /check list and visitactivity form for self audit of grid


stationsCompliance is being checkedand recorded(Closed)

27. Incident ReportingSystem:

Report and investigate hazardoussituations or incidents promptly

Assign a risk factor or priority forcorrecting the identified deficiency

Establish time frame to correct thedeficiency

Assign responsibility clearly to correctthe deficiency

Review status of corrective actionregularly by the respective Safetycommittee

Correct and rectify hazardoussituations promptly

Establish process to ensure thatpersonnel have been identified to beresponsible for input of accurateinformation in reporting systems

Devise a reporting system to provideemployees the opportunity to reportdeficiencies without fear ofretaliation or retribution

Formal occurrence reportingsystem is in practice anddocumented and trend reviewedon Monthly basis by centralManagement Review meetingon trend analysis.(Closed On going)


28. ApproachingPhysician:

Encourage employees to seek medicalattention and medical testingImplement medical surveillance

Vaccination by IHU is donePeriodically and as and whenneeded.

IHU- Dr. Badar- ul- HudaGM (GSM- Ejaz Rashid)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)

examinationsEstablish periodic medical checkupsfor staff.

Preparation of schedule formedical testing of staff is inpipeline with HSEQ(Closed/ Pending)

GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)

29. Chemical Inventories: Prepare a list of chemical used /stored in your dept.

Establish Permissible Exposure Limits Up keep proper house-keeping Establish chemical waste

management system

Preventive/precautionarymeasures needed vide MSDShave been pasted on workstations for easyimplementation reference.Effective awareness andmotivations tools are used forcontinuous improvementresulting in WINNING ofOrganizational Annual SafetyAward.(Closed / On going)

GM (GSM- Ejaz Rashid)GM (S/S – Ilyas Mansoor)GM (Transmission – BilalAhmed Mirza)GM (Transformer W/S – AbuQasim Nayeem)GM (IM – Sikandar AliChandio)

30. MachineSafeguarding:

Prepare list of all machines Replace old machine by new one Adopt / apply machine safeguarding

for all moving parts Isolate all dangerous operations

List of Machineries maintained.Requisite addition/ Up gradationcontinuous featureAdequate SafeguardingAdopted.(Closed / Ongoing)


CHANDER PERKASHG M (Corporate Compliance)


APPENDIX “N”


APPENDIX “N”


APPENDIX “N”

ELECTROCUTION CASES FROM JULY 2011 TO JUNE 2012

SNO AGE REASON AREA DATE

1 6 Year OldGirl Touched live broken wire lying on road Kamran Chowrngi 22-Jul-11

2 Boy Electrocution due to H.T O/H was nearly crossing Basera Tower 4-Aug-11

3 Girl Electrocuted from a stay wire Ravian Society Gulistan-E-Johar 6-Aug-11

4 Man Electrocuted by falling in to digged area with HT cable Khayaban-E-Mujahid 9-Aug-11

5 13/14 YearBoy OH LT wire broke and fell directly on the boy Sector-II, Surjani 13-Aug-11

6 08 Years OldChild

Electrocuted by return current of existing hook connection"kunda" at pole

B-203,Block-4A,SahafiColony Park, 17-Aug-11

7 Man Attemping conductor theft KDA Chorangi NorthNazimabad 6-Sep-11

8Girl In

Between 10-15 Years Old

Electricution during current heavy rain in korangi. Baraf Wali PMT, Sector34/1, Korangi 6-Sep-11

9 A Person Electrocuted Ghonghat ShahdiHall,Lakhnow Society 6-Sep-11

10 Girl 4 Years Touching wall where kunda wire tied House # L-433 Sector 34/3Korangi 7-Sep-11

11 Man Iron rod touched HT line while construction work Near Gul Mohd Pmt OldMuzafarabad 9-Sep-11

12 Boy Pole current Babar Mkt. Stop NearLucky Sweets 10-Sep-11

1302 Women &02 Children Touching telephone wire used for Kunda Near Choona Bhatti Misri

Maojee Street 10-Sep-11

14 Man Changing kunda Pole 44 Gulbahar 10-Sep-1115 Boy 12 Years Touching Steel pipe of Shop Iqbal Market Dolly Khata 10-Sep-11

16 Man Wire broken Shop#17 Mateen ArcadeBlock 7 Gulshan 10-Sep-11

17 Man Pole current Model A Pmt ModelColony 10-Sep-11

18 Man Wire broken Badar ManzilI.I.Chandregar Road 10-Sep-11

19 Women Confirmation by Concerned VIBC awaited Kharader 10-Sep-11

20Person

Electrocuted Electrocuted due to wire broken/wires fallen in rain water Market (Mobilink Pmt) 13-Sep-11

21 PersonElectrocuted Electrocuted, as he came in contact with electric pole. D Area Qayoomadab 13-Sep-11

22 ChildElectrocuted Electrocution due to leakage of current Gulshan-E-Hadeed, Phase

–II. 14-Sep-11

23 Thief Shock while attempting theft of HT Conductor 12-Oct-11

24 Thief Victim was cutting HT conductor with a cutter when the feederwas normalized and he was electrocuted 16-Nov-11

25 Unknown Coming in contact with internal wiring of consumers duringcleaning shelter of shop Karim Centre Saddar 26-Feb-12

26 Private MTLDriver HT broken wire on Pole 58 feeder( tripped at 1800 hrs) in Samo Goth 29-Apr-12

27 Small GirlAged 3 Years

Came in contact with L.T pole through which current waspassing due to kunda and Korangi 12-Jun-12

Documents

Annual Environment & Social Monitoring Report …Annual Environment & Social Monitoring Report (July 2011 to June 2012) – Part 2 of 2 The Environmental and Social Performance Report